Index: pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/Makefile =================================================================== --- pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/Makefile +++ pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/Makefile @@ -1,13 +1,12 @@ # # The FreeBSD Documentation Project # The FreeBSD Brazilian Portuguese Documentation Project -# -# $FreeBSD$ # -# Original revision: r38826 +# $FreeBSD$ # -MAINTAINER=doc@FreeBSD.org +MAINTAINER=ebrandi@FreeBSD.org + DOC?= book @@ -16,25 +15,29 @@ INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?= -# +# # SRCS lists the individual XML files that make up the document. Changes # to any of these files will force a rebuild # # XML content -SRCS= book.xml -SRCS+= overview/chapter.xml -SRCS+= psgml-mode/chapter.xml -SRCS+= see-also/chapter.xml -SRCS+= sgml-markup/chapter.xml -SRCS+= sgml-primer/chapter.xml -SRCS+= stylesheets/chapter.xml +SRCS= book.xml +SRCS+= overview/chapter.xml +SRCS+= tools/chapter.xml +SRCS+= working-copy/chapter.xml SRCS+= structure/chapter.xml SRCS+= doc-build/chapter.xml -SRCS+= the-website/chapter.xml -SRCS+= tools/chapter.xml +SRCS+= the-website/chapter.xml +SRCS+= xml-primer/chapter.xml +SRCS+= xhtml-markup/chapter.xml +SRCS+= docbook-markup/chapter.xml +SRCS+= stylesheets/chapter.xml SRCS+= translations/chapter.xml -SRCS+= writing-style/chapter.xml +SRCS+= po-translations/chapter.xml +SRCS+= manpages/chapter.xml +SRCS+= writing-style/chapter.xml +SRCS+= editor-config/chapter.xml +SRCS+= see-also/chapter.xml SRCS+= examples/appendix.xml @@ -44,11 +47,15 @@ IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/3.png IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/4.png IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/5.png +IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/6.png +IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/7.png +IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/8.png +IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/9.png # Entities -SRCS+= chapters.ent +SRCS+= chapters.ent URL_RELPREFIX?= ../../../.. -DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../.. +DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../.. .include "${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk" Index: pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/chapters.ent =================================================================== --- pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/chapters.ent +++ pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/chapters.ent @@ -5,21 +5,24 @@ $FreeBSD$ - Original revision: r38826 - --> - - - - - + + + - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - Index: pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/docbook-markup/chapter.xml =================================================================== --- /dev/null +++ pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/docbook-markup/chapter.xml @@ -0,0 +1,2761 @@ + + + + + + DocBook Markup + + + Introduction + + This chapter is an introduction to DocBook as it is used for + &os; documentation. DocBook is a large and complex markup + system, but the subset described here covers the parts that are + most widely used for &os; documentation. While a moderate + subset is covered, it is impossible to anticipate every + situation. Please post questions that this document does + not answer to the &a.doc;. + + DocBook was originally developed by HaL Computer Systems and + O'Reilly & Associates to be a Document Type Definition + (DTD) for writing technical documentation + A short history can be found under http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/intro.shtml#d0e41.. + Since 1998 it is maintained by the + DocBook Technical Committee. As such, and unlike + LinuxDoc and XHTML, DocBook is very heavily + oriented towards markup that describes what + something is, rather than describing how it + should be presented. + + The DocBook DTD is available from the + Ports Collection in the + textproc/docbook-xml + port. It is automatically installed as part of the + textproc/docproj + port. + + + Formal Versus Informal + + Some elements may exist in two forms, + formal and informal. + Typically, the formal version of the element will consist of a + title followed by the informal version of the element. The + informal version will not have a title. + + + + Inline Versus Block + + In the remainder of this document, when describing + elements, inline means that the element + can occur within a block element, and does not cause a line + break. A block element, by comparison, + will cause a line break (and other processing) when it is + encountered. + + + + + &os; Extensions + + The &os; Documentation Project has extended the DocBook + DTD with additional elements and entities. + These additions serve to make some of the markup easier or more + precise. + + Throughout the rest of this document, the term + DocBook is used to mean the &os;-extended + DocBook DTD. + + + Most of these extensions are not unique to &os;, it was + just felt that they were useful enhancements for this + particular project. Should anyone from any of the other *nix + camps (NetBSD, OpenBSD, Linux, …) be interested in + collaborating on a standard DocBook extension set, please + contact &a.doceng;. + + + + &os; Elements + + The additional &os; elements are not (currently) in the + Ports Collection. They are stored in the &os; Subversion + tree, as head/share/xml/freebsd.dtd. + + &os;-specific elements used in the examples below are + clearly marked. + + + + &os; Entities + + This table shows some of the most useful entities + available in the FDP. For a complete list, + see the *.ent files in + doc/share/xml. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + &os; + Name Entities + + + + &os; + &os; + + + + + &os.stable; + &os.stable; + + + + + &os.current; + &os.current; + + + + + + + + + + + Manual Page + Entities + + + + &man.ls.1; + &man.ls.1; + Usage: &man.ls.1; is the manual page + for + <command>ls</command>. + + + + &man.cp.1; + &man.cp.1; + Usage: The manual page for + <command>cp</command> is + &man.cp.1;. + + + + &man.command.sectionnumber; + link to + command manual page in + section + sectionnumber + Entities are defined for all the + &os; manual + pages. + + + + + + + + + + &os; Mailing List + Entities + + + + &a.doc; + &a.doc; + Usage: A link to the + &a.doc;. + + + + &a.questions; + &a.questions; + Usage: A link to the + &a.questions;. + + + + &a.listname; + link to + listname + Entities are defined for all the &os; + mailing lists. + + + + + + + + + + &os; Document + Link Entities + + + + &url.books.handbook; + &url.books.handbook; + Usage: A link to the <link + xlink:href="&url.books.handbook;/advanced-networking.html">Advanced + Networking</link> chapter of the + Handbook. + + + + &url.books.bookname; + relative path to + bookname + Entities are defined for all the &os; + books. + + + + &url.articles.committers-guide; + &url.articles.committers-guide; + Usage: A link to the <link + xlink:href="&url.articles.committers-guide;">Committer's + Guide</link> + article. + + + + &url.articles.articlename; + relative path to + articlename + Entities are defined for all the &os; + articles. + + + + + + + + + + Other Operating + System Name Entities + + + + &linux; + &linux; + The &linux; operating system. + + + + &unix; + &unix; + The &unix; operating system. + + + + &windows; + &windows; + The &windows; operating system. + + + + + + + + + + Miscellaneous + Entities + + + + &prompt.root; + &prompt.root; + The root user + prompt. + + + + &prompt.user; + &prompt.user; + A prompt for an unprivileged user. + + + + &postscript; + &postscript; + The + &postscript; programming language. + + + + &tex; + &tex; + The + &tex; typesetting language. + + + + &xorg; + &xorg; + The &xorg; open source X + Window System. + + + + + + + + + Formal Public Identifier (FPI) + + In compliance with the DocBook guidelines for writing + FPIs for DocBook customizations, the + FPI for the &os; extended DocBook + DTD is: + + PUBLIC "-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook V4.2-Based Extension//EN" + + + + Document Structure + + DocBook allows structuring documentation in several ways. + The &os; Documentation Project uses two primary types of DocBook + document: the book and the article. + + Books are organized into chapters. + This is a mandatory requirement. There may be + parts between the book and the chapter to + provide another layer of organization. For example, the + Handbook is arranged in this way. + + A chapter may (or may not) contain one or more sections. + These are indicated with the sect1 element. + If a section contains another section then use the + sect2 element, and so on, up to + sect5. + + Chapters and sections contain the remainder of the + content. + + An article is simpler than a book, and does not use + chapters. Instead, the content of an article is organized into + one or more sections, using the same sect1 + (and sect2 and so on) elements that are used + in books. + + The nature of the document being written should be used to + determine whether it is best marked up as a book or an article. + Articles are well suited to information that does not need to be + broken down into several chapters, and that is, relatively + speaking, quite short, at up to 20-25 pages of content. Books + are best suited to information that can be broken up into + several chapters, possibly with appendices and similar content + as well. + + The &os; + tutorials are all marked up as articles, while this + document, the FAQ, and the + Handbook + are all marked up as books, for example. + + + Starting a Book + + The content of a book is contained within the + book element. As well as containing + structural markup, this element can contain elements that + include additional information about the book. This is either + meta-information, used for reference purposes, or additional + content used to produce a title page. + + This additional information is contained within + info. + + + Boilerplate <tag>book</tag> with + <tag>info</tag> + + + + book + info + titleYour Title Heretitle + + author + personname + firstnameYour first namefirstname + surnameYour surnamesurname + personname + + affiliation + address + emailYour email addressemail + address + affiliation + author + + copyright + year1998year + holder role="mailto:your email address"Your nameholder + copyright + + releaseinfo$&os;$releaseinfo + + abstract + paraInclude an abstract of the book's contents here.para + abstract + info + + … + +book + + + + + Starting an Article + + The content of the article is contained within the + article element. As well as containing + structural markup, this element can contain elements that + include additional information about the article. This is + either meta-information, used for reference purposes, or + additional content used to produce a title page. + + This additional information is contained within + info. + + + Boilerplate <tag>article</tag> with + <tag>info</tag> + + + + article + info + titleYour title heretitle + + author + personname + firstnameYour first namefirstname + surnameYour surnamesurname + personname + + affiliation + address + emailYour email addressemailaddress + address + affiliation + author + + copyright + year1998year + holder role="mailto:your email address"Your nameholder + copyright + + releaseinfo$&os;$releaseinfo + + abstract + paraInclude an abstract of the article's contents here.para + abstract + info + + … + +article + + + + + Indicating Chapters + + Use chapter to mark up your chapters. + Each chapter has a mandatory title. + Articles do not contain chapters, they are reserved for + books. + + + A Simple Chapter + + chapter + titleThe Chapter's Titletitle + + ... +chapter + + + A chapter cannot be empty; it must contain elements in + addition to title. If you need to + include an empty chapter then just use an empty + paragraph. + + + Empty Chapters + + chapter + titleThis is An Empty Chaptertitle + + parapara +chapter + + + + + Sections Below Chapters + + In books, chapters may (but do not need to) be broken up + into sections, subsections, and so on. In articles, sections + are the main structural element, and each article must contain + at least one section. Use the + sectn element. + The n indicates the section number, + which identifies the section level. + + The first + sectn is + sect1. You can have one or more of these + in a chapter. They can contain one or more + sect2 elements, and so on, down to + sect5. + + + Sections in Chapters + + chapter + titleA Sample Chaptertitle + + paraSome text in the chapter.para + + sect1 + titleFirst Sectiontitle + + … + sect1 + + sect1 + titleSecond Sectiontitle + + sect2 + titleFirst Sub-Sectiontitle + + sect3 + titleFirst Sub-Sub-Sectiontitle + + … + sect3 + sect2 + + sect2 + titleSecond Sub-Section (1.2.2)title + + … + sect2 + sect1 +chapter + + + + Section numbers are automatically generated and + prepended to titles when the document is rendered to an + output format. The generated section numbers and titles + from the example above will be: + + + + 1.1. First Section + + + + 1.2. Second Section + + + + 1.2.1. First Sub-Section + + + + 1.2.1.1. First Sub-Sub-Section + + + + 1.2.2. Second Sub-Section + + + + + + + Subdividing Using <tag>part</tag> + Elements + + parts introduce another level of + organization between book and + chapter with one or more + parts. This cannot be done in an + article. + + part + titleIntroductiontitle + + chapter + titleOverviewtitle + + ... + chapter + + chapter + titleWhat is FreeBSD?title + + ... + chapter + + chapter + titleHistorytitle + + ... + chapter +part + + + + + Block Elements + + + Paragraphs + + DocBook supports three types of paragraphs: + formalpara, para, and + simpara. + + Almost all paragraphs in &os; documentation use + para. formalpara + includes a title element, and + simpara disallows some elements from + within para. Stick with + para. + + + <tag>para</tag> Example + + Usage: + + paraThis is a paragraph. It can contain just about any + other element.para + + Appearance: + + This is a paragraph. It can contain just about any + other element. + + + + + Block Quotations + + A block quotation is an extended quotation from another + document that should not appear within the current paragraph. + These are rarely needed. + + Blockquotes can optionally contain a title and an + attribution (or they can be left untitled and + unattributed). + + + <tag>blockquote</tag> Example + + Usage: + + paraA small excerpt from the US Constitution:para + +blockquote + titlePreamble to the Constitution of the United Statestitle + + attributionCopied from a web site somewhereattribution + + paraWe the People of the United States, in Order to form a more + perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquility, + provide for the common defence, promote the general Welfare, and + secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity, do + ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of + America.para +blockquote + + Appearance: + + A small excerpt from the US Constitution: + +
+ Preamble to the Constitution of the United + States + + Copied from a web site + somewhere + + We the People of the United States, in Order to form + a more perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic + Tranquility, provide for the common defence, promote the + general Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to + ourselves and our Posterity, do ordain and establish + this Constitution for the United States of + America. +
+ + + + + Tips, Notes, Warnings, Cautions, and Important + Information + + Extra information may need to be separated from + the main body of the text. Typically this is + meta information of which the user should be + aware. + + Several types of admonitions are available: + tip, note, + warning, caution, and + important. + + Which admonition to choose depends on the situation. + The DocBook + documentation suggests: + + + + Note is for information that should be heeded by + all readers. + + + + Important is a variation on Note. + + + + Caution is for information regarding possible data + loss or software damage. + + + + Warning is for information regarding possible + hardware damage or injury to life or limb. + + + + + <tag>tip</tag> and <tag>important</tag> Example + + Usage: + + tip + para&os; may reduce stress.para +tip + +important + paraPlease use admonitions sparingly. Too many admonitions + are visually jarring and can have the opposite of the + intended effect.para +important + + + Appearance: + + + &os; may reduce stress. + + + + Please use admonitions sparingly. Too many admonitions + are visually jarring and can have the opposite of the + intended effect. + + + + + Examples + + Examples can be shown with example. + + + <tag>example</tag> Source + + Usage: + + example + paraEmpty files can be created easily:para + + screen&prompt.user; userinputtouch file1 file2 file3userinputscreen +example + + + + Appearance: + + + Rendered <tag>example</tag> + + Empty files can be created easily: + + &prompt.user; touch file1 file2 file3 + + + + + Lists and Procedures + + Information often needs to be presented as lists, or as a + number of steps that must be carried out in order to + accomplish a particular goal. + + To do this, use itemizedlist, + orderedlist, variablelist, or + procedure. There are other types of list + elements in DocBook, but we will not cover them here. + + itemizedlist and + orderedlist are similar to their + counterparts in HTML, ul + and ol. Each one consists of one or more + listitem elements, and each + listitem contains one or more block + elements. The listitem elements are + analogous to HTML's li + tags. However, unlike HTML, they are required. + + + <tag>itemizedlist</tag> and + <tag>orderedlist</tag> Example + + Usage: + + itemizedlist + listitem + paraThis is the first itemized item.para + listitem + + listitem + paraThis is the second itemized item.para + listitem +itemizedlist + +orderedlist + listitem + paraThis is the first ordered item.para + listitem + + listitem + paraThis is the second ordered item.para + listitem +orderedlist + + Appearance: + + + + This is the first itemized item. + + + + This is the second itemized item. + + + + + + This is the first ordered item. + + + + This is the second ordered item. + + + + + An alternate and often + useful way of presenting information is the + variablelist. These are lists where each entry has + a term and a description. They are well suited for many types + of descriptions, and present information in a form that is + often easier for the reader than sections and + subsections. + + A variablelist has a title, and then + pairs of term and listitem + entries. + + + <tag>variablelist</tag> Example + + Usage: + + variablelist + varlistentry + termParallelterm + + listitem + paraIn parallel communications, groups of bits arrive + at the same time over multiple communications + channels.para + listitem + varlistentry + + varlistentry + termSerialterm + + listitem + paraIn serial communications, bits arrive one at a + time over a single communications + channel.para + listitem + varlistentry +variablelist + + Appearance: + + + + Parallel + + + In parallel communications, groups of bits arrive + at the same time over multiple communications + channels. + + + + + Serial + + + In serial communications, bits arrive one at a + time over a single communications channel. + + + + + + A procedure shows a series of steps, + which may in turn consist of more steps or + substeps. Each step contains block + elements and may include an optional title. + + Sometimes, steps are not sequential, but present a choice: + do this or do that, + but not both. For these alternative choices, use + stepalternatives. + + + <tag>procedure</tag> Example + + Usage: + + procedure + step + paraDo this.para + step + + step + paraThen do this.para + step + + step + substeps + step + paraAnd now do this smaller thing.para + step + + step + paraAnd now do this other smaller thing.para + step + substeps + step + + step + paraFinally, do one of these:para + + stepalternatives + step + paraGo left.para + step + + step + paraGo right.para + step + stepalternatives + step +procedure + + Appearance: + + + + Do this. + + + + Then do this. + + + + + + And now do this small thing. + + + + And this other small thing. + + + + + + Finally, do one of these: + + + + Go left. + + + + Go right. + + + + + + + + + Showing File Samples + + Fragments of a file (or perhaps a complete file) are shown + by wrapping them in the programlisting + element. + + White space and line breaks within + programlisting are + significant. In particular, this means that the opening tag + should appear on the same line as the first line of the + output, and the closing tag should appear on the same line + as the last line of the output, otherwise spurious blank + lines may be included. + + + <tag>programlisting</tag> Example + + Usage: + + paraWhen finished, the program will look like + this:para + +programlisting#include &lt;stdio.h&gt; + +int +main(void) +{ + printf("hello, world\n"); + return 0; +}programlisting + + Notice how the angle brackets in the + #include line need to be referenced by + their entities instead of being included literally. + + Appearance: + + When finished, the program will look like this: + + #include <stdio.h> + +int +main(void) +{ + printf("hello, world\n"); + return 0; +} + + + + + Callouts + + A callout is a visual marker for referring to a + piece of text or specific position within an + example. + + Callouts are marked with the co + element. Each element must have a unique + id assigned to it. After the example, + include a calloutlist that describes each + callout. + + + <tag>co</tag> and + <tag>calloutlist</tag> Example + + paraWhen finished, the program will look like + this:para + +programlisting#include &lt;stdio.h&gt; co xml:id="co-ex-include" + +int co xml:id="co-ex-return" +main(void) +{ + printf("hello, world\n"); co xml:id="co-ex-printf" +}programlisting + +calloutlist + callout arearefs="co-ex-include" + paraIncludes the standard IO header file.para + callout + + callout arearefs="co-ex-return" + paraSpecifies that functionmain()function returns an + int.para + callout + + callout arearefs="co-ex-printf" + paraThe functionprintf()function call that writes + literalhello, worldliteral to standard output.para + callout +calloutlist + + Appearance: + + When finished, the program will look like this: + + #include <stdio.h> + +int +main(void) +{ + printf("hello, world\n"); +} + + + + Includes the standard IO header file. + + + + Specifies that main() returns + an int. + + + + The printf() call that writes + hello, world to standard + output. + + + + + + + Tables + + Unlike HTML, DocBook does not need + tables for layout purposes, as the stylesheet handles those + issues. Instead, just use tables for marking up tabular + data. + + In general terms (and see the DocBook documentation for + more detail) a table (which can be either formal or informal) + consists of a table element. This contains + at least one tgroup element, which + specifies (as an attribute) the number of columns in this + table group. Within the tablegroup there is one + thead element, which contains elements for + the table headings (column headings), and one + tbody which contains the body of the + table. + + Both tgroup and + thead contain row + elements, which in turn contain entry + elements. Each entry element specifies + one cell in the table. + + + <tag>informaltable</tag> Example + + Usage: + + informaltable pgwide="1" + tgroup cols="2" + thead + row + entryThis is Column Head 1entry + entryThis is Column Head 2entry + row + thead + + tbody + row + entryRow 1, column 1entry + entryRow 1, column 2entry + row + + row + entryRow 2, column 1entry + entryRow 2, column 2entry + row + tbody + tgroup +informaltable + + Appearance: + + + + + + This is Column Head 1 + This is Column Head 2 + + + + + + Row 1, column 1 + Row 1, column 2 + + + + Row 2, column 1 + Row 2, column 2 + + + + + + + Always use the pgwide attribute with + a value of 1 with the + informaltable element. A bug in Internet + Explorer can cause the table to render incorrectly if this + is omitted. + + Table borders can be suppressed by setting the + frame attribute to none + in the informaltable element. For example, + informaltable frame="none". + + + Table with <literal>frame="none"</literal> + Example + + Appearance: + + + + + + This is Column Head 1 + This is Column Head 2 + + + + + + Row 1, column 1 + Row 1, column 2 + + + + Row 2, column 1 + Row 2, column 2 + + + + + + + + + Examples for the User to Follow + + Examples for the user to follow are often necessary. + Typically, these will consist of dialogs with the computer; + the user types in a command, the user gets a response back, + the user types another command, and so on. + + A number of distinct elements and entities come into + play here. + + + + screen + + + Everything the user sees in this example will be + on the computer screen, so the next element is + screen. + + Within screen, white space is + significant. + + + + + prompt, + &prompt.root; and + &prompt.user; + + + Some of the things the user will be seeing on the + screen are prompts from the computer (either from the + operating system, command shell, or application). These + should be marked up using + prompt. + + As a special case, the two shell prompts for the + normal user and the root user have been provided as + entities. To indicate the user is at a shell prompt, + use one of &prompt.root; and + &prompt.user; as necessary. They + do not need to be inside + prompt. + + + &prompt.root; and + &prompt.user; are &os; + extensions to DocBook, and are not part of the + original DTD. + + + + + + userinput + + + When displaying text that the user should type in, + wrap it in userinput tags. It will + be displayed differently than system output text. + + + + + + <tag>screen</tag>, <tag>prompt</tag>, + and <tag>userinput</tag> Example + + Usage: + + screen&prompt.user; userinputls -1userinput +foo1 +foo2 +foo3 +&prompt.user; userinputls -1 | grep foo2userinput +foo2 +&prompt.user; userinputsuuserinput +promptPassword: prompt +&prompt.root; userinputcat foo2userinput +This is the file called 'foo2'screen + + Appearance: + + &prompt.user; ls -1 +foo1 +foo2 +foo3 +&prompt.user; ls -1 | grep foo2 +foo2 +&prompt.user; su +Password: +&prompt.root; cat foo2 +This is the file called 'foo2' + + + + Even though we are displaying the contents of the file + foo2, it is not + marked up as programlisting. Reserve + programlisting for showing fragments of + files outside the context of user actions. + + + + + + In-line Elements + + + Emphasizing Information + + To emphasize a particular word or phrase, use + emphasis. This may be presented as + italic, or bold, or might be spoken differently with a + text-to-speech system. + + There is no way to change the presentation of the + emphasis within the document, no equivalent of + HTML's b and + i. If the information being presented is + important, then consider presenting it in + important rather than + emphasis. + + + <tag>emphasis</tag> Example + + Usage: + + para&os; is without doubt emphasistheemphasis + premiere &unix;-like operating system for the Intel + architecture.para + + Appearance: + + &os; is without doubt the + premiere &unix;-like operating system for the Intel + architecture. + + + + + Acronyms + + Many computer terms are acronyms, + words formed from the first letter of each word in a + phrase. Acronyms are marked up into + acronym elements. It is helpful to the + reader when an acronym is defined on the first use, as shown + in the example below. + + + <tag>acronym</tag> Example + + Usage: + + paraRequest For Comments (acronymRFCacronym) 1149 + defined the use of avian carriers for transmission of + Internet Protocol (acronymIPacronym) data. The + quantity of acronymIPacronym data currently + transmitted in that manner is unknown.para + + Appearance: + + Request For Comments (RFC) 1149 + defined the use of avian carriers for transmission of + Internet Protocol (IP) data. The + quantity of IP data currently + transmitted in that manner is unknown. + + + + + Quotations + + To quote text from another document or source, or to + denote a phrase that is used figuratively, use + quote. Most of the markup tags available + for normal text are also available from within a + quote. + + + <tag>quote</tag> Example + + Usage: + + paraHowever, make sure that the search does not go beyond the + quoteboundary between local and public administrationquote, + as acronymRFCacronym 1535 calls it.para + + Appearance: + + However, make sure that the search does not go beyond + the boundary between local and public + administration, as RFC 1535 + calls it. + + + + + Keys, Mouse Buttons, and Combinations + + To refer to a specific key on the keyboard, use + keycap. To refer to a mouse button, use + mousebutton. And to refer to + combinations of key presses or mouse clicks, wrap them all + in keycombo. + + keycombo has an attribute called + action, which may be one of + click, double-click, + other, press, + seq, or simul. The + last two values denote whether the keys or buttons should be + pressed in sequence, or simultaneously. + + The stylesheets automatically add any connecting + symbols, such as +, between the key + names, when wrapped in keycombo. + + + Keys, Mouse Buttons, and Combinations Example + + Usage: + + paraTo switch to the second virtual terminal, press + keycombo action="simul"keycapAltkeycap + keycapF1keycapkeycombo.para + +paraTo exit commandvicommand without saving changes, type + keycombo action="seq"keycapEsckeycapkeycap:keycap + keycapqkeycapkeycap!keycapkeycombo.para + +paraMy window manager is configured so that + keycombo action="simul"keycapAltkeycap + mousebuttonrightmousebutton + keycombo mouse button is used to move windows.para + + Appearance: + + To switch to the second virtual terminal, press + Alt + F1. + + To exit vi without saving changes, + type + Esc + : + q + !. + + My window manager is configured so that + + Alt + right mouse button + is used to move windows. + + + + + Applications, Commands, Options, and Cites + + Both applications and commands are frequently referred to + when writing documentation. The distinction between them is + that an application is the name of a program or suite of + programs that fulfill a particular task. A command is the + filename of a program that the user can type and run at a + command line. + + It is often necessary to show some of the options that a + command might take. + + Finally, it is often useful to list a command with its + manual section number, in the command(number) + format so common in Unix manuals. + + Mark up application names with + application. + + To list a command with its manual section + number (which should be most of the time) the DocBook + element is citerefentry. This will + contain a further two elements, + refentrytitle and + manvolnum. The content of + refentrytitle is the name of the command, + and the content of manvolnum is the + manual page section. + + This can be cumbersome to write, and so a series of + general + entities have been created to make this easier. + Each entity takes the form + &man.manual-page.manual-section;. + + The file that contains these entities is in + doc/share/xml/man-refs.ent, and can be + referred to using this FPI: + + PUBLIC "-//FreeBSD//ENTITIES DocBook Manual Page Entities//EN" + + Therefore, the introduction to &os; documentation will + usually include this: + + <!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook V4.1-Based Extension//EN" [ + +<!ENTITY % man PUBLIC "-//FreeBSD//ENTITIES DocBook Manual Page Entities//EN"> +%man; + +… + +]> + + Use command to include a command + name in-line but present it as something the + user should type. + + Use option to mark up the options + which will be passed to a command. + + When referring to the same command multiple times in + close proximity, it is preferred to use the + &man.command.section; + notation to markup the first reference and use + command to markup subsequent references. + This makes the generated output, especially + HTML, appear visually better. + + + Applications, Commands, and Options Example + + Usage: + + paraapplicationSendmailapplication is the most + widely used Unix mail application.para + +paraapplicationSendmailapplication includes the + citerefentry + refentrytitlesendmailrefentrytitle + manvolnum8manvolnum + citerefentry, &man.mailq.1;, and &man.newaliases.1; + programs.para + +paraOne of the command line parameters to citerefentry + refentrytitlesendmailrefentrytitle + manvolnum8manvolnum + citerefentry, option-bpoption, will display the current + status of messages in the mail queue. Check this on the command + line by running commandsendmail -bpcommand.para + + Appearance: + + Sendmail is the most widely + used Unix mail application. + + Sendmail includes the + + sendmail + 8 + , &man.mailq.1;, and &man.newaliases.1; + programs. + + One of the command line parameters to + + sendmail + 8 + , , will display the + current status of messages in the mail queue. Check this + on the command line by running + sendmail -bp. + + + + Notice how the + &man.command.section; + notation is easier to follow. + + + + + Files, Directories, Extensions, Device Names + + To refer to the name of a file, a directory, a file + extension, or a device name, use filename. + + + <tag>filename</tag> Example + + Usage: + + paraThe source for the Handbook in English is found in + filename/usr/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/filename. + The main file is called filenamebook.xmlfilename. + There is also a filenameMakefilefilename and a + number of files with a filename.entfilename extension.para + +parafilenamekbd0filename is the first keyboard detected + by the system, and appears in + filename/devfilename.para + + Appearance: + + The source for the Handbook in English is found in + /usr/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/. + The main file is called book.xml. + There is also a Makefile and a number + of files with a .ent extension. + + kbd0 is the first keyboard detected + by the system, and appears in + /dev. + + + + + The Name of Ports + + + &os; Extension + + These elements are part of the &os; extension to + DocBook, and do not exist in the original DocBook + DTD. + + + To include the name of a program from the &os; + Ports Collection in the document, use the package + tag. Since the Ports Collection can be installed in any + number of locations, only include the category and the port + name; do not include /usr/ports. + + By default, package refers to a binary package. + To refer to a port that will be built from source, set the + role attribute to + port. + + + <tag>package</tag> Example + + Usage: + + paraInstall the packagenet/wiresharkpackage binary + package to view network traffic.para + +parapackage role="port"net/wiresharkpackage can also be + built and installed from the Ports Collection.para + + Appearance: + + Install the net/wireshark binary + package to view network traffic. + + net/wireshark can also be + built and installed from the Ports Collection. + + + + + Hosts, Domains, IP Addresses, User Names, Group Names, + and Other System Items + + + &os; Extension + + These elements are part of the &os; extension to + DocBook, and do not exist in the original DocBook + DTD. + + + Information for system items is marked up + with systemitem. The class + attribute is used to identify the particular type of + information shown. + + + + class="domainname" + + + The text is a domain name, such as + FreeBSD.org or + ngo.org.uk. There is no hostname + component. + + + + + class="etheraddress" + + + The text is an Ethernet MAC + address, expressed as a series of 2 digit hexadecimal + numbers separated by colons. + + + + + class="fqdomainname" + + + The text is a Fully Qualified Domain Name, with + both hostname and domain name parts. + + + + + class="ipaddress" + + + The text is an IP address, + probably expressed as a dotted quad. + + + + + class="netmask" + + + The text is a network mask, which might be + expressed as a dotted quad, a hexadecimal string, or as + a / followed by a number + (CIDR notation). + + + + + class="systemname" + + + With class="systemname" + the marked up information is the simple hostname, such + as freefall or + wcarchive. + + + + + class="username" + + + The text is a username, like + root. + + + + + class="groupname" + + + The text is a groupname, like + wheel. + + + + + + <tag>systemitem</tag> and Classes Example + + Usage: + + paraThe local machine can always be referred to by the + name systemitem class="systemname"localhostsystemitem, which will have the IP + address systemitem class="ipaddress"127.0.0.1systemitem.para + +paraThe systemitem class="domainname"FreeBSD.orgsystemitem + domain contains a number of different hosts, including + systemitem class="fqdomainname"freefall.FreeBSD.orgsystemitem and + systemitem class="fqdomainname"bento.FreeBSD.orgsystemitem.para + +paraWhen adding an acronymIPacronym alias to an + interface (using commandifconfigcommand) + emphasisalwaysemphasis use a netmask of + systemitem class="netmask"255.255.255.255systemitem (which can + also be expressed as + systemitem class="netmask"0xffffffffsystemitem).para + +paraThe acronymMACacronym address uniquely identifies + every network card in existence. A typical + acronymMACacronym address looks like + systemitem class="etheraddress"08:00:20:87:ef:d0systemitem.para + +paraTo carry out most system administration functions + requires logging in as systemitem class="username"rootsystemitem.para + + Appearance: + + The local machine can always be referred to by the name + localhost, which will have the IP + address + 127.0.0.1. + + The + FreeBSD.org + domain contains a number of different hosts, including + freefall.FreeBSD.org and + bento.FreeBSD.org. + + When adding an IP alias to an + interface (using ifconfig) + always use a netmask of + 255.255.255.255 + (which can also be expressed as + 0xffffffff). + + The MAC address uniquely identifies + every network card in existence. A typical + MAC address looks like 08:00:20:87:ef:d0. + + To carry out most system administration functions + requires logging in as + root. + + + + + Uniform Resource Identifiers + (<acronym>URI</acronym>s) + + Occasionally it is useful to show a + Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) without + making it an active hyperlink. The uri element + makes this possible: + + + <tag>uri</tag> Example + + Usage: + + paraThis URL shows only as text: + urihttps://www.FreeBSD.orguri. It does not + create a link.para + + Appearance: + + This URL shows only as text: + https://www.FreeBSD.org. It does not + create a link. + + + To create links, see + . + + + + Email Addresses + + Email addresses are marked up as email + elements. In the HTML output format, the + wrapped text becomes a hyperlink to the email address. Other + output formats that support hyperlinks may also make the email + address into a link. + + + <tag>email</tag> with a Hyperlink Example + + Usage: + + paraAn email address that does not actually exist, like + emailnotreal@example.comemail, can be used as an + example.para + + Appearance: + + An email address that does not actually exist, like + notreal@example.com, can be used as an + example. + + + A &os;-specific extension allows setting the + role attribute to nolink + to prevent the creation of the hyperlink to the email + address. + + + <tag>email</tag> Without a Hyperlink Example + + Usage: + + paraSometimes a link to an email address like + email role="nolink"notreal@example.comemail is not + desired.para + + Appearance: + + Sometimes a link to an email address like + notreal@example.com is not + desired. + + + + + Describing <filename>Makefile</filename>s + + + &os; Extension + + These elements are part of the &os; extension to + DocBook, and do not exist in the original DocBook + DTD. + + + Two elements exist to describe parts of + Makefiles, buildtarget + and varname. + + buildtarget identifies a build target + exported by a Makefile that can be + given as a parameter to make. + varname identifies a variable that can be + set (in the environment, on the command line with + make, or within the + Makefile) to influence the + process. + + + <tag>buildtarget</tag> and + <tag>varname</tag> Example + + Usage: + + paraTwo common targets in a filenameMakefilefilename + are buildtargetallbuildtarget and + buildtargetcleanbuildtarget.para + +paraTypically, invoking buildtargetallbuildtarget will + rebuild the application, and invoking + buildtargetcleanbuildtarget will remove the temporary + files (filename.ofilename for example) created by the + build process.para + +parabuildtargetcleanbuildtarget may be controlled by a + number of variables, including varnameCLOBBERvarname + and varnameRECURSEvarname.para + + Appearance: + + Two common targets in a Makefile + are all and + clean. + + Typically, invoking all will + rebuild the application, and invoking + clean will remove the temporary + files (.o for example) created by the + build process. + + clean may be controlled by a + number of variables, including CLOBBER + and RECURSE. + + + + + Literal Text + + Literal text, or text which should be entered verbatim, is + often needed in documentation. This is text that is excerpted + from another file, or which should be copied exactly as shown + from the documentation into another file. + + Some of the time, programlisting will + be sufficient to denote this text. But + programlisting is not always appropriate, + particularly when you want to include a portion of a file + in-line with the rest of the + paragraph. + + On these occasions, use + literal. + + + <tag>literal</tag> Example + + Usage: + + paraThe literalmaxusers 10literal line in the kernel + configuration file determines the size of many system tables, and is + a rough guide to how many simultaneous logins the system will + support.para + + Appearance: + + The maxusers 10 line in the kernel + configuration file determines the size of many system + tables, and is a rough guide to how many simultaneous + logins the system will support. + + + + + Showing Items That the User <emphasis>Must</emphasis> + Fill In + + There will often be times when the user is shown + what to do, or referred to a file or command line, but + cannot simply copy the example provided. Instead, they + must supply some information themselves. + + replaceable is designed for this + eventuality. Use it inside other + elements to indicate parts of that element's content that + the user must replace. + + + <tag>replaceable</tag> Example + + Usage: + + screen&prompt.user; userinputman replaceablecommandreplaceableuserinputscreen + + Appearance: + + + &prompt.user; man command + + + replaceable can be used in many + different elements, including literal. + This example also shows that replaceable + should only be wrapped around the content that the user + is meant to provide. The other content + should be left alone. + + Usage: + + paraThe literalmaxusers replaceablenreplaceableliteral + line in the kernel configuration file determines the size of many system + tables, and is a rough guide to how many simultaneous logins the system will + support.para + +paraFor a desktop workstation, literal32literal is a good value + for replaceablenreplaceable.para + + Appearance: + + The + maxusers n + line in the kernel configuration file determines the size + of many system tables, and is a rough guide to how many + simultaneous logins the system will support. + + For a desktop workstation, 32 is a + good value for n. + + + + + Showing <acronym>GUI</acronym> Buttons + + Buttons presented by a graphical user interface are marked + with guibutton. To make the text look more + like a graphical button, brackets and non-breaking spaces are + added surrounding the text. + + + <tag>guibutton</tag> Example + + Usage: + + paraEdit the file, then click + guibutton[&nbsp;Save&nbsp;]guibutton to save the + changes.para + + Appearance: + + Edit the file, then click + [ Save ] to save the + changes. + + + + + Quoting System Errors + + System errors generated by &os; are marked with + errorname. This indicates the exact error + that appears. + + + <tag>errorname</tag> Example + + Usage: + + screenerrornamePanic: cannot mount rooterrornamescreen + + Appearance: + + + Panic: cannot mount root + + + + + + + Images + + + Image support in the documentation is somewhat + experimental. The mechanisms described here are unlikely to + change, but that is not guaranteed. + + To provide conversion between different image formats, the + graphics/ImageMagick + port must be installed. This port is not included in the + textproc/docproj meta + port, and must be installed separately. + + A good example of the use of images is the + doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/vm-design/ + document. Examine the files in that directory to see how + these elements are used together. Build different output + formats to see how the format determines what images are shown + in the rendered document. + + + + Image Formats + + The following image formats are currently supported. An + image file will automatically be converted to bitmap or vector + image depending on the output document format. + + These are the only formats in which + images should be committed to the documentation + repository. + + + + EPS (Encapsulated + Postscript) + + + Images that are primarily vector based, such as + network diagrams, time lines, and similar, should be in + this format. These images have a + .eps extension. + + + + + PNG (Portable Network + Graphic) + + + For bitmaps, such as screen captures, use this + format. These images have the .png + extension. + + + + + PIC (PIC graphics language) + + + PIC is a language for drawing + simple vector-based figures used in the &man.pic.1; + utility. These images have the + .pic extension. + + + + + SCR (SCReen capture) + + + This format is specific to screenshots of console + output. The following command generates an SCR file + shot.scr from video buffer of + /dev/ttyv0: + + &prompt.root; vidcontrol -p < /dev/ttyv0 > shot.scr + + This is preferable to PNG format + for screenshots because the SCR file + contains plain text of the command lines so that it can + be converted to a PNG image or a + plain text depending on the output document + format. + + + + + Use the appropriate format for each image. Documentation + will often have a mix of EPS and + PNG images. The + Makefiles ensure that the correct format + image is chosen depending on the output format used. + Do not commit the same image to the repository in + two different formats. + + + The Documentation Project may eventually switch to using + the SVG (Scalable Vector Graphic) format + for vector images. However, the current state of + SVG capable editing tools makes this + impractical. + + + + + Image File Locations + + Image files can be stored in one of several locations, + depending on the document and image: + + + + In the same directory as the document itself, usually + done for articles and small books that keep all their + files in a single directory. + + + + In a subdirectory of the main document. Typically + done when a large book uses separate subdirectories to + organize individual chapters. + + When images are stored in a subdirectory of the + main document directory, the subdirectory name must be + included in their paths in the + Makefile and the + imagedata element. + + + + In a subdirectory of + doc/share/images named after the + document. For example, images for the Handbook are stored + in doc/share/images/books/handbook. + Images that work for multiple translations are stored in + this upper level of the documentation file tree. + Generally, these are images that can be used unchanged in + non-English translations of the document. + + + + + + Image Markup + + Images are included as part of a mediaobject. + The mediaobject can contain other, more specific + objects. We are concerned with two, the + imageobject and the textobject. + + Include one imageobject, and two + textobject elements. The imageobject + will point to the name of the image file without the + extension. The textobject elements contain + information that will be presented to the user as well as, or + instead of, the image itself. + + Text elements are shown to the reader in several + situations. When the document is viewed in + HTML, text elements are shown while the + image is loading, or if the mouse pointer is hovered over the + image, or if a text-only browser is being used. In formats + like plain text where graphics are not possible, the text + elements are shown instead of the graphical ones. + + This example shows how to include an image called + fig1.png in a document. The image is a + rectangle with an A inside it: + + mediaobject + imageobject + imagedata fileref="fig1" + imageobject + + textobject + literallayout class="monospaced"+---------------+ +| A | ++---------------+literallayout + textobject + + textobject + phraseA picturephrase + textobject +mediaobject + + + + Include an imagedata element + inside the imageobject element. The + fileref attribute should contain the + filename of the image to include, without the extension. + The stylesheets will work out which extension should be + added to the filename automatically. + + + + + The first textobject contains a + literallayout element, where the + class attribute is set to + monospaced. This is an opportunity to + demonstrate ASCII art skills. This + content will be used if the document is converted to plain + text. + + Notice how the first and last lines of the content + of the literallayout element butt up + next to the element's tags. This ensures no extraneous + white space is included. + + + + The second textobject contains a + single phrase element. The contents of + this phrase will become the alt + attribute for the image when this document is converted to + HTML. + + + + + + Image <filename>Makefile</filename> Entries + + Images must be listed in the Makefile + in the IMAGES variable. This variable must + contain the names of all the source + images. For example, if there are three figures, + fig1.eps, fig2.png, + fig3.png, then the + Makefile should have lines like this in + it. + + … +IMAGES= fig1.eps fig2.png fig3.png +… + + or + + … +IMAGES= fig1.eps +IMAGES+= fig2.png +IMAGES+= fig3.png +… + + Again, the Makefile will work out the + complete list of images it needs to build the source document, + you only need to list the image files you + provided. + + + + Images and Chapters in Subdirectories + + Be careful when separating documentation into smaller + files in different directories (see ). + + Suppose there is a book with three chapters, and the + chapters are stored in their own directories, called + chapter1/chapter.xml, + chapter2/chapter.xml, and + chapter3/chapter.xml. If each chapter + has images associated with it, place those images in each + chapter's subdirectory (chapter1/, + chapter2/, and + chapter3/). + + However, doing this requires including the directory + names in the IMAGES variable in the + Makefile, and + including the directory name in the imagedata + element in the document. + + For example, if the book has + chapter1/fig1.png, then + chapter1/chapter.xml should + contain: + + mediaobject + imageobject + imagedata fileref="chapter1/fig1" + imageobject + + … + +mediaobject + + + + The directory name must be included in the + fileref attribute. + + + + The Makefile must contain: + + … +IMAGES= chapter1/fig1.png +… + + + + + Links + + + Links are also in-line elements. To show a + URI without creating a link, see + . + + + + <literal>xml:id</literal> Attributes + + Most DocBook elements accept an xml:id + attribute to give that part of the document a unique name. + The xml:id can be used as a target for a + crossreference or link. + + Any portion of the document that will be a link target + must have an xml:id attribute. Assigning + an xml:id to all chapters and sections, + even if there are no current plans to link to them, is a good + idea. These xml:ids can be used as unique + reference points by anyone referring to the + HTML version of the document. + + + <literal>xml:id</literal> on Chapters and + Sections Example + + chapter xml:id="introduction" + titleIntroductiontitle + + paraThis is the introduction. It contains a subsection, + which is identified as well.para + + sect1 xml:id="introduction-moredetails" + titleMore Detailstitle + + paraThis is a subsection.para + sect1 +chapter + + + Use descriptive values for xml:id + names. The values must be unique within the entire document, + not just in a single file. In the example, the subsection + xml:id is constructed by appending text to + the chapter xml:id. This ensures that the + xml:ids are unique. It also helps both + reader and anyone editing the document to see where the link + is located within the document, similar to a directory path to + a file. + + + + Crossreferences with <literal>xref</literal> + + xref provides the reader with a link to jump to + another section of the document. The target + xml:id is specified in the + linkend attribute, and xref + generates the link text automatically. + + + <tag>xref</tag> Example + + Assume that this fragment appears somewhere in a + document that includes the xml:id + example shown above: + + paraMore information can be found + in xref linkend="introduction".para + +paraMore specific information can be found + in xref linkend="introduction-moredetails".para + + The link text will be generated automatically, looking + like (emphasized text indicates the + link text): + +
+ More information can be found in Chapter + 1, Introduction. + + More specific information can be found in + Section 1.1, + More Details. +
+ + + The link text is generated automatically from the chapter + and section number and title + elements. + + + + Linking to Other Documents on the + Web + + The link element described here allows the writer to + define the link text. When link text is used, it is very + important to be descriptive to give the reader an idea of + where the link goes. Remember that DocBook can be rendered to + multiple types of media. The reader might be looking at a + printed book or other form of media where there are no links. + If the link text is not descriptive enough, the reader might + not be able to locate the linked section. + + The xlink:href attribute is the + URL of the page, and the content of the + element is the text that will be displayed for the user to + activate. + + In many situations, it is preferable to show the actual + URL rather than text. This can be done by + leaving out the element text entirely. + + + <tag>link</tag> to a &os; Documentation Web + Page Example + + Link to the book or article URL + entity. To link to a specific chapter in a book, add a + slash and the chapter file name, followed by an optional + anchor within the chapter. For articles, link to the + article URL entity, followed by an + optional anchor within the article. + URL entities can be found in + doc/share/xml/urls.ent. + + Usage for &os; book links: + + paraRead the link + xlink:href="&url.books.handbook;/svn.html#svn-intro"SVN + introductionlink, then pick the nearest mirror from + the list of link + xlink:href="&url.books.handbook;/svn.html#svn-mirrors"Subversion + mirror siteslink.para + + Appearance: + + Read the SVN + introduction, then pick the nearest mirror from + the list of Subversion + mirror sites. + + Usage for &os; article links: + + paraRead this + link xlink:href="&url.articles.bsdl-gpl;"article + about the BSD licenselink, or just the + link xlink:href="&url.articles.bsdl-gpl;#intro"introductionlink.para + + Appearance: + + Read this + article + about the BSD license, or just the introduction. + + + + <tag>link</tag> to a &os; Web Page Example + + Usage: + + paraOf course, you could stop reading this document and go to the + link xlink:href="&url.base;/index.html"FreeBSD home pagelink instead.para + + Appearance: + + Of course, you could stop reading this document and go + to the FreeBSD + home page instead. + + + + <tag>link</tag> to an External Web + Page Example + + Usage: + + paraWikipedia has an excellent reference on + link + xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table"GUID + Partition Tableslink.para + + Appearance: + + Wikipedia has an excellent reference on GUID + Partition Tables. + + The link text can be omitted to show the actual + URL: + + paraWikipedia has an excellent reference on + GUID Partition Tables: link + xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table"link.para + + The same link can be entered using shorter + notation instead of a separate ending tag: + + paraWikipedia has an excellent reference on + GUID Partition Tables: link + xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table".para + + The two methods are equivalent. Appearance: + + Wikipedia has an excellent reference on GUID Partition + Tables: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table. + + + + Index: pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/editor-config/chapter.xml =================================================================== --- /dev/null +++ pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/editor-config/chapter.xml @@ -0,0 +1,248 @@ + + + + + Editor Configuration + + Adjusting text editor configuration can make working on + document files quicker and easier, and help documents conform to + FDP guidelines. + + + <application>Vim</application> + + Install from editors/vim, + editors/vim-console, or + editors/vim-tiny then follow the + configuration instructions in + . + + + Use + + Press P to reformat paragraphs or text + that has been selected in Visual mode. Press + T to replace groups of eight spaces with a + tab. + + + + Configuration + + Edit ~/.vimrc, adding these + lines to the end of the file: + + if has("autocmd") + au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sgml,*.ent,*.xsl,*.xml call Set_SGML() + au BufNewFile,BufRead *.[1-9] call ShowSpecial() +endif " has(autocmd) + +function Set_Highlights() + "match ExtraWhitespace /^\s* \s*\|\s\+$/ + highlight default link OverLength ErrorMsg + match OverLength /\%71v.\+/ + return 0 +endfunction + +function ShowSpecial() + setlocal list listchars=tab:>>,trail:*,eol:$ + hi def link nontext ErrorMsg + return 0 +endfunction " ShowSpecial() + +function Set_SGML() + setlocal number + syn match sgmlSpecial "&[^;]*;" + setlocal syntax=sgml + setlocal filetype=xml + setlocal shiftwidth=2 + setlocal textwidth=70 + setlocal tabstop=8 + setlocal softtabstop=2 + setlocal formatprg="fmt -p" + setlocal autoindent + setlocal smartindent + " Rewrap paragraphs + noremap P gqj + " Replace spaces with tabs + noremap T :s/ /\t/<CR> + call ShowSpecial() + call Set_Highlights() + return 0 +endfunction " Set_SGML() + + + + + <application>Emacs</application> + + Install from editors/emacs or + editors/emacs-devel. + + + Validation + + Emacs's nxml-mode uses compact relax NG schemas for + validating XML. A compact relax NG schema for FreeBSD's + extension to DocBook 5.0 is included in the documentation + repository. To configure nxml-mode to validate using this + schema, create + ~/.emacs.d/schema/schemas.xml and add + these lines to the file: + + locatingRules xmlns="http://thaiopensource.com/ns/locating-rules/1.0" + documentElement localName="section" typeId="DocBook" + documentElement localName="chapter" typeId="DocBook" + documentElement localName="article" typeId="DocBook" + documentElement localName="book" typeId="DocBook" + typeId id="DocBook" uri="/usr/local/share/xml/docbook/5.0/rng/docbook.rnc" +locatingRules + + + + + Automated Proofreading with Flycheck and Igor + + The Flycheck package is available from Milkypostman's + Emacs Lisp Package Archive (MELPA). If + MELPA is not already in Emacs's + packages-archives, it can be added by evaluating + + (add-to-list 'package-archives '("melpa" . "http://stable.melpa.org/packages/") t) + + Add the line to Emacs's initialization file (one of + ~/.emacs, + ~/.emacs.el, or + ~.emacs.d/init.el) to make this change + permanent. + + To install Flycheck, evaluate + + (package-install 'flycheck) + + Create a Flycheck checker for + textproc/igor by evaluating + + (flycheck-define-checker igor + "FreeBSD Documentation Project sanity checker. + +See URLs https://www.freebsd.org/docproj/ and +http://www.freshports.org/textproc/igor/." + :command ("igor" "-X" source-inplace) + :error-parser flycheck-parse-checkstyle + :modes (nxml-mode) + :standard-input t) + + (add-to-list 'flycheck-checkers 'igor 'append) + + Again, add these lines to Emacs's initialization file to + make the changes permanent. + + + + FreeBSD Documentation Specific Settings + + To apply settings specific to the FreeBSD documentation + project, create .dir-locals.el in the + root directory of the documentation repository and add these + lines to the file: + + ;;; Directory Local Variables +;;; For more information see (info "(emacs) Directory Variables") + +((nxml-mode + (eval . (turn-on-auto-fill)) + (fill-column . 70) + (eval . (require 'flycheck)) + (eval . (flycheck-mode 1)) + (flycheck-checker . igor) + (eval . (add-to-list 'rng-schema-locating-files "~/.emacs.d/schema/schemas.xml")))) + + + + + <application>nano</application> + + Install from + editors/nano or + editors/nano-devel. + + + Configuration + + Copy the sample XML syntax highlight + file to the user's home directory: + + &prompt.user; cp /usr/local/share/nano/xml.nanorc ~/.nanorc + + Use an editor to replace the lines in the + ~/.nanorc syntax "xml" + block with these rules: + + syntax "xml" "\.([jrs]html?|xml|xslt?)$" +# trailing whitespace +color ,blue "[[:space:]]+$" +# multiples of eight spaces at the start a line +# (after zero or more tabs) should be a tab +color ,blue "^([TAB]*[ ]{8})+" +# tabs after spaces +color ,yellow "( )+TAB" +# highlight indents that have an odd number of spaces +color ,red "^(([ ]{2})+|(TAB+))*[ ]{1}[^ ]{1}" +# lines longer than 70 characters +color ,yellow "^(.{71})|(TAB.{63})|(TAB{2}.{55})|(TAB{3}.{47}).+$" + + Process the file to create embedded tabs: + + &prompt.user; perl -i'' -pe 's/TAB/\t/g' ~/.nanorc + + + + Use + + Specify additional helpful options when running the + editor: + + &prompt.user; nano -AKipwz -r 70 -T8 chapter.xml + + Users of &man.csh.1; can define an alias in + ~/.cshrc to automate these + options: + + alias nano "nano -AKipwz -r 70 -T8" + + After the alias is defined, the options will be added + automatically: + + &prompt.user; nano chapter.xml + + + Index: pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/manpages/chapter.xml =================================================================== --- /dev/null +++ pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/manpages/chapter.xml @@ -0,0 +1,718 @@ + + + + + Manual Pages + + + Introduction + + Manual pages, commonly shortened to + man pages, were conceived as + readily-available reminders for command syntax, device driver + details, or configuration file formats. They have become an + extremely valuable quick-reference from the command line for + users, system administrators, and programmers. + + Although intended as reference material rather than + tutorials, the EXAMPLES sections of manual pages often + provide detailed use case. + + Manual pages are generally shown interactively by the + &man.man.1; command. When the user types + man ls, a search is performed for a manual + page matching ls. The first matching result + is displayed. + + + + Sections + + Manual pages are grouped into sections. + Each section contains manual pages for a specific category of + documentation: + + + + + + Section Number + Category + + + + + + 1 + General Commands + + + + 2 + System Calls + + + + 3 + Library Functions + + + + 4 + Kernel Interfaces + + + + 5 + File Formats + + + + 6 + Games + + + + 7 + Miscellaneous + + + + 8 + System Manager + + + + 9 + Kernel Developer + + + + + + + + Markup + + Various markup forms and rendering programs have been used + for manual pages. &os; has used &man.groff.7; and the newer + &man.mandoc.1;. Most existing &os; manual pages, and all new + ones, use the &man.mdoc.7; form of markup. This is a simple + line-based markup that is reasonably expressive. It is mostly + semantic: parts of text are marked up for what they are, rather + than for how they should appear when rendered. There is some + appearance-based markup which is usually best avoided. + + Manual page source is usually interpreted and displayed to + the screen interactively. The source files can be ordinary text + files or compressed with &man.gzip.1; to save space. + + Manual pages can also be rendered to other formats, + including PostScript for printing or PDF + generation. See &man.man.1;. + + + Testing a new manual page can be challenging when it is + not located in the normal manual page search path. + &man.man.1; also does not look in the current directory. If + the new manual page is in the current directory, prefix + the filename with a ./: + + &prompt.user; man ./mynewmanpage.8 + + An absolute path can also be used: + + &prompt.user; man /home/xsmith/mynewmanpage.8 + + + + + Manual Page Sections + + Manual pages are composed of several standard sections. + Each section has a title in upper case, and the sections for a + particular type of manual page appear in a specific order. + For a category 1 General Command manual page, the sections + are: + + + + + + Section Name + Description + + + + + + NAME + Name of the command + + + + SYNOPSIS + Format of options and arguments + + + + DESCRIPTION + Description of purpose and usage + + + + ENVIRONMENT + Environment settings that affect + operation + + + + EXIT STATUS + Error codes returned on exit + + + + EXAMPLES + Examples of usage + + + + COMPATIBILITY + Compatibility with other implementations + + + + SEE ALSO + Cross-reference to related manual pages + + + + STANDARDS + Compatibility with standards like POSIX + + + + HISTORY + History of implementation + + + + BUGS + Known bugs + + + + AUTHORS + People who created the command or wrote the + manual page. + + + + + + Some sections are optional, and the combination of + sections for a specific type of manual page vary. Examples of + the most common types are shown later in this chapter. + + + + Macros + + &man.mdoc.7; markup is based on + macros. Lines that begin with a dot + contain macro commands, each two or three letters long. For + example, consider this portion of the &man.ls.1; manual + page: + + +.Dd December 1, 2015 +.Dt LS 1 +.Sh NAME +.Nm ls +.Nd list directory contents +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.Nm +.Op Fl -libxo +.Op Fl ABCFGHILPRSTUWZabcdfghiklmnopqrstuwxy1, +.Op Fl D Ar format +.Op Ar +.Sh DESCRIPTION +For each operand that names a +.Ar file +of a type other than +directory, +.Nm +displays its name as well as any requested, +associated information. +For each operand that names a +.Ar file +of type directory, +.Nm +displays the names of files contained +within that directory, as well as any requested, associated +information. + + + + A Document date and + Document title are defined. + + + + A Section header for the NAME + section is defined. Then the Name + of the command and a one-line + Name description are defined. + + + + The SYNOPSIS section begins. This section describes + the command-line options and arguments accepted. + + + + Name (.Nm) has + already been defined, and repeating it here just displays + the defined value in the text. + + + + An Optional + Flag called -libxo + is shown. The Fl macro adds a dash to + the beginning of flags, so this appears in the manual + page as --libxo. + + + + A long list of optional single-character flags are + shown. + + + + An optional -D flag is defined. If + the -D flag is given, it must be + followed by an Argument. The + argument is a format, a string that + tells &man.ls.1; what to display and how to display it. + Details on the format string are given later in the manual + page. + + + + A final optional argument is defined. Because no name + is specified for the argument, the default of + file ... is used. + + + + The Section header for the + DESCRIPTION section is defined. + + + + When rendered with the command man ls, + the result displayed on the screen looks like this: + + LS(1) FreeBSD General Commands Manual LS(1) + +NAME + ls — list directory contents + +SYNOPSIS + ls [--libxo] [-ABCFGHILPRSTUWZabcdfghiklmnopqrstuwxy1,] [-D format] + [file ...] + +DESCRIPTION + For each operand that names a file of a type other than directory, ls + displays its name as well as any requested, associated information. For + each operand that names a file of type directory, ls displays the names + of files contained within that directory, as well as any requested, + associated information. + + Optional values are shown inside square brackets. + + + + Markup Guidelines + + The &man.mdoc.7; markup language is not very strict. For + clarity and consistency, the &os; Documentation project adds + some additional style guidelines: + + + + Only the first letter of macros is upper case + + + Always use upper case for the first letter of a + macro and lower case for the remaining letters. + + + + + Begin new sentences on new lines + + + Start a new sentence on a new line, do not begin it + on the same line as an existing sentence. + + + + + Update .Dd when making non-trivial + changes to a manual page + + + The Document date informs the + reader about the last time the manual page was updated. + It is important to update whenever non-trivial changes + are made to the manual pages. Trivial changes like + spelling or punctuation fixes that do not affect usage + can be made without updating + .Dd. + + + + + Give examples + + + Show the reader examples when possible. Even + trivial examples are valuable, because what is trivial + to the writer is not necessarily trivial to the reader. + Three examples are a good goal. A trivial example shows + the minimal requirements, a serious example shows actual + use, and an in-depth example demonstrates unusual or + non-obvious functionality. + + + + + Include the BSD license + + + Include the BSD license on new manual pages. The + preferred license is available from the Committer's + Guide. + + + + + + + Markup Tricks + + Add a space before punctuation on a line with + macros. Example: + + .Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr geom 4 , +.Xr boot0cfg 8 , +.Xr geom 8 , +.Xr gptboot 8 + + Note how the commas at the end of the + .Xr lines have been placed after a space. + The .Xr macro expects two parameters to + follow it, the name of an external manual page, and a section + number. The space separates the punctuation from the section + number. Without the space, the external links would + incorrectly point to section 4, or + 8,. + + + + Important Macros + + Some very common macros will be shown here. For + more usage examples, see &man.mdoc.7;, &man.groff.mdoc.7;, or + search for actual use in + /usr/share/man/man* directories. For + example, to search for examples of the .Bd + Begin display macro: + + &prompt.user; find /usr/share/man/man* | xargs zgrep '.Bd' + + + Organizational Macros + + Some macros are used to define logical blocks of a + manual page. + + + + + + Organizational Macro + Use + + + + + + .Sh + Section header. Followed by the name of + the section, traditionally all upper case. + Think of these as chapter titles. + + + + .Ss + Subsection header. Followed by the name of + the subsection. Used to divide a + .Sh section into + subsections. + + + + .Bl + Begin list. Start a list of items. + + + + .El + End a list. + + + + .Bd + Begin display. Begin a special area of + text, like an indented area. + + + + .Ed + End display. + + + + + + + + Inline Macros + + Many macros are used to mark up inline text. + + + + + + Inline Macro + Use + + + + + + .Nm + Name. Called with a name as a parameter on the + first use, then used later without the parameter to + display the name that has already been + defined. + + + + .Pa + Path to a file. Used to mark up filenames and + directory paths. + + + + + + + + + + Sample Manual Page Structures + + This section shows minimal desired man page contents for + several common categories of manual pages. + + + Section 1 or 8 Command + + The preferred basic structure for a section 1 or 8 + command: + + .Dd August 25, 2017 +.Dt EXAMPLECMD 8 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm examplecmd +.Nd "command to demonstrate section 1 and 8 man pages" +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.Nm +.Op Fl v +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Nm +utility does nothing except demonstrate a trivial but complete +manual page for a section 1 or 8 command. +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr exampleconf 5 +.Sh AUTHORS +.An Firstname Lastname Aq Mt flastname@example.com + + + + Section 4 Device Driver + + The preferred basic structure for a section 4 device + driver: + + .Dd August 25, 2017 +.Dt EXAMPLEDRIVER 4 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm exampledriver +.Nd "driver to demonstrate section 4 man pages" +.Sh SYNOPSIS +To compile this driver into the kernel, add this line to the +kernel configuration file: +.Bd -ragged -offset indent +.Cd "device exampledriver" +.Ed +.Pp +To load the driver as a module at boot, add this line to +.Xr loader.conf 5 : +.Bd -literal -offset indent +exampledriver_load="YES" +.Ed +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Nm +driver provides an opportunity to show a skeleton or template +file for section 4 manual pages. +.Sh HARDWARE +The +.Nm +driver supports these cards from the aptly-named Nonexistent +Technologies: +.Pp +.Bl -bullet -compact +.It +NT X149.2 (single and dual port) +.It +NT X149.8 (single port) +.El +.Sh DIAGNOSTICS +.Bl -diag +.It "flashing green light" +Something bad happened. +.It "flashing red light" +Something really bad happened. +.It "solid black light" +Power cord is unplugged. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr example 8 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Nm +device driver first appeared in +.Fx 49.2 . +.Sh AUTHORS +.An Firstname Lastname Aq Mt flastname@example.com + + + + Section 5 Configuration File + + The preferred basic structure for a section 5 + configuration file: + + .Dd August 25, 2017 +.Dt EXAMPLECONF 5 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm example.conf +.Nd "config file to demonstrate section 5 man pages" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +.Nm +is an example configuration file. +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr example 8 +.Sh AUTHORS +.An Firstname Lastname Aq Mt flastname@example.com + + + + + Example Manual Pages to Use as Templates + + Some manual pages are suitable as in-depth examples. + + + + + + Manual Page + Path to Source Location + + + + + + &man.cp.1; + /usr/src/bin/cp/cp.1 + + + + &man.vt.4; + /usr/src/share/man/man4/vt.4 + + + + &man.crontab.5; + /usr/src/usr.sbin/cron/crontab/crontab.5 + + + + &man.gpart.8; + /usr/src/sbin/geom/class/part/gpart.8 + + + + + + + + Resources + + Resources for manual page writers: + + + + &man.man.1; + + + + &man.mandoc.1; + + + + &man.groff.mdoc.7; + + + + Practical + UNIX Manuals: mdoc + + + + History + of UNIX Manpages + + + + Index: pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/po-translations/chapter.xml =================================================================== --- /dev/null +++ pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/po-translations/chapter.xml @@ -0,0 +1,927 @@ + + + + + <acronym>PO</acronym> Translations + + + Introduction + + The GNU + gettext system offers + translators an easy way to create and maintain translations of + documents. Translatable strings are extracted from the original + document into a PO (Portable Object) file. + Translated versions of the strings are entered with a separate + editor. The strings can be used directly or built into a + complete translated version of the original document. + + + + Quick Start + + The procedure shown in + is assumed to have + already been performed, but the TRANSLATOR + option must be enabled in the + textproc/docproj port. If that + option was not enabled, display the options menu and enable + it, then reinstall the port: + + &prompt.root; cd /usr/ports/textproc/docproj +&prompt.root; make config +&prompt.root; make clean deinstall install clean + + This example shows the creation of a Spanish translation of + the short Leap + Seconds article. + + + Install a <acronym>PO</acronym> Editor + + + A PO editor is needed to edit + translation files. This example uses + editors/poedit. + + &prompt.root; cd /usr/ports/editors/poedit +&prompt.root; make install clean + + + + + Initial Setup + + When a new translation is first created, the directory + structure and Makefile must be created or + copied from the English original: + + + Create a directory for the new translation. The + English article source is in + ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/. + The Spanish translation will go in + ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/. + The path is the same except for the name of the language + directory. + + &prompt.user; svn mkdir --parents ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/ + + + + Copy the Makefile from the original + document into the translation directory: + + &prompt.user; svn cp ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/Makefile \ + ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/ + + + + + Translation + + Translating a document consists of two steps: extracting + translatable strings from the original document, and entering + translations for those strings. These steps are repeated + until the translator feels that enough of the document has + been translated to produce a usable translated + document. + + + Extract the translatable strings from the original + English version into a PO file: + + &prompt.user; cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/ +&prompt.user; make po + + + + Use a PO editor to enter translations + in the PO file. There are several + different editors available. poedit + from editors/poedit is shown + here. + + The PO file name is the + two-character language code followed by an underline and a + two-character region code. For Spanish, the file name is + es_ES.po. + + &prompt.user; poedit es_ES.po + + + + + Generating a Translated Document + + + Generate the translated document: + + &prompt.user; cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/ +&prompt.user; make tran + + The name of the generated document matches the name + of the English original, usually + article.xml for articles or + book.xml for books. + + + + Check the generated file by rendering it to + HTML and viewing it with a + web browser: + + &prompt.user; make FORMATS=html +&prompt.user; firefox article.html + + + + + + Creating New Translations + + The first step to creating a new translated document is + locating or creating a directory to hold it. &os; puts + translated documents in a subdirectory named for their + language and region in the format + lang_REGION. + lang is a two-character lowercase + code. It is followed by an underscore character and then the + two-character uppercase REGION + code. + + + Language Names + + + + + Language + Region + Translated Directory Name + PO File Name + Character Set + + + + + + English + United States + en_US.ISO8859-1 + en_US.po + ISO 8859-1 + + + + Bengali + Bangladesh + bn_BD.UTF-8 + bn_BD.po + UTF-8 + + + + Danish + Denmark + da_DK.ISO8859-1 + da_DK.po + ISO 8859-1 + + + + German + Germany + de_DE.ISO8859-1 + de_DE.po + ISO 8859-1 + + + + Greek + Greece + el_GR.ISO8859-7 + el_GR.po + ISO 8859-7 + + + + Spanish + Spain + es_ES.ISO8859-1 + es_ES.po + ISO 8859-1 + + + + French + France + fr_FR.ISO8859-1 + fr_FR.po + ISO 8859-1 + + + + Hungarian + Hungary + hu_HU.ISO8859-2 + hu_HU.po + ISO 8859-2 + + + + Italian + Italy + it_IT.ISO8859-15 + it_IT.po + ISO 8859-15 + + + + Japanese + Japan + ja_JP.eucJP + ja_JP.po + EUC JP + + + + Korean + Korea + ko_KR.UTF-8 + ko_KR.po + UTF-8 + + + + Mongolian + Mongolia + mn_MN.UTF-8 + mn_MN.po + UTF-8 + + + + Dutch + Netherlands + nl_NL.ISO8859-1 + nl_NL.po + ISO 8859-1 + + + + Polish + Poland + pl_PL.ISO8859-2 + pl_PL.po + ISO 8859-2 + + + + Portuguese + Brazil + pt_BR.ISO8859-1 + pt_BR.po + ISO 8859-1 + + + + Russian + Russia + ru_RU.KOI8-R + ru_RU.po + KOI8-R + + + + Turkish + Turkey + tr_TR.ISO8859-9 + tr_TR.po + ISO 8859-9 + + + + Chinese + China + zh_CN.UTF-8 + zh_CN.po + UTF-8 + + + + Chinese + Taiwan + zh_TW.UTF-8 + zh_TW.po + UTF-8 + + + +
+ + The translations are in subdirectories of the main + documentation directory, here assumed to be + ~/doc/ as shown in + . For example, German + translations are located in + ~/doc/de_DE.ISO8859-1/, and French + translations are in + ~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/. + + Each language directory contains separate subdirectories + named for the type of documents, usually + articles/ and + books/. + + Combining these directory names gives the complete path to + an article or book. For example, the French translation of the + NanoBSD article is in + ~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/nanobsd/, + and the Mongolian translation of the Handbook is in + ~/doc/mn_MN.UTF-8/books/handbook/. + + A new language directory must be created when translating + a document to a new language. If the language directory already + exists, only a subdirectory in the + articles/ or books/ + directory is needed. + + &os; documentation builds are controlled by a + Makefile in the same directory. With + simple articles, the Makefile can often + just be copied verbatim from the original English directory. + The translation process combines multiple separate + book.xml and + chapter.xml files in books into a single + file, so the Makefile for book translations + must be copied and modified. + + + Creating a Spanish Translation of the Porter's + Handbook + + Create a new Spanish translation of the + Porter's + Handbook. The original is a book in + ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/. + + + + The Spanish language books directory + ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/ already + exists, so only a new subdirectory for the Porter's + Handbook is needed: + &prompt.user; cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/ +&prompt.user; svn mkdir porters-handbook +A porters-handbook + + + + Copy the Makefile from the + original book: + + &prompt.user; cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook +&prompt.user; svn cp ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/Makefile . +A Makefile + + Modify the contents of the + Makefile to only expect a single + book.xml: + + # +# $FreeBSD$ +# +# Build the FreeBSD Porter's Handbook. +# + +MAINTAINER=doc@FreeBSD.org + +DOC?= book + +FORMATS?= html-split + +INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz +INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?= + +# XML content +SRCS= book.xml + +# Images from the cross-document image library +IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/1.png +IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/2.png +IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/3.png +IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/4.png +IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/5.png +IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/6.png +IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/7.png +IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/8.png +IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/9.png +IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/10.png +IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/11.png +IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/12.png +IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/13.png +IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/14.png +IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/15.png +IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/16.png +IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/17.png +IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/18.png +IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/19.png +IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/20.png +IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/21.png + +URL_RELPREFIX?= ../../../.. +DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../.. + +.include "${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk" + + Now the document structure is ready for the translator + to begin translating with + make po. + + + + + + Creating a French Translation of the + <acronym>PGP</acronym> Keys Article + + Create a new French translation of the + PGP + Keys article. The original is an article in + ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/pgpkeys/. + + + + The French language article directory + ~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/ + already exists, so only a new subdirectory for the + PGP Keys article is needed: + &prompt.user; cd ~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/ +&prompt.user; svn mkdir pgpkeys +A pgpkeys + + + + Copy the Makefile from the + original article: + + &prompt.user; cd ~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/pgpkeys +&prompt.user; svn cp ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/pgpkeys/Makefile . +A Makefile + + Check the contents of the + Makefile. Because this is a simple + article, in this case the Makefile + can be used unchanged. The $&os;...$ + version string on the second line will be replaced by the + version control system when this file is committed. + + # +# $FreeBSD$ +# +# Article: PGP Keys + +DOC?= article + +FORMATS?= html +WITH_ARTICLE_TOC?= YES + +INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz +INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?= + +SRCS= article.xml + +# To build with just key fingerprints, set FINGERPRINTS_ONLY. + +URL_RELPREFIX?= ../../../.. +DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../.. + +.include "${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk" + + With the document structure complete, the + PO file can be created with + make po. + + + + + + + Translating + + The gettext system greatly + reduces the number of things that must be tracked by a + translator. Strings to be translated are extracted from the + original document into a PO file. Then a + PO editor is used to enter the translated + versions of each string. + + The &os; PO translation system does not + overwrite PO files, so the extraction step + can be run at any time to update the PO + file. + + A PO editor is used to edit the file. + editors/poedit is shown in + these examples because it is simple and has minimal + requirements. Other PO editors offer + features to make the job of translating easier. The Ports + Collection offers several of these editors, including + devel/gtranslator. + + It is important to preserve the PO file. + It contains all of the work that translators have done. + + + Translating the Porter's Handbook to Spanish + + Enter Spanish translations of the contents of the Porter's + Handbook. + + + + Change to the Spanish Porter's Handbook directory and + update the PO file. The generated + PO file is called + es_ES.po as shown in + . + + &prompt.user; cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook +&prompt.user; make po + + + + Enter translations using a PO + editor: + + &prompt.user; poedit es_ES.po + + + + + + + Tips for Translators + + + Preserving <acronym>XML</acronym> Tags + + Preserve XML tags that are shown in + the English original. + + + Preserving <acronym>XML</acronym> Tags + + English original: + + If acronymNTPacronym is not being used + + Spanish translation: + + Si acronymNTPacronym no se utiliza + + + + + Preserving Spaces + + Preserve existing spaces at the beginning and end of + strings to be translated. The translated version must have + these spaces also. + + + + Verbatim Tags + + The contents of some tags should be copied verbatim, not + translated: + + + + citerefentry + + + + command + + + + filename + + + + literal + + + + manvolnum + + + + orgname + + + + package + + + + programlisting + + + + prompt + + + + refentrytitle + + + + screen + + + + userinput + + + + varname + + + + + + <literal>$FreeBSD$</literal> + Strings + + The $FreeBSD$ version strings used in + files require special handling. In examples like + , these + strings are not meant to be expanded. The English documents + use &dollar; entities to avoid + including actual literal dollar signs in the file: + + &dollar;FreeBSD&dollar; + + The &dollar; entities are not seen + as dollar signs by the version control system and so the + string is not expanded into a version string. + + When a PO file is created, the + &dollar; entities used in examples are + replaced with actual dollar signs. The resulting literal + $FreeBSD$ string will be + wrongly expanded by the version control system when the file + is committed. + + The same technique as used in the English documents can be + used in the translation. The &dollar; + is used to replace the dollar sign in the translation entered + into the PO editor: + + &dollar;FreeBSD&dollar; + + + + + + + Building a Translated Document + + A translated version of the original document can be created + at any time. Any untranslated portions of the original will be + included in English in the resulting document. Most + PO editors have an indicator that shows how + much of the translation has been completed. This makes it easy + for the translator to see when enough strings have been + translated to make building the final document + worthwhile. + + + Building the Spanish Porter's Handbook + + Build and preview the Spanish version of the Porter's + Handbook that was created in an earlier example. + + + + Build the translated document. Because the original + is a book, the generated document is + book.xml. + + &prompt.user; cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook +&prompt.user; make tran + + + + Render the translated book.xml to + HTML and view it with + Firefox. This is the + same procedure used with the English version of the + documents, and other FORMATS can + be used here in the same way. See . + + &prompt.user; make FORMATS=html +&prompt.user; firefox book.html + + + + + + + Submitting the New Translation + + Prepare the new translation files for submission. This + includes adding the files to the version control system, setting + additional properties on them, then creating a diff for + submission. + + The diff files created by these examples can be attached to + a documentation + bug report or code + review. + + + Spanish Translation of the NanoBSD Article + + + + Add a &os; version string comment as the first + line of the PO file: + + #$FreeBSD$ + + + + Add the Makefile, the + PO file, and the generated + XML translation to + version control: + + &prompt.user; cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/nanobsd/ +&prompt.user; ls +Makefile article.xml es_ES.po +&prompt.user; svn add Makefile article.xml es_ES.po +A Makefile +A article.xml +A es_ES.po + + + + Set the + Subversion + svn:keywords properties on these files + to FreeBSD=%H so + $FreeBSD$ strings are + expanded into the path, revision, date, and author when + committed: + + &prompt.user; svn propset svn:keywords FreeBSD=%H Makefile article.xml es_ES.po +property 'svn:keywords' set on 'Makefile' +property 'svn:keywords' set on 'article.xml' +property 'svn:keywords' set on 'es_ES.po' + + + + Set the MIME types of the files. + These are text/xml for books and + articles, and + text/x-gettext-translation for the + PO file. + + &prompt.user; svn propset svn:mime-type text/x-gettext-translation es_ES.po +property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'es_ES.po' +&prompt.user; svn propset svn:mime-type text/xml article.xml +property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'article.xml' + + + + Create a diff of the new files from the + ~/doc/ base directory so the full + path is shown with the filenames. This helps committers + identify the target language directory. + + &prompt.user; cd ~/doc +svn diff es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/nanobsd/ > /tmp/es_nanobsd.diff + + + + + + Korean <acronym>UTF-8</acronym> Translation of the + Explaining-BSD Article + + + + Add a &os; version string comment as the first + line of the PO file: + + #$FreeBSD$ + + + + Add the Makefile, the + PO file, and the generated + XML translation to + version control: + + &prompt.user; cd ~/doc/ko_KR.UTF-8/articles/explaining-bsd/ +&prompt.user; ls +Makefile article.xml ko_KR.po +&prompt.user; svn add Makefile article.xml ko_KR.po +A Makefile +A article.xml +A ko_KR.po + + + + Set the Subversion + svn:keywords properties on these files + to FreeBSD=%H so + $FreeBSD$ strings are + expanded into the path, revision, date, and author when + committed: + + &prompt.user; svn propset svn:keywords FreeBSD=%H Makefile article.xml ko_KR.po +property 'svn:keywords' set on 'Makefile' +property 'svn:keywords' set on 'article.xml' +property 'svn:keywords' set on 'ko_KR.po' + + + + Set the MIME types of the files. + Because these files use the UTF-8 + character set, that is also specified. To prevent the + version control system from mistaking these files for + binary data, the fbsd:notbinary + property is also set: + + &prompt.user; svn propset svn:mime-type 'text/x-gettext-translation; charset=UTF-8' ko_KR.po +property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'ko_KR.po' +&prompt.user; svn propset fbsd:notbinary yes ko_KR.po +property 'fbsd:notbinary' set on 'ko_KR.po' +&prompt.user; svn propset svn:mime-type 'text/xml; charset=UTF-8' article.xml +property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'article.xml' +&prompt.user; svn propset fbsd:notbinary yes article.xml +property 'fbsd:notbinary' set on 'article.xml' + + + + Create a diff of these new files from the + ~/doc/ base directory: + + &prompt.user; cd ~/doc +svn diff ko_KR.UTF-8/articles/explaining-bsd > /tmp/ko-explaining.diff + + + + + Index: pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- /dev/null +++ pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/pt_BR.po @@ -0,0 +1,17312 @@ +# $FreeBSD$ +# Danilo G. Baio , 2018. #zanata +# Edson Brandi , 2018. #zanata +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-03 03:33+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-09-03 02:03+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Copied by Zanata \n" +"Language-Team: \n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: Zanata 4.6.2\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n" + +#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "" +"Danilo G. Baio, dbaio@FreeBSD.org, 2018\n" +"Edson Brandi, ebrandi@FreeBSD.org, 2018" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: book.translate.xml:63 +msgid "FreeBSD Documentation Project Primer for New Contributors" +msgstr "Primer do Projeto de Documentação do FreeBSD para Novos Colaboradores" + +#. (itstool) path: info/author +#: book.translate.xml:66 +msgid "The FreeBSD Documentation Project" +msgstr "Projeto de Documentação do FreeBSD" + +#. (itstool) path: info/copyright +#: book.translate.xml:70 +msgid "" +"1998 1999 2000 2001 " +"2002 2003 2004 2005 " +"2006 2007 2008 2009 " +"2010 2011 2012 2013 " +"2014 2015 2016 2017 " +"DocEng" +msgstr "" +"1998 1999 2000 2001 " +"2002 2003 2004 2005 " +"2006 2007 2008 2009 " +"2010 2011 2012 2013 " +"2014 2015 2016 2017 " +"DocEng" + +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/title +#: book.translate.xml:100 +msgid "Copyright" +msgstr "Copyright" + +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: book.translate.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Redistribution and use in source (XML DocBook) and 'compiled' forms (XML, " +"HTML, PDF, PostScript, RTF and so forth) with or without modification, are " +"permitted provided that the following conditions are met:" +msgstr "" +"Redistribution and use in source (XML DocBook) and 'compiled' forms (XML, " +"HTML, PDF, PostScript, RTF and so forth) with or without modification, are " +"permitted provided that the following conditions are met:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:109 +msgid "" +"Redistributions of source code (XML DocBook) must retain the above copyright " +"notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer as the first " +"lines of this file unmodified." +msgstr "" +"Redistributions of source code (XML DocBook) must retain the above copyright " +"notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer as the first " +"lines of this file unmodified." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:115 +msgid "" +"Redistributions in compiled form (transformed to other DTDs, converted to " +"PDF, PostScript, RTF and other formats) must reproduce the above copyright " +"notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the " +"documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution." +msgstr "" +"Redistributions in compiled form (transformed to other DTDs, converted to " +"PDF, PostScript, RTF and other formats) must reproduce the above copyright " +"notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the " +"documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution." + +#. (itstool) path: important/para +#: book.translate.xml:124 +msgid "" +"THIS DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED BY THE FREEBSD DOCUMENTATION PROJECT \"AS IS" +"\" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE " +"IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE " +"ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FREEBSD DOCUMENTATION PROJECT BE " +"LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR " +"CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF " +"SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS " +"INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN " +"CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) " +"ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF ADVISED OF " +"THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE." +msgstr "" +"THIS DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED BY THE FREEBSD DOCUMENTATION PROJECT \"AS IS" +"\" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE " +"IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE " +"ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FREEBSD DOCUMENTATION PROJECT BE " +"LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR " +"CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF " +"SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS " +"INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN " +"CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) " +"ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF ADVISED OF " +"THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE." + +#. (itstool) path: abstract/para +#: book.translate.xml:141 +msgid "" +"Thank you for becoming a part of the FreeBSD Documentation Project. Your " +"contribution is extremely valuable, and we appreciate it." +msgstr "" +"Obrigado por fazer parte do Projeto de Documentação do FreeBSD. A sua " +"contribuição é extremamente valiosa." + +#. (itstool) path: abstract/para +#: book.translate.xml:145 +msgid "" +"This primer covers details needed to start contributing to the FreeBSD " +"Documentation Project, or FDP, including tools, software, " +"and the philosophy behind the Documentation Project." +msgstr "" +"Este primer cobre tudo o que você precisa saber para começar a contribuir " +"com o Projeto de Documentação do FreeBSD, ou FDP, " +"incluindo ferramentas, softwares, e a filosofia por trás do Projeto de " +"Documentação." + +#. (itstool) path: abstract/para +#: book.translate.xml:151 +msgid "" +"This is a work in progress. Corrections and additions are always welcome." +msgstr "" +"Este documento é um trabalho em andamento. Correções e adições são sempre " +"bem vindas." + +#. (itstool) path: preface/title +#: book.translate.xml:157 +msgid "Preface" +msgstr "Prefácio" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:160 +msgid "Shell Prompts" +msgstr "Prompts do Shell" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:162 +msgid "" +"This table shows the default system prompt and superuser prompt. The " +"examples use these prompts to indicate which type of user is running the " +"example." +msgstr "" +"Esta tabela mostra o prompt padrão do sistema e o prompt do super usuário. " +"Os exemplos usam estes prompts para indicar com qual\n" +"usuário o exemplo foi executado." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:170 +msgid "User" +msgstr "Usuário" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:171 +msgid "Prompt" +msgstr "Prompt" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:177 +msgid "Normal user" +msgstr "Usuário normal" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:178 book.translate.xml:4364 +msgid "%" +msgstr "%" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:182 +msgid "root" +msgstr "root" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:183 book.translate.xml:4357 +msgid "#" +msgstr "#" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:191 +msgid "Typographic Conventions" +msgstr "Convenções Tipográficas" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:193 +msgid "This table describes the typographic conventions used in this book." +msgstr "" +"Esta tabela descreve as convenções tipográficas utilizadas neste livro." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:200 +msgid "Meaning" +msgstr "Propósito" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: appendix/title +#: book.translate.xml:201 book.translate.xml:4864 book.translate.xml:9951 +msgid "Examples" +msgstr "Exemplos" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:207 +msgid "The names of commands." +msgstr "Nome dos comandos." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:208 +msgid "Use ls -l to list all files." +msgstr "Utilize ls -l para listar todos os arquivos." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:213 +msgid "The names of files." +msgstr "Nome dos arquivos." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:214 +msgid "Edit .login." +msgstr "Edite .login." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:218 +msgid "On-screen computer output." +msgstr "Saída de um programa na tela do computador." + +#. (itstool) path: entry/screen +#: book.translate.xml:219 +#, no-wrap +msgid "You have mail." +msgstr "You have mail." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:223 +msgid "What the user types, contrasted with on-screen computer output." +msgstr "" +"O que o usuário digita, quando contrastado com a saída do programa na tela " +"do computador." + +#. (itstool) path: entry/screen +#: book.translate.xml:226 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% date +\"The time is %H:%M\"\n" +"The time is 09:18" +msgstr "" +"% date +\"The time is %H:%M\"\n" +"The time is 09:18" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:231 +msgid "Manual page references." +msgstr "Referência a uma página de manual." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:232 +msgid "" +"Use su1 to change user identity." +msgstr "" +"Utilize su1 para assumir outro nome de\n" +"usuário." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:236 +msgid "User and group names." +msgstr "Nome de usuário e de grupos de usuários" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:237 +msgid "Only root can do this." +msgstr "" +"Apenas o root pode fazer isso." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:242 +msgid "Emphasis." +msgstr "Ênfase" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:243 +msgid "The user must do this." +msgstr "O usuário deve fazer isso." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:248 +msgid "Text that the user is expected to replace with the actual text." +msgstr "Texto que o usuário deve substituir com o texto real." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:251 +msgid "" +"To search for a keyword in the manual pages, type man -k " +"keyword" +msgstr "" +"Para buscar por uma palavra chave nas páginas de manual, digite man " +"-k keyword" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:257 +msgid "Environment variables." +msgstr "Variáveis de ambiente" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:258 +msgid "$HOME is set to the user's home directory." +msgstr "$HOME aponta para o diretório inicial do usuário." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:267 +msgid "Notes, Tips, Important Information, Warnings, and Examples" +msgstr "Notas, Dicas, Informações Importantes, Avisos e Exemplos" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:270 +msgid "Notes, warnings, and examples appear within the text." +msgstr "Notas, avisos e exemplos aparecem ao longo do texto." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: book.translate.xml:274 +msgid "" +"Notes are represented like this, and contain information to take note of, as " +"it may affect what the user does." +msgstr "" +"Notas são representadas desta forma, e contêm informações para as quais se " +"deve ficar atento, pois podem afetar o que o usuário faz." + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: book.translate.xml:280 +msgid "" +"Tips are represented like this, and contain information helpful to the user, " +"like showing an easier way to do something." +msgstr "" +"Dicas são representadas desta forma, e contêm informações úteis para o " +"usuário, como as que mostram uma maneira mais fácil de fazer alguma coisa." + +#. (itstool) path: important/para +#: book.translate.xml:286 +msgid "" +"Important information is represented like this. Typically, these show extra " +"steps the user may need to take." +msgstr "" +"Informações importantes são representadas desta forma. Normalmente elas " +"destacam passos extras que o usuário pode precisar realizar." + +#. (itstool) path: warning/para +#: book.translate.xml:292 +msgid "" +"Warnings are represented like this, and contain information warning about " +"possible damage if the instructions are not followed. This damage may be " +"physical, to the hardware or the user, or it may be non-physical, such as " +"the inadvertent deletion of important files." +msgstr "" +"Avisos são representados deste modo, e contêm informações de alerta sobre " +"possíveis danos se não seguir as instruções. Estes danos podem ser físicos, " +"para o equipamento ou para o usuário, ou podem ser não-físicos, tal como a " +"deleção inadvertida de arquivos importantes." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:300 +msgid "A Sample Example" +msgstr "Uma Amostra de Exemplo" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:302 +msgid "" +"Examples are represented like this, and typically contain examples showing a " +"walkthrough, or the results of a particular action." +msgstr "" +"Os exemplos são representados deste modo, e normalmente contêm exemplos " +"passo a passo, ou mostram os resultados de uma determinada ação." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:309 +msgid "Acknowledgments" +msgstr "Agradecimentos" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:311 +msgid "" +"My thanks to Sue Blake, Patrick Durusau, Jon Hamilton, Peter Flynn, and " +"Christopher Maden, who took the time to read early drafts of this document " +"and offer many valuable comments and criticisms." +msgstr "" +"Meu muito obrigado a Sue Blake, Patrick Durusau, Jon Hamilton, Peter Flynn, " +"e Christopher Maden, por terem gasto parte do seu tempo lendo os primeiros " +"rascunhos deste documento e por terem oferecido muitos comentários e " +"críticas construtivas para este trabalho." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:350 book.translate.xml:2062 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão Geral" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: book.translate.xml:352 +msgid "" +"Welcome to the FreeBSD Documentation Project (FDP). " +"Quality documentation is crucial to the success of FreeBSD, and we value " +"your contributions very highly." +msgstr "" +"Seja bem vindo ao Projeto de Documentação do FreeBSD.(FDP). Documentação de boa qualidade é \n" +"muito importante para o sucesso do FreeBSD, e nós valorizamos muito suas " +"contribuições." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: book.translate.xml:357 +msgid "" +"This document describes how the FDP is organized, how to " +"write and submit documentation, and how to effectively use the available " +"tools." +msgstr "" +"Este documento descreve como o FDP é organizado, como " +"escrever e como submeter documentos, e como utilizar de forma efetiva as " +"ferramentas que estão disponíveis." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: book.translate.xml:361 +msgid "" +"Everyone is welcome to contribute to the FDP. Willingness " +"to contribute is the only membership requirement." +msgstr "" +"Todos são bem vindos para se juntar ao FDP. A vontade de " +"contribuir é o único requisito de adesão." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: book.translate.xml:365 +msgid "This primer shows how to:" +msgstr "Este primer mostra como:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:369 +msgid "" +"Identify which parts of FreeBSD are maintained by the FDP." +msgstr "" +"Identificar quais partes do FreeBSD são mantidas pelo FDP." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:374 +msgid "Install the required documentation tools and files." +msgstr "Instalar as ferramentas e arquivos de documentação necessários." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:378 +msgid "Make changes to the documentation." +msgstr "Realizar alterações na documentação." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:382 +msgid "" +"Submit changes back for review and inclusion in the FreeBSD documentation." +msgstr "" +"Enviar de volta alterações para revisão e inclusão na documentação do " +"FreeBSD." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:388 book.translate.xml:7351 +msgid "Quick Start" +msgstr "Quick Start" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:390 +msgid "" +"Some preparatory steps must be taken before editing the FreeBSD " +"documentation. First, subscribe to the FreeBSD documentation project " +"mailing list. Some team members also interact on the " +"#bsddocs IRC channel on EFnet. These people can help with " +"questions or problems involving the documentation." +msgstr "" +"Algumas etapas preparatórias devem ser seguidas antes de editar a " +"documentação do FreeBSD. Primeiro, se registre na lista de email do projeto " +"de documentação do FreeBSD. Alguns membros do time também interagem " +"no IRC, canal #bsddocs na rede EFnet. Estas pessoas podem " +"ajudar com questões e problemas envolvendo documentação." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:400 +msgid "" +"Install the textproc/docproj meta-package and " +"Subversion. This meta-package installs all of the " +"software needed to edit and build FreeBSD documentation. The " +"Subversion package is needed to obtain a working " +"copy of the documentation and generate patches with." +msgstr "" +"Instale o meta-port textproc/docproj e o " +"Subversion. Este meta-port instala todo software " +"necessário para editar e compilar a documentação do FreeBSD. O pacote " +"Subversion é necessário para obter uma cópia de " +"trabalho da documentação e para gerar patches. " + +#. (itstool) path: step/screen +#: book.translate.xml:409 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# pkg install docproj subversion" +msgstr "# pkg install docproj subversion" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:413 +msgid "" +"Install a local working copy of the documentation from the FreeBSD " +"repository in ~/doc (see )." +msgstr "" +"Obtenha uma cópia local da árvore de documentação do FreeBSD em ~/" +"doc (see )." + +#. (itstool) path: step/screen +#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen +#: book.translate.xml:418 book.translate.xml:812 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/head ~/doc" +msgstr "% svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/head ~/doc" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:422 +msgid "Configure the text editor:" +msgstr "Configure o editor de texto:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:426 +msgid "Word wrap set to 70 characters." +msgstr "Defina a quebra de linha para 70 caracteres." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:430 +msgid "Tab stops set to 2." +msgstr "Defina a parada de tabulação para 2." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:434 +msgid "Replace each group of 8 leading spaces with a single tab." +msgstr "Substitua cada grupo de 8 espaços por um tab." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:439 +msgid "" +"Specific editor configurations are listed in ." +msgstr "" +"Configurações específicas por editor são informados em ." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:444 +msgid "Update the local working copy:" +msgstr "Atualize a árvore de trabalho local:" + +#. (itstool) path: step/screen +#: book.translate.xml:446 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% svn up ~/doc" +msgstr "% svn up ~/doc" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:450 +msgid "" +"Edit the documentation files that require changes. If a file needs major " +"changes, consult the mailing list for input." +msgstr "" +"Edite os arquivos de documentação que precisam de alterações. Se um arquivo " +"precisar de grandes mudanças, consulte a lista de discussão para obter " +"informações." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:454 +msgid "" +"References to tag and entity usage can be found in and ." +msgstr "" +"Referencias pra uso de tag e entidade podem ser encontradas em and ." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:460 +msgid "After editing, check for problems by running:" +msgstr "Após alteração, cheque por eventuais problemas rodando" + +#. (itstool) path: step/screen +#: book.translate.xml:462 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% igor -R filename.xml | less -RS" +msgstr "% igor -R filename.xml | less -RS" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:464 +msgid "" +"Review the output and edit the file to fix any problems shown, then rerun " +"the command to find any remaining problems. Repeat until all of the errors " +"are resolved." +msgstr "" +"Revise a saída e edite o arquivo para corrigir os problemas informados e, em " +"seguida, execute novamente o comando para verificar os problemas restantes. " +"Repita até que todos os erros sejam resolvidos." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:471 +msgid "" +"Always build-test changes before submitting them. " +"Running make in the top-level directory of the " +"documentation being edited will generate that documentation in split HTML " +"format. For example, to build the English version of the Handbook in " +"HTML, run make in the en_US." +"ISO8859-1/books/handbook/ directory." +msgstr "" +"Sempre realize testes de compilação antes de submeter " +"algo. Execute make no diretório de nível superior da " +"documentação alterada e assim será gerado a documentação no formato HTML com " +"divisões. Por exemplo, pra compilar a versão Inglês do Handbook em " +"HTML, execute make no diretório " +"en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:482 +msgid "" +"When changes are complete and tested, generate a diff file:" +msgstr "" +"Quando as alterações estiverem completas e testadas, gere um arquivo " +"diff:" + +#. (itstool) path: step/screen +#: book.translate.xml:485 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% cd ~/doc\n" +"% svn diff > bsdinstall.diff.txt" +msgstr "" +"% cd ~/doc\n" +"% svn diff > bsdinstall.diff.txt" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:488 +msgid "" +"Give the diff file a descriptive name. In the example above, changes have " +"been made to the bsdinstall portion of the Handbook." +msgstr "" +"Dê ao arquivo diff um nome. No exemplo acima, foram feitas alterações na " +"parte bsdinstall do Handbook." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:495 +msgid "" +"Submit the diff file using the web-based Problem Report system. If using the web form, enter a Summary of [patch] " +"short description of problem. Select " +"the Component Documentation. In the Description field, " +"enter a short description of the changes and any important details about " +"them. Use the [ Add an attachment ] button to attach " +"the diff file. Finally, use the [ Submit Bug ] button " +"to submit your diff to the problem report system." +msgstr "" +"Submeta o arquivo diff file pela web para o sistema de Relatórios de Problema. Se estiver usando o formulário web, insira " +"um Sumário com [patch] descrição curta do problema. Selecione o Componente Documentation. No campo de Descrição, insira uma breve descrição das alterações e " +"quaisquer detalhes importantes sobre elas. Use o botão [ Add an " +"attachment ] para anexar o arquivo diff. Finalmente, pressione o " +"botão [ Submit Bug ] para enviar seu diff para o " +"sistema de relatório de problemas." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:511 +msgid "The FreeBSD Documentation Set" +msgstr "Conjunto de Documentação do FreeBSD" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:513 +msgid "" +"The FDP is responsible for four categories of FreeBSD " +"documentation." +msgstr "" +"O FDP é responsável por quatro categorias de documentação " +"do FreeBSD." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:518 +msgid "" +"Handbook: The Handbook is the comprehensive online " +"resource and reference for FreeBSD users." +msgstr "" +"Handbook: O handbook almeja ser um compreensivo recurso " +"de referência online para os usuários do FreeBSD" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:524 +msgid "" +"FAQ: The FAQ uses a short question " +"and answer format to address questions that are frequently asked on the " +"various mailing lists and forums devoted to FreeBSD. This format does not " +"permit long and comprehensive answers." +msgstr "" +"FAQ: O FAQ utiliza um formato curto " +"de pergunta e resposta para abordar dúvidas que são frequentemente " +"realizadas nas listas de discussão e fóruns dedicados ao FreeBSD. Este " +"formato não permite respostas longas e detalhadas." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:532 +msgid "" +"Manual pages: The English language system manual pages " +"are usually not written by the FDP, as they are part of " +"the base system. However, the FDP can reword parts of " +"existing manual pages to make them clearer or to correct inaccuracies." +msgstr "" +"Páginas de Manual: As páginas de manual do sistema de " +"língua inglesa geralmente não são escritas pelo FDP, pois " +"fazem parte do sistema base. Contudo, o FDP pode " +"reformular partes das páginas de manual existentes para torná-las mais " +"claras ou para corrigir imprecisões." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:541 +msgid "" +"Web site: This is the main FreeBSD presence on the web, " +"visible at https://" +"www.FreeBSD.org/ and many mirrors around the world. The web site is " +"typically a new user's first exposure to FreeBSD." +msgstr "" +"Web site: Esta é a presença principal do FreeBSD na " +"web, visite https://" +"www.FreeBSD.org/ e muitos mirrors ao redor do mundo. O site é " +"tipicamente o primeiro contato de um usuário novo com o FreeBSD." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:549 +msgid "" +"Translation teams are responsible for translating the Handbook and web site " +"into different languages. Manual pages are not translated at present." +msgstr "" +"As equipes de tradução são responsáveis por traduzir o manual e o site para " +"diferentes idiomas. As páginas do manual não são traduzidas no momento." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:553 +msgid "" +"Documentation source for the FreeBSD web site, Handbook, and FAQ is available in the documentation repository at https://" +"svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/." +msgstr "" +"Código fonte do site do FreeBSD, Handbook, e FAQ estão " +"disponíveis no repositório de documentação em https://svn.FreeBSD." +"org/doc/." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:558 +msgid "" +"Source for manual pages is available in a separate source repository located " +"at https://svn.FreeBSD.org/base/." +msgstr "" +"Código fonte das páginas de manual estão disponíveis em um repositório " +"diferente localizado em https://svn.FreeBSD.org/base/." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:562 +msgid "" +"Documentation commit messages are visible with svn log. " +"Commit messages are also archived at http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/" +"listinfo/svn-doc-all." +msgstr "" +"As mensagens de commit de documentação podem ser visualizadas com " +"svn log. As mensagens de commit também são arquivadas em " +" " +"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-doc-all." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:567 +msgid "" +"Web frontends to both of these repositories are available at and ." +msgstr "" +"Endereço web para ambos os repositórios disponíveis em e ." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:571 +msgid "" +"Many people have written tutorials or how-to articles about FreeBSD. Some " +"are stored as part of the FDP files. In other cases, the " +"author has decided to keep the documentation separate. The FDP endeavors to provide links to as much of this external " +"documentation as possible." +msgstr "" +"Muitas pessoas tem escrito tutoriais e artigos how-to sobre FreeBSD. Alguns " +"são armazenados como parte dos arquivos FDP. Em outros " +"casos, o autor decidiu manter a documentação separada. O FDP esforça-se para fornecer links para o máximo possível dessas " +"documentações externas." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: book.translate.xml:612 +msgid "Tools" +msgstr "Ferramentas" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: book.translate.xml:614 +msgid "" +"Several software tools are used to manage the FreeBSD documentation and " +"render it to different output formats. Some of these tools are required and " +"must be installed before working through the examples in the following " +"chapters. Some are optional, adding capabilities or making the job of " +"creating documentation less demanding." +msgstr "" +"Várias ferramentas são utilizadas para gerenciar a documentação do FreeBSD e " +"renderizá-la para diferentes formatos. Algumas dessas ferramentas são " +"necessárias e devem ser instaladas antes de trabalhar com os exemplos nos " +"capítulos a seguir. Algumas são opcionais, adicionando recursos ou tornando " +"a tarefa de criar documentação mais simples." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:622 +msgid "Required Tools" +msgstr "Ferramentas Obrigatórias" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:624 +msgid "" +"Install textproc/docproj from the Ports Collection. This " +"meta-port installs all the applications required to do " +"useful work with the FreeBSD documentation. Some further notes on particular " +"components are given below." +msgstr "" +"Instale o textproc/docproj pela Coleção de Ports. Este " +"meta-port instala todos os aplicativos necessários para " +"trabalhar com a documentação do FreeBSD. Informações adicionais específicas " +"de alguns componentes serão informadas abaixo." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:632 +msgid "DTDs and Entities" +msgstr "DTDs e Entidades" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:635 +msgid "" +"FreeBSD documentation uses several Document Type Definitions (DTDs) and sets of XML entities. These are all " +"installed by the textproc/docproj port." +msgstr "" +"A documentação do FreeBSD utiliza diversas Definições de Tipos de Documento " +"(DTDs) e conjuntos de entidades XML. " +"Estes são todos instalados pelo port textproc/docproj." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:643 +msgid "" +"XHTML DTD (textproc/xhtml)" +msgstr "" +"XHTML DTD (textproc/xhtml)" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:647 +msgid "" +"XHTML is the markup language of choice for the World Wide " +"Web, and is used throughout the FreeBSD web site." +msgstr "" +"XHTML é a linguagem markup escolhida pela Web, e é " +"utilizada em todo o site do FreeBSD." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:654 +msgid "" +"DocBook DTD (textproc/docbook-xml)" +msgstr "" +"DocBook DTD (textproc/docbook-xml)" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:658 +msgid "" +"DocBook is designed for marking up technical documentation. Most of the " +"FreeBSD documentation is written in DocBook." +msgstr "" +"O DocBook é projetado para escrever documentação técnica. A maior parte da " +"documentação do FreeBSD é escrita no DocBook." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:665 +msgid "ISO 8879 entities (textproc/iso8879)" +msgstr "Entidades ISO 8879 (textproc/iso8879)" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:669 +msgid "" +"Character entities from the ISO 8879:1986 standard used by many " +"DTDs. Includes named mathematical symbols, additional " +"characters in the Latin character set (accents, diacriticals, and so on), " +"and Greek symbols." +msgstr "" +"Entidades do padrão ISO 8879:1986 utilizado por muitos DTDs. Inclui símbolos matemáticos nomeados, caracteres adicionais no " +"conjunto de caracteres latinos (acentos, diacríticos e assim por diante) e " +"símbolos Gregos." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:681 +msgid "Optional Tools" +msgstr "Ferramentas Opcionais" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:683 +msgid "" +"These applications are not required, but can make working on the " +"documentation easier or add capabilities." +msgstr "" +"Essas ferramentas não são necessárias, mas podem facilitar o trabalho na " +"documentação ou adicionar recursos." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:687 +msgid "Software" +msgstr "Software" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:692 +msgid "Vim (editors/vim)" +msgstr "Vim (editors/vim)" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:696 +msgid "" +"A popular editor for working with XML and derived " +"documents, like DocBook XML." +msgstr "" +"Um editor de texto popular que trabalha com XML and " +"documentos derivados, como DocBook XML." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:703 +msgid "" +"Emacs or XEmacs " +"(editors/emacs or editors/xemacs)" +msgstr "" +"Emacs ou XEmacs " +"(editors/emacs ou editors/xemacs)" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:709 +msgid "" +"Both of these editors include a special mode for editing documents marked up " +"according to an XML DTD. This mode " +"includes commands to reduce the amount of typing needed, and help reduce the " +"possibility of errors." +msgstr "" +"Ambos editores incluem um modo especial para editar documentos marcados como " +"XML DTD. Esse modo inclui comandos " +"para reduzir a quantidade de digitação necessária e ajudar a reduzir a " +"possibilidade de erros." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: book.translate.xml:751 +msgid "The Working Copy" +msgstr "A Área de Trabalho" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: book.translate.xml:753 +msgid "" +"The working copy is a copy of the FreeBSD repository " +"documentation tree downloaded onto the local computer. Changes are made to " +"the local working copy, tested, and then submitted as patches to be " +"committed to the main repository." +msgstr "" +"A área de trabalho é uma cópia da árvore de " +"documentação do repositório do FreeBSD baixada no computador local. As " +"alterações são feitas na cópia de trabalho local, testadas e enviadas como " +"patches para serem submetidas no repositório principal." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: book.translate.xml:759 +msgid "" +"A full copy of the documentation tree can occupy 700 megabytes of disk " +"space. Allow for a full gigabyte of space to have room for temporary files " +"and test versions of various output formats." +msgstr "" +"Uma cópia completa da árvore de documentação pode ocupar 700 megabytes de " +"espaço em disco. Tenha um gigabyte de espaço total para ter sobra para " +"arquivos temporários e versões de teste dos diversos formatos de saída." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: book.translate.xml:764 +msgid "" +"Subversion is used to manage the " +"FreeBSD documentation files. It is obtained by installing the " +"Subversion package:" +msgstr "" +"O Subversion é utilizado para " +"gerenciar os arquivos de documentação do FreeBSD. Ele é obtido pela " +"instalação do pacote Subversion:" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen +#: book.translate.xml:769 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# pkg install subversion" +msgstr "# pkg install subversion" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:772 +msgid "Documentation and Manual Pages" +msgstr "Documentação e Páginas de Manual" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:774 +msgid "" +"FreeBSD documentation is not just books and articles. Manual pages for all " +"the commands and configuration files are also part of the documentation, and " +"part of the FDP's territory. Two repositories are " +"involved: doc for the books and articles, and " +"base for the operating system and manual pages. To edit " +"manual pages, the base repository must be checked out " +"separately." +msgstr "" +"A documentação do FreeBSD não é formada apenas por livros e artigos. Páginas " +"de manual para todos os comandos e arquivos de configuração também fazem " +"parte da documentação e fazem parte do território do FDP. " +"Dois repositórios estão envolvidos: doc para os livros e " +"artigos, e base para o sistema operacional e páginas de " +"manual. Para editar páginas de manual, o repositório base " +"deve ser registrado separadamente." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:783 +msgid "" +"Repositories may contain multiple versions of documentation and source code. " +"New modifications are almost always made only to the latest version, called " +"head." +msgstr "" +"Repositórios podem conter várias versões de documentação e código-fonte. " +"Novas modificações quase sempre são feitas apenas para a versão mais " +"recente, chamada head." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:789 +msgid "Choosing a Directory" +msgstr "Escolhendo um Diretório" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:791 +msgid "" +"FreeBSD documentation is traditionally stored in /usr/doc/, and system source code with manual pages in /usr/src/. These directory trees are relocatable, and users may want to put " +"the working copies in other locations to avoid interfering with existing " +"information in the main directories. The examples that follow use " +"~/doc and ~/src, both " +"subdirectories of the user's home directory." +msgstr "" +"A documentação do FreeBSD é tradicionalmente armazenada em /usr/" +"doc/, e o código fonte do sistema com páginas de manual em " +"/usr/src/. Essas árvores são realocáveis ​​e os usuários " +"podem armazenar as cópias de trabalho em outros locais para evitar " +"interferir nas informações existentes nos diretórios principais. Os exemplos " +"a seguir utilizam ~/doc e ~/src, " +"ambos subdiretórios do diretório pessoal do usuário." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:804 +msgid "Checking Out a Copy" +msgstr "Baixando uma Cópia" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:806 +msgid "" +"A download of a working copy from the repository is called a " +"checkout, and done with svn checkout. This example checks out a copy of the latest version " +"(head) of the main documentation tree:" +msgstr "" +"O processo de download de um repositório é chamado de checkout e é feito com um svn checkout. Este exemplo faz " +"checkout de uma cópia da versão mais recente (head) do " +"repositório de documentação principal:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:814 +msgid "A checkout of the source code to work on manual pages is very similar:" +msgstr "" +"O checkout do código-fonte para trabalhar nas páginas de manual é muito " +"semelhante:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen +#: book.translate.xml:817 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/base/head ~/src" +msgstr "% svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/base/head ~/src" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:821 +msgid "Updating a Working Copy" +msgstr "Atualizando" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:823 +msgid "" +"The documents and files in the FreeBSD repository change daily. People " +"modify files and commit changes frequently. Even a short time after an " +"initial checkout, there will already be differences between the local " +"working copy and the main FreeBSD repository. To update the local version " +"with the changes that have been made to the main repository, use " +"svn update on the directory containing the local working " +"copy:" +msgstr "" +"Os documentos e arquivos no repositório do FreeBSD mudam diariamente. As " +"pessoas modificam arquivos e submetem alterações com frequência. Mesmo após " +"um checkout inicial, já haverá alterações entre a cópia de trabalho local e " +"o repositório principal do FreeBSD. Para atualizar a versão local com as " +"mudanças que foram feitas no repositório principal, execute svn " +"update no diretório que contém a cópia de trabalho local:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen +#: book.translate.xml:832 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% svn update ~/doc" +msgstr "% svn update ~/doc" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:834 +msgid "" +"Get in the protective habit of using svn update before " +"editing document files. Someone else may have edited that file very " +"recently, and the local working copy will not include the latest changes " +"until it has been updated. Editing the newest version of a file is much " +"easier than trying to combine an older, edited local file with the newer " +"version from the repository." +msgstr "" +"Adquira o hábito de proteção de executar svn update antes " +"de editar os arquivos de documentação. Alguém pode ter editado esse arquivo " +"muito recentemente e a cópia de trabalho local não incluirá essas alterações " +"mais recentes até que ela seja atualizada. Editar a versão mais recente de " +"um arquivo é muito mais fácil do que tentar combinar um arquivo local " +"editado mais antigo com a versão mais recente do repositório." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:844 +msgid "Reverting Changes" +msgstr "Revertendo Alterações" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:846 +msgid "" +"Sometimes it turns out that changes were not necessary after all, or the " +"writer just wants to start over. Files can be reset to their " +"unchanged form with svn revert. For example, to erase the " +"edits made to chapter.xml and reset it to unmodified " +"form:" +msgstr "" +"De vez em quando acontece que algumas mudanças não eram necessárias, ou o " +"escritor só quer começar novamente. Arquivos podem ser resetados para sua forma anterior com svn revert. Por " +"exemplo, para apagar as alterações feitas no chapter.xml e redefini-las para o formato sem modificação:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen +#: book.translate.xml:853 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% svn revert chapter.xml" +msgstr "% svn revert chapter.xml" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:857 +msgid "Making a Diff" +msgstr "Criando um Diff" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:859 +msgid "" +"After edits to a file or group of files are completed, the differences " +"between the local working copy and the version on the FreeBSD repository " +"must be collected into a single file for submission. These diff files are produced by redirecting the output of svn diff into a file:" +msgstr "" +"Após finalizar as alterações em um arquivo ou grupo de arquivos, as " +"diferenças entre a cópia de trabalho local e a versão no repositório do " +"FreeBSD devem ser coletadas em um único arquivo para ser submetido. Estes " +"arquivos diff são produzidos redirecionando a saída de " +"svn diff para um arquivo:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen +#: book.translate.xml:866 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% cd ~/doc\n" +"% svn diff > doc-fix-spelling.diff" +msgstr "" +"% cd ~/doc\n" +"% svn diff > doc-fix-spelling.diff" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:869 +msgid "" +"Give the file a meaningful name that identifies the contents. The example " +"above is for spelling fixes to the whole documentation tree." +msgstr "" +"Dê ao arquivo um nome significativo que identifique o conteúdo. O exemplo " +"acima é para correção ortográfica em toda a árvore de documentação." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:873 +msgid "" +"If the diff file is to be submitted with the web Submit a FreeBSD problem " +"report interface, add a .txt extension " +"to give the earnest and simple-minded web form a clue that the contents are " +"plain text." +msgstr "" +"Se o arquivo diff for enviado com a interface web Submit a FreeBSD problem " +"report, adicione uma extensão .txt para " +"que o formulário web identifique que o conteúdo do arquivo é texto plano." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:880 +msgid "" +"Be careful: svn diff includes all changes made in the " +"current directory and any subdirectories. If there are files in the working " +"copy with edits that are not ready to be submitted yet, provide a list of " +"only the files that are to be included:" +msgstr "" +"Tenha cuidado: svn diff inclui todas as alterações feitas " +"no diretório atual e em quaisquer subdiretórios. Se houver arquivos na cópia " +"de trabalho com edições que ainda não estão prontas para serem enviadas, " +"forneça uma lista apenas dos arquivos a serem incluídos:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen +#: book.translate.xml:886 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% cd ~/doc\n" +"% svn diff disks/chapter.xml printers/chapter.xml > disks-printers.diff" +msgstr "" +"% cd ~/doc\n" +"% svn diff disks/chapter.xml printers/chapter.xml > disks-printers.diff" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:891 +msgid "Subversion References" +msgstr "Referências Subversion" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:893 +msgid "" +"These examples show very basic usage of Subversion. More detail is available in the Subversion Book and the Subversion documentation." +msgstr "" +"Estes exemplos demonstram um uso muito básico do Subversion. Mais detalhes estão disponíveis no Subversion Book e na Documentação do Subversion." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: book.translate.xml:933 +msgid "Documentation Directory Structure" +msgstr "Estrutura de Diretórios da Documentação" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: book.translate.xml:935 +msgid "" +"Files and directories in the doc/ tree follow a " +"structure meant to:" +msgstr "" +"Arquivos e diretórios no repositório doc/ seguem uma " +"estrutura destinada a:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:941 +msgid "Make it easy to automate converting the document to other formats." +msgstr "Facilitar a conversão do documento para outros formatos." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:946 +msgid "" +"Promote consistency between the different documentation organizations, to " +"make it easier to switch between working on different documents." +msgstr "" +"Promover a consistência entre as diferentes organizações de documentação, e " +"assim facilitar a alternância entre diferentes documentos." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:952 +msgid "" +"Make it easy to decide where in the tree new documentation should be placed." +msgstr "Facilitar a decisão de onde a nova documentação deve ser colocada." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: book.translate.xml:957 +msgid "" +"In addition, the documentation tree must accommodate documents in many " +"different languages and encodings. It is important that the documentation " +"tree structure does not enforce any particular defaults or cultural " +"preferences." +msgstr "" +"Além disso, o repositório de documentação deve acomodar documentos em vários " +"idiomas e codificações diferentes. É importante que a estrutura do " +"repositório de documentação não imponha quaisquer padrões particulares ou " +"preferências culturais." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:963 +msgid "The Top Level, doc/" +msgstr "O Nível Superior, doc/" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:966 +msgid "" +"There are two types of directory under doc/, each with " +"very specific directory names and meanings." +msgstr "" +"Existem dois tipos de diretório em doc/, cada um com " +"nomes de diretório e significados muito específicos." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:974 book.translate.xml:1028 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "Diretório" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:975 book.translate.xml:1029 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "Uso" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:981 +msgid "share" +msgstr "share" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:984 +msgid "" +"Contains files that are not specific to the various translations and " +"encodings of the documentation. Contains subdirectories to further " +"categorize the information. For example, the files that comprise the " +"make1 infrastructure are in share/mk, while the " +"additional XML support files (such as the FreeBSD " +"extended DocBook DTD) are in share/xml." +msgstr "" +"Contém arquivos que não são específicos das várias traduções e codificações " +"da documentação. Contém subdiretórios para categorizar ainda mais as " +"informações. Por exemplo, os arquivos que fazem parte da infra-estrutura " +"make1 estão em share/mk, enquanto o suporte " +"adicional a arquivos XML (como o DTBook estendido do " +"FreeBSD DTD) estão em share/xml." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:996 +msgid "" +"lang.encoding" +msgstr "" +"lang.encoding" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:999 +msgid "" +"One directory exists for each available translation and encoding of the " +"documentation, for example en_US.ISO8859-1/ and " +"zh_TW.UTF-8/. The names are long, but by fully " +"specifying the language and encoding we prevent any future headaches when a " +"translation team wants to provide documentation in the same language but in " +"more than one encoding. This also avoids problems that might be caused by a " +"future switch to Unicode." +msgstr "" +"Existe um diretório para cada tradução e codificação disponível da " +"documentação, por exemplo, en_US.ISO8859-1/ e " +"zh_TW.UTF-8/. Os nomes são longos, mas ao especificar " +"totalmente o idioma e a codificação, evitamos dores de cabeça futuras quando " +"uma equipe de tradução desejar fornecer documentação no mesmo idioma, mas em " +"mais de uma codificação. Isso também evita problemas que podem ser causados ​​" +"por uma futura mudança para Unicode." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:1016 +msgid "" +"The lang.encoding/ Directories" +msgstr "" +"Os Diretórios lang." +"encoding/" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:1020 +msgid "" +"These directories contain the documents themselves. The documentation is " +"split into up to three more categories at this level, indicated by the " +"different directory names." +msgstr "" +"Esses diretórios contêm os próprios documentos. A documentação é dividida em " +"até três outras categorias, indicadas pelos diferentes nomes de diretório." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:1035 +msgid "articles" +msgstr "articles" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:1038 +msgid "" +"Documentation marked up as a DocBook article (or equivalent). " +"Reasonably short, and broken up into sections. Normally only available as " +"one XHTML file." +msgstr "" +"Documentação marcada como DocBook article (ou equivalente). " +"Conteúdo curto e dividido em seções. Normalmente disponível apenas como um " +"arquivo XHTML." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:1045 +msgid "books" +msgstr "books" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:1047 +msgid "" +"Documentation marked up as a DocBook book (or equivalent). Book " +"length, and broken up into chapters. Normally available as both one large " +"XHTML file (for people with fast connections, or who want " +"to print it easily from a browser) and as a collection of linked, smaller " +"files." +msgstr "" +"Documentação marcada como DocBook book (ou equivalente). Conteúdo " +"longo e dividido em capítulos. Normalmente disponível como um grande arquivo " +"XHTML (para pessoas com conexões rápidas, ou que desejam " +"imprimi-lo facilmente de um navegador) e como uma coleção de arquivos " +"menores e com links." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:1057 +msgid "man" +msgstr "man" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:1060 +msgid "" +"For translations of the system manual pages. This directory will contain one " +"or more manN directories, corresponding to the sections that have been " +"translated." +msgstr "" +"Para traduções das páginas de manual do sistema. Esse diretório conterá um " +"ou mais diretórios manN, correspondendo às seções que foram traduzidas." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:1069 +msgid "" +"Not every lang." +"encoding directory will have all of " +"these subdirectories. It depends on how much translation has been " +"accomplished by that translation team." +msgstr "" +"Nem todo diretório lang.encoding terá todos esses " +"subdiretórios. Depende de quanto a tradução foi realizada por essa equipe de " +"tradução." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:1076 +msgid "Document-Specific Information" +msgstr "Informação Específica de Documentação" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:1078 +msgid "" +"This section contains specific notes about particular documents managed by " +"the FDP." +msgstr "" +"Esta seção contém informações específicas sobre documentos gerenciados pelo " +"FDP." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:1082 +msgid "The Handbook" +msgstr "O Handbook" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/subtitle +#: book.translate.xml:1084 +msgid "books/handbook/" +msgstr "books/handbook/" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:1086 +msgid "" +"The Handbook is written in DocBook XML using the FreeBSD " +"DocBook extended DTD." +msgstr "" +"O Handbook está escrito em DocBook XML usando " +"DTD extendido do DocBook FreeBSD." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:1089 +msgid "" +"The Handbook is organized as a DocBook book. The book is divided " +"into parts, each of which contains several chapters. " +"chapters are further subdivided into sections (sect1) " +"and subsections (sect2, sect3) and so on." +msgstr "" +"O Handbook está organizado como um DocBook book. O livro é " +"dividido em parts, cada uma contendo vários chapters. " +"Os chapters são subdivididos em seções (sect1) e " +"subseções (sect2, sect3) e assim por diante." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: book.translate.xml:1098 +msgid "Physical Organization" +msgstr "Organização Física" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:1100 +msgid "" +"There are a number of files and directories within the handbook directory." +msgstr "" +"Existem vários arquivos e diretórios dentro do diretório handbook." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: book.translate.xml:1104 +msgid "" +"The Handbook's organization may change over time, and this document may lag " +"in detailing the organizational changes. Post questions about Handbook " +"organization to the FreeBSD documentation project mailing list." +msgstr "" +"A organização do Handbook pode ser alterada ao longo do tempo, e este " +"documento pode estar defasado quanto ao detalhamento das mudanças " +"organizacionais do mesmo. Envie perguntas sobre a organização do Handbook na " +"lista de discussão do projeto FreeBSD." + +#. (itstool) path: sect4/title +#: book.translate.xml:1111 +msgid "Makefile" +msgstr "Makefile" + +#. (itstool) path: sect4/para +#: book.translate.xml:1113 +msgid "" +"The Makefile defines some variables that affect how the " +"XML source is converted to other formats, and lists the " +"various source files that make up the Handbook. It then includes the " +"standard doc.project.mk, to bring in the rest of the " +"code that handles converting documents from one format to another." +msgstr "" +"O Makefile define algumas variáveis ​​que afetam como o " +"fonte XML é convertido em diversos formatos e lista os " +"vários arquivos fontes que compõem o Handbook. Em seguida, ele inclui o " +"doc.project.mk padrão, para inserir o restante do " +"código que manipula a conversão de documentos de um formato para outro." + +#. (itstool) path: sect4/title +#: book.translate.xml:1123 +msgid "book.xml" +msgstr "book.xml" + +#. (itstool) path: sect4/para +#: book.translate.xml:1125 +msgid "" +"This is the top level document in the Handbook. It contains the Handbook's " +"DOCTYPE declaration, " +"as well as the elements that describe the Handbook's structure." +msgstr "" +"Este é o principal arquivo do Handbook. Ele contém a declaração DOCTYPE, bem como os " +"elementos que descrevem a estrutura do Handbook." + +#. (itstool) path: sect4/para +#: book.translate.xml:1130 +msgid "" +"book.xml uses parameter entities to load in the files with the " +".ent extension. These files (described later) then " +"define general entities " +"that are used throughout the rest of the Handbook." +msgstr "" +"book.xml utiliza entidades de parâmetro para carregar os arquivos com a " +"extensão .ent. Esses arquivos (descritos " +"posteriormente) e então definem as entidades gerais que são utilizadas ​​no restante do " +"Handbook." + +#. (itstool) path: sect4/title +#: book.translate.xml:1139 +msgid "" +"directory/chapter." +"xml" +msgstr "" +"directory/chapter." +"xml" + +#. (itstool) path: sect4/para +#: book.translate.xml:1141 +msgid "" +"Each chapter in the Handbook is stored in a file called chapter." +"xml in a separate directory from the other chapters. Each " +"directory is named after the value of the id attribute on " +"the chapter element." +msgstr "" +"Cada capítulo do Handbook é armazenado em um arquivo chamado " +"chapter.xml em um diretório separado dos outros " +"capítulos. Cada diretório é nomeado após o valor do atributo id no elemento chapter." + +#. (itstool) path: sect4/para +#: book.translate.xml:1148 +msgid "For example, if one of the chapter files contains:" +msgstr "Por exemplo, se um dos arquivos de capítulo contiver:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:1151 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"chapter id=\"kernelconfig\"\n" +"...\n" +"chapter" +msgstr "" +"chapter id=\"kernelconfig\"\n" +"...\n" +"chapter" + +#. (itstool) path: sect4/para +#: book.translate.xml:1155 +msgid "" +"Then it will be called chapter.xml in the " +"kernelconfig directory. In general, the entire contents " +"of the chapter are in this one file." +msgstr "" +"Então ele será chamado de chapter.xml no diretório " +"kernelconfig. Em geral, todo o conteúdo do capítulo " +"está neste único arquivo." + +#. (itstool) path: sect4/para +#: book.translate.xml:1161 +msgid "" +"When the XHTML version of the Handbook is produced, this " +"will yield kernelconfig.html. This is because of the " +"id value, and is not related to the name of the directory." +msgstr "" +"Quando a versão XHTML do Handbook for gerada, produzirá o " +"kernelconfig.html. Isso é por causa do valor " +"id e não está relacionado ao nome do diretório." + +#. (itstool) path: sect4/para +#: book.translate.xml:1167 +msgid "" +"In earlier versions of the Handbook, the files were stored in the same " +"directory as book.xml, and named after the value of the " +"id attribute on the file's chapter element. " +"Now, it is possible to include images in each chapter. Images for each " +"Handbook chapter are stored within share/images/books/handbook. The localized version of these images should be placed in the " +"same directory as the XML sources for each chapter. " +"Namespace collisions are inevitable, and it is easier to work with several " +"directories with a few files in them than it is to work with one directory " +"that has many files in it." +msgstr "" +"Nas versões anteriores do Handbook, os arquivos eram armazenados no mesmo " +"diretório que book.xml e nomeados após o valor do " +"atributo id no elemento chapter. Agora, é " +"possível incluir imagens em cada capítulo. Imagens para cada capítulo do " +"Handbook são armazenadas em share/images/books/handbook. As imagens devem ser colocadas no mesmo diretório que os fontes " +"XML para cada capítulo. As colisões de Namespace são " +"inevitáveis ​​e é mais fácil trabalhar com vários diretórios que contenham " +"alguns arquivos, do que trabalhar com um único diretório que contenham " +"muitos arquivos." + +#. (itstool) path: sect4/para +#: book.translate.xml:1182 +msgid "" +"A brief look will show that there are many directories with individual " +"chapter.xml files, including basics/chapter." +"xml, introduction/chapter.xml, and " +"printing/chapter.xml." +msgstr "" +"Com uma breve analise pode-se constatar que existem diversos diretórios com " +"arquivos individuais chapter.xml, incluindo " +"basics/chapter.xml, introduction/chapter.xml, e printing/chapter.xml." + +#. (itstool) path: important/para +#: book.translate.xml:1189 +msgid "" +"Do not name chapters or directories after their ordering within the " +"Handbook. This ordering can change as the content within the Handbook is " +"reorganized. Reorganization should be possible without renaming files, " +"unless entire chapters are being promoted or demoted within the hierarchy." +msgstr "" +"Não nomeie capítulos ou diretórios com a ordenação do Handbook. Essa " +"ordenação pode mudar conforme o conteúdo do Handbook é reorganizado. A " +"reorganização deve ser realizada sem renomear arquivos, a menos que " +"capítulos inteiros sejam promovidos ou rebaixados dentro da hierarquia." + +#. (itstool) path: sect4/para +#: book.translate.xml:1197 +msgid "" +"The chapter.xml files are not complete XML documents that can be built individually. They can only be built as " +"parts of the whole Handbook." +msgstr "" +"Os arquivos chapter.xml não são arquivos completos de " +"documentos XML que podem ser compilados individualmente. " +"Eles só podem ser compilados como partes de todo o Handbook." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: book.translate.xml:1239 +msgid "The Documentation Build Process" +msgstr "O Processo de Compilação da Documentação" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: book.translate.xml:1241 +msgid "" +"This chapter covers organization of the documentation build process and how " +"make1 is used to control it." +msgstr "" +"Este capítulo aborda a organização do processo de compilação da documentação " +"e como o make1 é utilizado para isso." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:1245 +msgid "Rendering DocBook into Output" +msgstr "Renderizando DocBook" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:1247 +msgid "" +"Different types of output can be produced from a single DocBook source file. " +"The type of output desired is set with the FORMATS " +"variable. A list of known formats is stored in KNOWN_FORMATS:" +msgstr "" +"Diferentes tipos de saída podem ser produzidos a partir de um único arquivo " +"fonte DocBook. O tipo de saída desejado é definido com a variável " +"FORMATS. Uma lista de formatos de saída conhecidos é " +"armazenada em KNOWN_FORMATS:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen +#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#doc-build-rendering-known-formats +#: book.translate.xml:1252 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook\n" +"% make -V KNOWN_FORMATS" +msgstr "" +"% cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook\n" +"% make -V KNOWN_FORMATS" + +#. (itstool) path: table/title +#: book.translate.xml:1256 +msgid "Common Output Formats" +msgstr "Formatos de Saída Comuns" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:1261 +msgid "FORMATS Value" +msgstr "Valor FORMATS" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:1262 +msgid "File Type" +msgstr "Tipo de Arquivo" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle +#: book.translate.xml:1263 book.translate.xml:7237 book.translate.xml:8393 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Descrição" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:1269 book.translate.xml:2494 +msgid "html" +msgstr "html" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:1270 +msgid "HTML, one file" +msgstr "HTML, arquivo único" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:1271 +msgid "" +"A single book.html or article.html." +msgstr "" +"Um único book.html ou article.html." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:1276 +msgid "html-split" +msgstr "html-split" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:1277 +msgid "HTML, multiple files" +msgstr "HTML, vários arquivos" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:1278 +msgid "" +"Multiple HTML files, one for each chapter or section, for " +"use on a typical web site." +msgstr "" +"Vários arquivos HTML, um para cada capítulo ou seção, " +"para uso em um site comum." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:1284 +msgid "pdf" +msgstr "pdf" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:1285 +msgid "PDF" +msgstr "PDF" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:1286 +msgid "Portable Document Format" +msgstr "Portable Document Format" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:1292 +msgid "" +"The default output format can vary by document, but is usually html-" +"split. Other formats are chosen by setting FORMATS to a specific value. Multiple output formats can be created at a " +"single time by setting FORMATS to a list of formats." +msgstr "" +"O formato de saída padrão pode variar de acordo com o documento, mas " +"geralmente é html-split. Outros formatos são escolhidos " +"definindo FORMATS para um valor específico. Múltiplos " +"formatos de saída podem ser criados de uma só vez definindo " +"FORMATS para uma lista de formatos." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:1299 +msgid "Build a Single HTML Output File" +msgstr "Compilar um Arquivo Único HTML" + +#. (itstool) path: example/screen +#: book.translate.xml:1301 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook\n" +"% make FORMATS=html" +msgstr "" +"% cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook\n" +"% make FORMATS=html" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:1306 +msgid "Build HTML-Split and PDF Output Files" +msgstr "Compilar HTML-Split e PDF" + +#. (itstool) path: example/screen +#: book.translate.xml:1309 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook\n" +"% make FORMATS=\"html-split pdf\"" +msgstr "" +"% cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook\n" +"% make FORMATS=\"html-split pdf\"" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:1315 +msgid "The FreeBSD Documentation Build Toolset" +msgstr "O Conjunto de Ferramentas de Compilação da Documentação do FreeBSD" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:1317 +msgid "" +"These are the tools used to build and install the FDP " +"documentation." +msgstr "" +"Estas são as ferramentas utilizadas para compilar e instalar a documentação " +"do FDP." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:1322 +msgid "" +"The primary build tool is make1, specifically " +"Berkeley Make." +msgstr "" +"A principal ferramenta de compilação é o make1, especificamente o " +"Berkeley Make." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:1327 +msgid "" +"Package building is handled by FreeBSD's pkg-" +"create8." +msgstr "" +"A construção de pacotes é gerenciada pelo pkg-" +"create8 do FreeBSD." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:1332 +msgid "" +"gzip1 is used to create compressed versions of the document. " +"bzip21 archives are also supported. tar1 is used for package " +"building." +msgstr "" +"gzip1 é usado para criar versões compactadas de um documento. " +"bzip21 também são suportados. tar1 é usado na criação de " +"pacotes." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:1338 +msgid "" +"install1 is used to install the documentation." +msgstr "" +"install1 é usado para instalar a documentação." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:1346 +msgid "Understanding Makefiles in the Documentation Tree" +msgstr "" +"Noções Básicas de Makefiles no Repositório de " +"Documentação" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:1349 +msgid "" +"There are three main types of Makefiles in the FreeBSD " +"Documentation Project tree." +msgstr "" +"Existem três tipos principais de Makefiles no " +"repositório de Documentação do Projeto FreeBSD." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:1354 +msgid "" +"Subdirectory Makefiles simply pass commands to those directories below them." +msgstr "" +"Makefiles de Subdiretório simplesmente passam os comandos para os diretórios abaixo deles." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:1360 +msgid "" +"Documentation Makefiles describe the documents that are produced from this directory." +msgstr "" +"Makefiles de Documentação descrevem os documentos que devem ser produzidos a partir deste " +"diretório." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:1367 +msgid "" +"Make includes are the glue that perform the document production, and are usually of " +"the form doc.xxx.mk." +msgstr "" +"Make includes são os responsáveis pela produção do documento, e geralmente possuem o " +"nome no formato doc.xxx.mk." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:1375 +msgid "Subdirectory Makefiles" +msgstr "Makefiles de Subdiretório" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:1377 +msgid "These Makefiles usually take the form of:" +msgstr "Estes Makefiles geralmente tem a forma de:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:1380 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"SUBDIR =articles\n" +"SUBDIR+=books\n" +"\n" +"COMPAT_SYMLINK = en\n" +"\n" +"DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/..\n" +".include \"${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk\"" +msgstr "" +"SUBDIR =articles\n" +"SUBDIR+=books\n" +"\n" +"COMPAT_SYMLINK = en\n" +"\n" +"DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/..\n" +".include \"${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk\"" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:1388 +msgid "" +"The first four non-empty lines define the make1 variables " +"SUBDIR, COMPAT_SYMLINK, and " +"DOC_PREFIX." +msgstr "" +"As quatro primeiras linhas não vazias definem as variáveis ​​do " +"make1, SUBDIR, COMPAT_SYMLINK, e DOC_PREFIX." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:1393 +msgid "" +"The SUBDIR statement and COMPAT_SYMLINK statement show how to assign a value to a variable, overriding any " +"previous value." +msgstr "" +"A declaração SUBDIR e COMPAT_SYMLINK " +"mostram como atribuir um valor a uma variável, sobrescrevendo qualquer valor " +"anterior que a mesma contenha." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:1398 +msgid "" +"The second SUBDIR statement shows how a value is appended " +"to the current value of a variable. The SUBDIR variable " +"is now articles books." +msgstr "" +"A segunda declaração SUBDIR mostra como um valor é " +"anexado ao valor atual de uma variável. A variável SUBDIR " +"agora é composta por articles books." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:1403 +msgid "" +"The DOC_PREFIX assignment shows how a value is assigned " +"to the variable, but only if it is not already defined. This is useful if " +"DOC_PREFIX is not where this Makefile thinks it is - the user can override this and provide the correct " +"value." +msgstr "" +"A declaração DOC_PREFIX mostra como um valor é atribuído " +"para uma variável, mas somente se ela ainda não estiver definida. Isso é " +"útil se DOC_PREFIX não for onde este Makefilepensa que é - o usuário pode cancelar e fornecer o valor correto." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:1410 +msgid "" +"What does it all mean? SUBDIR mentions which " +"subdirectories below this one the build process should pass any work on to." +msgstr "" +"Agora o que tudo isso significa? SUBDIR lista quais " +"subdiretórios abaixo do atual devem ser incluídos no processo de compilação " +"durante a geração do documento." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:1414 +msgid "" +"COMPAT_SYMLINK is specific to compatibility symlinks " +"(amazingly enough) for languages to their official encoding (doc/" +"en would point to en_US.ISO-8859-1)." +msgstr "" +"O COMPAT_SYMLINK é específico para compatibilizar os " +"links simbólicos que ligam os idiomas a sua codificação oficial " +"(doc/en deve apontar para en_US.ISO-8859-1)." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:1419 +msgid "" +"DOC_PREFIX is the path to the root of the FreeBSD " +"Document Project tree. This is not always that easy to find, and is also " +"easily overridden, to allow for flexibility. .CURDIR is a " +"make1 builtin variable with the path to the current directory." +msgstr "" +"O DOC_PREFIX é o caminho para a raíz da árvore do projeto " +"de documentação do FreeBSD. O qual nem sempre é facil de encontrar, e que " +"também pode ser facilmente sobrescrito, para permitir flexibilidade. O " +".CURDIR é uma variável interna do " +"make1 que contém o caminho para o diretório atual." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:1426 +msgid "" +"The final line includes the FreeBSD Documentation Project's project-wide " +"make1 system file doc.project.mk which is the " +"glue which converts these variables into build instructions." +msgstr "" +"A linha final inclui o arquivo principal do " +"make1 doc.project.mk do Projeto de Documentação " +"do FreeBSD, ele é o responsável por converter estas variáveis em instruções " +"de compilação." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:1433 +msgid "Documentation Makefiles" +msgstr "Makefiles de Documentação" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:1435 +msgid "" +"These Makefiles set make1 variables that " +"describe how to build the documentation contained in that directory." +msgstr "" +"Estes conjuntos de ​​make1 Makefiles descrevem como construir a documentação contida nesse diretório." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:1439 +msgid "Here is an example:" +msgstr "Aqui está um exemplo:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:1441 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"MAINTAINER=nik@FreeBSD.org\n" +"\n" +"DOC?= book\n" +"\n" +"FORMATS?= html-split html\n" +"\n" +"INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz\n" +"INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?=\n" +"\n" +"# SGML content\n" +"SRCS= book.xml\n" +"\n" +"DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../..\n" +"\n" +".include \"$(DOC_PREFIX)/share/mk/docproj.docbook.mk\"" +msgstr "" +"MAINTAINER=nik@FreeBSD.org\n" +"\n" +"DOC?= book\n" +"\n" +"FORMATS?= html-split html\n" +"\n" +"INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz\n" +"INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?=\n" +"\n" +"# SGML content\n" +"SRCS= book.xml\n" +"\n" +"DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../..\n" +"\n" +".include \"$(DOC_PREFIX)/share/mk/docproj.docbook.mk\"" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:1457 +msgid "" +"The MAINTAINER variable allows committers to claim " +"ownership of a document in the FreeBSD Documentation Project, and take " +"responsibility for maintaining it." +msgstr "" +"A variável MAINTAINER permite que os committers " +"reivindiquem a propriedade de um documento no Projeto de Documentação do " +"FreeBSD, e sejam responsáveis ​​por mantê-lo." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:1462 +msgid "" +"DOC is the name (sans the .xml " +"extension) of the main document created by this directory. SRCS lists all the individual files that make up the document. This " +"should also include important files in which a change should result in a " +"rebuild." +msgstr "" +"DOC é o nome (sem a extensão .xml) " +"do principal documento criado por este diretório. O SRCS " +"lista todos os arquivos individuais que compõem o documento. Ela também deve " +"incluir os arquivos importantes, nos quais qualquer mudança deve resultar em " +"uma reconstrução." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:1469 +msgid "" +"FORMATS indicates the default formats that should be " +"built for this document. INSTALL_COMPRESSED is the " +"default list of compression techniques that should be used in the document " +"build. INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESS, empty by default, should be " +"non-empty if only compressed documents are desired in the build." +msgstr "" +"FORMATS indica os formatos nos quais o documento deve " +"ser gerado por padrão. INSTALL_COMPRESSED contém a lista " +"padrão das técnicas de compressão que devem ser usadas no documento depois " +"que ele é gerado. A variável INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESS, nula " +"por padrão, deve ser definida para um valor não nulo apenas se você desejar " +"gerar exclusivamente a versão compactada do documento." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:1477 +msgid "" +"The DOC_PREFIX and include statements should be familiar " +"already." +msgstr "" +"Você já deve estar familiarizado com a atribuição da variável " +"DOC_PREFIX e com as instruções de include." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:1483 +msgid "FreeBSD Documentation Project Make Includes" +msgstr "" +"Includes do Make do Projeto de Documentação do " +"FreeBSD" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:1486 +msgid "" +"make1 includes are best explained by inspection of the code. Here " +"are the system include files:" +msgstr "" +"make1 includes são melhor explicados por uma inspeção de código. " +"Aqui estão os arquivos include do sistema:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:1491 +msgid "" +"doc.project.mk is the main project include file, which " +"includes all the following include files, as necessary." +msgstr "" +"doc.project.mk é o principal arquivo include do " +"projeto, que inclui todos os arquivos includes necessários." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:1497 +msgid "" +"doc.subdir.mk handles traversing of the document tree " +"during the build and install processes." +msgstr "" +"doc.subdir.mk controla a navegação na árvore de " +"documentação durante o processo de construção e instalação." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:1503 +msgid "" +"doc.install.mk provides variables that affect ownership " +"and installation of documents." +msgstr "" +"doc.install.mk fornece as variáveis que afetam a " +"propriedade e a instalação de documentos." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:1508 +msgid "" +"doc.docbook.mk is included if DOCFORMAT is docbook and DOC is set." +msgstr "" +"doc.docbook.mk é incluído se o DOCFORMAT for docbook e se a variável DOC estiver definida." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:1515 +msgid "doc.project.mk" +msgstr "doc.project.mk" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:1517 +msgid "By inspection:" +msgstr "Por inspeção:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:1519 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"DOCFORMAT?=\tdocbook\n" +"MAINTAINER?=\tdoc@FreeBSD.org\n" +"\n" +"PREFIX?=\t/usr/local\n" +"PRI_LANG?=\ten_US.ISO8859-1\n" +"\n" +".if defined(DOC)\n" +".if ${DOCFORMAT} == \"docbook\"\n" +".include \"doc.docbook.mk\"\n" +".endif\n" +".endif\n" +"\n" +".include \"doc.subdir.mk\"\n" +".include \"doc.install.mk\"" +msgstr "" +"DOCFORMAT?=\tdocbook\n" +"MAINTAINER?=\tdoc@FreeBSD.org\n" +"\n" +"PREFIX?=\t/usr/local\n" +"PRI_LANG?=\ten_US.ISO8859-1\n" +"\n" +".if defined(DOC)\n" +".if ${DOCFORMAT} == \"docbook\"\n" +".include \"doc.docbook.mk\"\n" +".endif\n" +".endif\n" +"\n" +".include \"doc.subdir.mk\"\n" +".include \"doc.install.mk\"" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: book.translate.xml:1536 book.translate.xml:1586 +msgid "Variables" +msgstr "Variáveis" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:1538 +msgid "" +"DOCFORMAT and MAINTAINER are assigned " +"default values, if these are not set by the document make file." +msgstr "" +"As variáveis DOCFORMAT e MAINTAINER " +"serão atribuídas com valores padrão, se o valor das mesmas não tiver sido " +"definido no arquivo Makefile do documento." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:1542 +msgid "" +"PREFIX is the prefix under which the documentation building tools are installed. For normal package and " +"port installation, this is /usr/local." +msgstr "" +"PREFIX define o caminho no qual os aplicativos de construção da documentação estão instalados. Para " +"uma instalação normal através de pacotes e/ou ports, este caminho será " +"sempre /usr/local." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:1547 +msgid "" +"PRI_LANG should be set to whatever language and encoding " +"is natural amongst users these documents are being built for. US English is " +"the default." +msgstr "" +"A variável PRI_LANG deve ser configurada para refletir o " +"idioma e a codificação nativa dos usuários aos quais os documentos se " +"destinam. O Inglês Americano é o padrão." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: book.translate.xml:1553 +msgid "" +"PRI_LANG does not affect which documents can, or even " +"will, be built. Its main use is creating links to commonly referenced " +"documents into the FreeBSD documentation install root." +msgstr "" +"A variável PRI_LANG de maneira alguma afeta quais " +"documentos serão, ou que poderão, ser compilados. Sua função principal é " +"criar links para os documentos referenciados com maior frequência no " +"diretório raiz de instalação da documentação do FreeBSD." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: book.translate.xml:1561 +msgid "Conditionals" +msgstr "Condicionais" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:1563 +msgid "" +"The .if defined(DOC) line is an example of a " +"make1 conditional which, like in other programs, defines behavior if " +"some condition is true or if it is false. defined is a " +"function which returns whether the variable given is defined or not." +msgstr "" +"A linha .if defined(DOC) é um exemplo da condicional do " +" make 1 como em outros programas, define o comportamento " +"se alguma condição é verdadeira ou se é falsa. defined " +"é uma função que retorna se uma dada variável está definida ou não." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:1569 +msgid "" +".if ${DOCFORMAT} == \"docbook\", next, tests whether the " +"DOCFORMAT variable is \"docbook\", and " +"in this case, includes doc.docbook.mk." +msgstr "" +"A seguir, .if ${DOCFORMAT} == \"docbook\" testa se a " +"variável DOCFORMAT é \"docbook\", e " +"neste caso, inclue o doc.docbook.mk." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:1574 +msgid "" +"The two .endifs close the two above conditionals, marking " +"the end of their application." +msgstr "" +"Os dois .endifs fecham as duas condicionais anteriores, " +"marcando o fim da sua aplicação" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:1580 +msgid "doc.subdir.mk" +msgstr "doc.subdir.mk" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:1582 +msgid "" +"This file is too long to explain in detail. These notes describe the most " +"important features." +msgstr "" +"Este arquivo é muito longo para ser explicado em detalhes. Estas notas " +"descrevem as principais funcionalidades." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:1590 +msgid "" +"SUBDIR is a list of subdirectories that the build process " +"should go further down into." +msgstr "" +"SUBDIR é a lista de subdiretórios nos quais o processo de " +"construção deve ser executado." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:1596 +msgid "" +"ROOT_SYMLINKS is the name of directories that should be " +"linked to the document install root from their actual locations, if the " +"current language is the primary language (specified by PRI_LANG)." +msgstr "" +"ROOT_SYMLINKS são os nomes dos diretórios que devem ser " +"linkados para a raíz de instalação do documento a partir da sua localização " +"atual, se o idioma atual for o idioma primário (especificado por " +"PRI_LANG)." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:1604 +msgid "" +"COMPAT_SYMLINK is described in the Subdirectory Makefile section." +msgstr "" +"COMPAT_SYMLINK já foi descrito na seção Makefiles de Subdiretório." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: book.translate.xml:1613 +msgid "Targets and Macros" +msgstr "Targets e Macros" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:1615 +msgid "" +"Dependencies are described by target: " +"dependency1 dependency2 ... tuples, " +"where to build target, the given dependencies must be " +"built first." +msgstr "" +"As dependências são descritas por target: dependência1 dependência2 ..., nas quais, para construir o target, é " +"necessário primeiramente construir as dependências informadas." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:1622 +msgid "" +"After that descriptive tuple, instructions on how to build the target may be " +"given, if the conversion process between the target and its dependencies are " +"not previously defined, or if this particular conversion is not the same as " +"the default conversion method." +msgstr "" +"Depois desta descrição, instruções de como construir o target podem ser " +"passadas, no caso do processo de conversão entre o target e estas " +"dependências não tiver sido previamente definido, ou se esta conversão em " +"particular não for a mesma que a definida pelo método padrão de conversão." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:1628 +msgid "" +"A special dependency .USE defines the equivalent of a " +"macro." +msgstr "" +"A dependência especial .USE define o equivalente a uma " +"macro." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:1631 book.translate.xml:1718 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"_SUBDIRUSE: .USE\n" +".for entry in ${SUBDIR}\n" +"\t@${ECHO} \"===> ${DIRPRFX}${entry}\"\n" +"\t@(cd ${.CURDIR}/${entry} && \\\n" +"\t${MAKE} ${.TARGET:S/realpackage/package/:S/realinstall/install/} DIRPRFX=${DIRPRFX}${entry}/ )\n" +".endfor" +msgstr "" +"_SUBDIRUSE: .USE\n" +".for entry in ${SUBDIR}\n" +"\t@${ECHO} \"===> ${DIRPRFX}${entry}\"\n" +"\t@(cd ${.CURDIR}/${entry} && \\\n" +"\t${MAKE} ${.TARGET:S/realpackage/package/:S/realinstall/install/} DIRPRFX=${DIRPRFX}${entry}/ )\n" +".endfor" + +#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget +#: book.translate.xml:1638 book.translate.xml:1654 +msgid "_SUBDIRUSE" +msgstr "_SUBDIRUSE" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:1638 +msgid "" +"In the above, <_:buildtarget-1/> is now a macro which will execute the given " +"commands when it is listed as a dependency." +msgstr "" +"No código acima, <_:buildtarget-1/> é agora uma macro, a qual irá executar " +"determinados comandos quando for listada como dependência." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:1642 +msgid "" +"What sets this macro apart from other targets? Basically, it is executed " +"after the instructions given in the build procedure it " +"is listed as a dependency to, and it does not adjust .TARGET, which is the variable which contains the name of the target " +"currently being built." +msgstr "" +"O que diferencia essa macro de outros targets? Basicamente, ela é executada " +"após as instruções passadas no processo de construção " +"por ser uma dependência para o mesmo, e ela não configura o ." +"TARGET, que é a variável que contém o nome do target atual que " +"está sendo construído." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:1650 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"clean: _SUBDIRUSE\n" +"\trm -f ${CLEANFILES}" +msgstr "" +"clean: _SUBDIRUSE\n" +"\trm -f ${CLEANFILES}" + +#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget +#: book.translate.xml:1653 book.translate.xml:1657 book.translate.xml:1677 +#: book.translate.xml:6103 book.translate.xml:6107 book.translate.xml:6111 +msgid "clean" +msgstr "clean" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:1653 +msgid "" +"In the above, <_:buildtarget-1/> will use the <_:buildtarget-2/> macro after " +"it has executed the instruction rm -f ${CLEANFILES}. In " +"effect, this causes <_:buildtarget-3/> to go further and further down the " +"directory tree, deleting built files as it goes down, " +"not on the way back up." +msgstr "" +"No código acima, o <_:buildtarget-1/> usará a macro <_:buildtarget-2/> " +"depois de ter executado a instrução rm -f $ {CLEANFILES}. " +"De fato, isso faz com que <_:buildtarget-3/> vá mais a fundo na árvore de " +"diretórios, excluindo os arquivos construídos à medida que vai " +"descendo pelos subdiretórios, e não quando vai na " +"direção oposta." + +#. (itstool) path: sect4/title +#: book.translate.xml:1663 +msgid "Provided Targets" +msgstr "Targets Fornecidos" + +#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget +#: book.translate.xml:1667 +msgid "install" +msgstr "install" + +#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget +#: book.translate.xml:1668 +msgid "package" +msgstr "package" + +#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget +#: book.translate.xml:1671 +msgid "realinstall" +msgstr "realinstall" + +#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget +#: book.translate.xml:1672 +msgid "realpackage" +msgstr "realpackage" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:1667 +msgid "" +"<_:buildtarget-1/> and <_:buildtarget-2/> both go down the directory tree " +"calling the real versions of themselves in the subdirectories (<_:" +"buildtarget-3/> and <_:buildtarget-4/> respectively)." +msgstr "" +"<_:buildtarget-1/> e <_:buildtarget-2/> ambos percorrem a árvore de " +"diretórios executando as suas versões reais dentro dos subdiretórios (<_:" +"buildtarget-3/> e <_:buildtarget-4/> respectivamente)." + +#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget +#: book.translate.xml:1680 +msgid "cleandir" +msgstr "cleandir" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:1677 +msgid "" +"<_:buildtarget-1/> removes files created by the build process (and goes down " +"the directory tree too). <_:buildtarget-2/> does the same, and also removes " +"the object directory, if any." +msgstr "" +"<_:buildtarget-1/> remove arquivos criados pelo processo de compilação (e " +"também desce na árvore de diretórios). <_:buildtarget-2/> faz a mesma coisa, " +"e também remove o diretório de objetos se este existir." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: book.translate.xml:1688 +msgid "More on Conditionals" +msgstr "Mais Condicionais" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:1692 +msgid "" +"exists is another condition function which returns true " +"if the given file exists." +msgstr "" +"exists é outra função condicional que retorna verdadeiro " +"se o arquivo informado existir." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:1698 +msgid "empty returns true if the given variable is empty." +msgstr "" +"empty retorna verdadeiro se a variável informada estiver " +"vazia." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:1703 +msgid "" +"target returns true if the given target does not already " +"exist." +msgstr "" +"target retorna verdadeiro se o target informado ainda não " +"existir." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: book.translate.xml:1710 +msgid "Looping Constructs in make (.for)" +msgstr "Construções de Looping no make (.for)" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:1713 +msgid "" +".for provides a way to repeat a set of instructions for " +"each space-separated element in a variable. It does this by assigning a " +"variable to contain the current element in the list being examined." +msgstr "" +".for fornece uma maneira de repetir instruções definidas " +"para cada elemento separado por espaço em uma variável. Ele faz isso " +"atribuíndo uma variável para conter o elemento atual da lista que está sendo " +"examinada." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:1725 +msgid "" +"In the above, if SUBDIR is empty, no action is taken; if " +"it has one or more elements, the instructions between .for and .endfor would repeat for every element, with " +"entry being replaced with the value of the current " +"element." +msgstr "" +"No código acima, se SUBDIR estiver vazia, nenhuma ação " +"será executada; se ela possuir um ou mais elementos, as instruções entre " +" .for e .endfor serão repetidas " +"para cada elemento, com o entry sendo substituído com o " +"valor do elemento atual." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: book.translate.xml:1768 +msgid "The Website" +msgstr "O Website" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: book.translate.xml:1770 +msgid "" +"The FreeBSD web site is part of the FreeBSD documents. Files for the web " +"site are stored in the en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs " +"subdirectory of the document tree directory, ~/doc in " +"this example." +msgstr "" +"O web site do FreeBSD é parte da documentação do FreeBSD. Os arquivos para o " +"web site são armazenados no subdiretório en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs do repositório ~/doc neste exemplo." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:1777 +msgid "Environment Variables" +msgstr "Variáveis ​​de Ambiente" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:1779 +msgid "" +"Several environment variables control which parts of the web site are built " +"or installed, and to which directories." +msgstr "" +"Diversas variáveis ​​de ambiente controlam quais partes do web site são " +"compiladas ou instaladas e para quais diretórios." + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: book.translate.xml:1784 +msgid "" +"The web build system uses make1, and considers " +"variables to be set when they have been defined, even if they are empty. The " +"examples here show the recommended ways of defining and using these " +"variables. Setting or defining these variables with other values or methods " +"might lead to unexpected surprises." +msgstr "" +"O sistema de compilação do web site utiliza o " +"make1, e valida variáveis configuradas mesmo se estiverem vazias. Os " +"exemplos aqui mostram as formas recomendadas de configurar e utilizar essas " +"variáveis. Definir ou configurar essas variáveis ​​com outros valores ou " +"métodos pode levar a surpresas inesperadas." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:1794 +msgid "DESTDIR" +msgstr "DESTDIR" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:1797 +msgid "" +"DESTDIR specifies the path where the web site files are to be installed." +msgstr "" +"DESTDIR especifica o caminho onde os arquivos do web site devem ser " +"instalados." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:1800 +msgid "" +"This variable is best set with env1 or the user shell's " +"method of setting environment variables, setenv for " +"csh1 or export for " +"sh1." +msgstr "" +"Esta variável é melhor configurada com env1 ou o método do shell " +"do usuário para configurar variáveis ​​de ambiente, setenv " +"para csh1 ou export para " +"sh1." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:1810 +msgid "ENGLISH_ONLY" +msgstr "ENGLISH_ONLY" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:1813 +msgid "Default: undefined. Build and include all translations." +msgstr "Padrão: indefinido. Compile e inclua todas as traduções." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:1816 +msgid "" +"ENGLISH_ONLY=yes: use only the English documents and " +"ignore all translations." +msgstr "" +"ENGLISH_ONLY=yes: compile apenas os documentos em " +"Inglês e ignore todas as traduções." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:1822 +msgid "WEB_ONLY" +msgstr "WEB_ONLY" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:1825 +msgid "" +"Default: undefined. Build both the web site and all the books and articles." +msgstr "Padrão: indefinido. Compile o web site e todos os livros e artigos." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:1828 +msgid "" +"WEB_ONLY=yes: build or install only HTML pages from the en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs " +"directory. Other directories and documents, including books and articles, " +"will be ignored." +msgstr "" +"WEB_ONLY=yes: Compile ou instale apenas páginas " +"HTML do diretório en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs. Outros diretórios e documentos, incluindo livros e artigos, serão " +"ignorados." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:1837 +msgid "WEB_LANG" +msgstr "WEB_LANG" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:1840 +msgid "" +"Default: undefined. Build and include all the available languages on the web " +"site." +msgstr "" +"Padrão: indefinido. Compile e inclua todos os idiomas disponíveis no web " +"site." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:1843 +msgid "" +"Set to a space-separated list of languages to be included in the build or " +"install. The formats are the same as the directory names in the document " +"root directory. For example, to include the German and French documents:" +msgstr "" +"Defina com uma lista separada por espaços, todos os idiomas a serem " +"incluídos na compilação ou instalação. Os formatos são os mesmos que os " +"nomes de diretório no diretório raiz do documento. Por exemplo, para incluir " +"os documentos alemão e francês:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen +#: book.translate.xml:1849 +#, no-wrap +msgid "WEB_LANG=\"de_DE.ISO8859-1 fr_FR.ISO8859-1\"" +msgstr "WEB_LANG=\"de_DE.ISO8859-1 fr_FR.ISO8859-1\"" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:1854 +msgid "" +"WEB_ONLY, WEB_LANG, and " +"ENGLISH_ONLY are make1 variables and can be " +"set in /etc/make.conf, Makefile.inc, as environment variables on the command line, or in dot files." +msgstr "" +"WEB_ONLY, WEB_LANG, e " +"ENGLISH_ONLY são variáveis " +"make1 que​e podem ser definidas em /etc/make.conf, Makefile.inc, como variáveis ​​de ambiente na " +"linha de comando, ou em arquivos dot." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:1862 +msgid "Building and Installing the Web Pages" +msgstr "Compilando e Instalando as Páginas Web" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:1864 +msgid "" +"Having obtained the documentation and web site source files, the web site " +"can be built." +msgstr "" +"Após obter os arquivos fontes da documentação e web site, o site pode ser " +"compilado." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:1867 +msgid "" +"An actual installation of the web site is run as the root user because the permissions on the web " +"server directory will not allow files to be installed by an unprivileged " +"user. For testing, it can be useful to install the files as a normal user to " +"a temporary directory." +msgstr "" +"Uma instalação real do web site precisa ser executada pelo usuário " +"root porque as permissões no " +"diretório do servidor web não permitirão a instalação de arquivos por um " +"usuário não privilegiado. Para testar, pode ser útil instalar os arquivos " +"com um usuário normal em um diretório temporário." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:1874 +msgid "" +"In these examples, the web site files are built by user jru in their home directory, ~/doc, with a full path of /usr/home/jru/doc." +msgstr "" +"Nestes exemplos, os arquivos do web site são criados pelo usuário " +"jru em seu diretório home, " +"~/doc, com um caminho completo de /usr/home/" +"jru/doc." + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: book.translate.xml:1880 +msgid "" +"The web site build uses the INDEX from the Ports " +"Collection and might fail if that file or /usr/ports is " +"not present. The simplest approach is to install the Ports Collection." +msgstr "" +"A compilação do web site utiliza o arquivo INDEX da " +"Coleção de Ports e pode falhar se este arquivo ou /usr/ports não estiver presente no sistema. A abordagem mais simples é " +"instalar a Coleção de Ports." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:1888 +msgid "Build the Full Web Site and All Documents" +msgstr "Compile o Web Site Completo e Todos Documentos" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:1890 +msgid "" +"Build the web site and all documents. The resulting files are left in the " +"document tree:" +msgstr "" +"Compile o web site e todos os documentos. Os arquivos finais são deixados na " +"árvore de documento:" + +#. (itstool) path: example/screen +#: book.translate.xml:1893 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs/\n" +"% make all" +msgstr "" +"% cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs/\n" +"% make all" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:1898 +msgid "Build Only the Web Site in English" +msgstr "Compile Apenas o Web Site em Inglês" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:1900 +msgid "" +"Build the web site only, in English, as user jru, and install the resulting files into /tmp/" +"www for testing:" +msgstr "" +"Compile o web site apenas em Inglês, como usuário jru, e instale os arquivos finais em /" +"tmp/www para teste:" + +#. (itstool) path: example/screen +#: book.translate.xml:1905 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs/\n" +"% env DESTDIR=/tmp/www make ENGLISH_ONLY=yes WEB_ONLY=yes all install" +msgstr "" +"% cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs/\n" +"% env DESTDIR=/tmp/www make ENGLISH_ONLY=yes WEB_ONLY=yes all install" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:1908 +msgid "" +"Changes to static files can usually be tested by viewing the modified files " +"directly with a web browser. If the site has been built as shown above, a " +"modified main page can be viewed with:" +msgstr "" +"Alterações em arquivos estáticos geralmente podem ser testadas visualizando " +"os arquivos modificados diretamente com um navegador web. Se o web site foi " +"construído como apresentado acima, a página principal modificada pode ser " +"visualizada com:" + +#. (itstool) path: example/screen +#: book.translate.xml:1913 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% firefox /tmp/www/data/index.html" +msgstr "% firefox /tmp/www/data/index.html" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:1915 +msgid "" +"Modifications to dynamic files can be tested with a web server running on " +"the local system. After building the site as shown above, this /" +"usr/local/etc/apache24/httpd.conf can be used with www/" +"apache24:" +msgstr "" +"Modificações em arquivos dinâmicos podem ser testadas com um servidor web " +"rodando no sistema local. Depois de construir o site como apresentado acima, " +"o /usr/local/etc/apache24/httpd.conf pode ser usado com " +"www/apache24:" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:1921 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# httpd.conf for testing the FreeBSD website\n" +"Define TestRoot \"/tmp/www/data\"\n" +"\n" +"# directory for configuration files\n" +"ServerRoot \"/usr/local\"\n" +"\n" +"Listen 80\n" +"\n" +"# minimum required modules\n" +"LoadModule authz_core_module libexec/apache24/mod_authz_core.so\n" +"LoadModule mime_module libexec/apache24/mod_mime.so\n" +"LoadModule unixd_module libexec/apache24/mod_unixd.so\n" +"LoadModule cgi_module libexec/apache24/mod_cgi.so\n" +"LoadModule dir_module libexec/apache24/mod_dir.so\n" +"\n" +"# run the webserver as user and group\n" +"User www\n" +"Group www\n" +"\n" +"ServerAdmin you@example.com\n" +"ServerName fbsdtest\n" +"\n" +"# deny access to all files\n" +"<Directory />\n" +" AllowOverride none\n" +" Require all denied\n" +"</Directory>\n" +"\n" +"# allow access to the website directory\n" +"DocumentRoot \"${TestRoot}\"\n" +"<Directory \"${TestRoot}\">\n" +" Options Indexes FollowSymLinks\n" +" AllowOverride None\n" +" Require all granted\n" +"</Directory>\n" +"\n" +"# prevent access to .htaccess and .htpasswd files\n" +"<Files \".ht*\">\n" +" Require all denied\n" +"</Files>\n" +"\n" +"ErrorLog \"/var/log/httpd-error.log\"\n" +"LogLevel warn\n" +"\n" +"# set up the CGI script directory\n" +"<Directory \"${TestRoot}/cgi\">\n" +" AllowOverride None\n" +" Options None\n" +" Require all granted\n" +" Options +ExecCGI\n" +" AddHandler cgi-script .cgi\n" +"</Directory>\n" +"\n" +"Include etc/apache24/Includes/*.conf" +msgstr "" +"# httpd.conf for testing the FreeBSD website\n" +"Define TestRoot \"/tmp/www/data\"\n" +"\n" +"# directory for configuration files\n" +"ServerRoot \"/usr/local\"\n" +"\n" +"Listen 80\n" +"\n" +"# minimum required modules\n" +"LoadModule authz_core_module libexec/apache24/mod_authz_core.so\n" +"LoadModule mime_module libexec/apache24/mod_mime.so\n" +"LoadModule unixd_module libexec/apache24/mod_unixd.so\n" +"LoadModule cgi_module libexec/apache24/mod_cgi.so\n" +"LoadModule dir_module libexec/apache24/mod_dir.so\n" +"\n" +"# run the webserver as user and group\n" +"User www\n" +"Group www\n" +"\n" +"ServerAdmin you@example.com\n" +"ServerName fbsdtest\n" +"\n" +"# deny access to all files\n" +"<Directory />\n" +" AllowOverride none\n" +" Require all denied\n" +"</Directory>\n" +"\n" +"# allow access to the website directory\n" +"DocumentRoot \"${TestRoot}\"\n" +"<Directory \"${TestRoot}\">\n" +" Options Indexes FollowSymLinks\n" +" AllowOverride None\n" +" Require all granted\n" +"</Directory>\n" +"\n" +"# prevent access to .htaccess and .htpasswd files\n" +"<Files \".ht*\">\n" +" Require all denied\n" +"</Files>\n" +"\n" +"ErrorLog \"/var/log/httpd-error.log\"\n" +"LogLevel warn\n" +"\n" +"# set up the CGI script directory\n" +"<Directory \"${TestRoot}/cgi\">\n" +" AllowOverride None\n" +" Options None\n" +" Require all granted\n" +" Options +ExecCGI\n" +" AddHandler cgi-script .cgi\n" +"</Directory>\n" +"\n" +"Include etc/apache24/Includes/*.conf" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:1976 +msgid "Start the web server with" +msgstr "Inicie o servidor web com" + +#. (itstool) path: example/screen +#: book.translate.xml:1978 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# service apache24 onestart" +msgstr "# service apache24 onestart" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:1980 +msgid "" +"The web site can be viewed at . Be " +"aware that many links refer to the real FreeBSD site by name, and those " +"links will still go to the external site instead of the local test version. " +"Fully testing the local site will require temporarily setting DNS so www.FreeBSD.org resolves to " +"localhost or the local IP address." +msgstr "" +"O web site pode ser visualizado em . " +"Esteja ciente de que muitos links se referem ao site real do FreeBSD por " +"nome, e esses links ainda levar para o site externo em vez da versão de " +"teste local. O teste completo do web site local exigirá a configuração " +"temporária do DNS para que o endereço www." +"FreeBSD.org seja resolvido como localhost ou o " +"endereço IP local." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:1991 +msgid "Build and Install the Web Site" +msgstr "Compile e Instale o Web Site" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:1993 +msgid "" +"Build the web site and all documents as user jru. Install the resulting files as root into the default directory, /root/" +"public_html:" +msgstr "" +"Compile o web site e todos os documentos como usuário jru. Instale os arquivos finais como root no diretório padrão, /root/" +"public_html:" + +#. (itstool) path: example/screen +#: book.translate.xml:2000 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs\n" +"% make all\n" +"% su -\n" +"Password:\n" +"# cd /usr/home/jru/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs\n" +"# make install" +msgstr "" +"% cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs\n" +"% make all\n" +"% su -\n" +"Password:\n" +"# cd /usr/home/jru/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs\n" +"# make install" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2008 +msgid "" +"The install process does not delete any old or outdated files that existed " +"previously in the same directory. If a new copy of the site is built and " +"installed every day, this command will find and delete all files that have " +"not been updated in three days:" +msgstr "" +"O processo de instalação não exclui nenhum arquivo antigo ou desatualizado " +"que existia anteriormente no mesmo diretório. Se uma nova cópia do web site " +"for criada e instalada todos os dias, esse comando localizará e excluirá " +"todos os arquivos que não foram atualizados em três dias:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen +#: book.translate.xml:2014 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# find /usr/local/www -ctime 3 -delete" +msgstr "# find /usr/local/www -ctime 3 -delete" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: book.translate.xml:2050 +msgid "XML Primer" +msgstr "Primer XML" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: book.translate.xml:2052 +msgid "" +"Most FDP documentation is written with markup languages " +"based on XML. This chapter explains what that means, how " +"to read and understand the documentation source, and the XML techniques used." +msgstr "" +"A maioria das documentações do FDP é escrita com " +"linguagens markup baseadas em XML. Este capítulo explica " +"o que isso significa, como ler e entender os arquivos fontes da documentação " +"e as técnicas de XML utilizadas." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: book.translate.xml:2058 +msgid "" +"Portions of this section were inspired by Mark Galassi's Get " +"Going With DocBook." +msgstr "" +"Partes desta seção foram inspiradas por Mark Galassi's Get " +"Going With DocBook." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2064 +msgid "" +"In the original days of computers, electronic text was simple. There were a " +"few character sets like ASCII or EBCDIC, but that was about it. Text was text, and what you saw really was " +"what you got. No frills, no formatting, no intelligence." +msgstr "" +"Nos primórdios da era computacional, o texto eletrônico era simples. Havia " +"poucos conjuntos de caracteres como ASCII ou " +"EBCDIC, e apenas isso. Texto era texto, e o que você lia " +"era realmente o texto que você tinha. Sem frescuras, sem formatação, sem " +"inteligência." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2070 +msgid "" +"Inevitably, this was not enough. When text is in a machine-usable format, " +"machines are expected to be able to use and manipulate it intelligently. " +"Authors want to indicate that certain phrases should be emphasized, or added " +"to a glossary, or made into hyperlinks. Filenames could be shown in a " +"typewriter style font for viewing on screen, but as " +"italics when printed, or any of a myriad of other options for " +"presentation." +msgstr "" +"Inevitavelmente, isso não era suficiente. Quando o texto está em um formato " +"utilizável por computadores, espera-se que eles possam usá-lo e manipulá-lo " +"de maneira inteligente. Os autores querem indicar que certas frases devem " +"ser enfatizadas, adicionadas a um glossário ou transformadas em hiperlinks. " +"Os nomes dos arquivos podem ser apresentados em uma fonte de estilo " +"typewriter para exibição na tela do computador, ou como " +"itálico quando impressos, ou qualquer outra opção dentre uma " +"infinidade de opções para apresentação." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2079 +msgid "" +"It was once hoped that Artificial Intelligence (AI) would make this easy. " +"The computer would read the document and automatically identify key phrases, " +"filenames, text that the reader should type in, examples, and more. " +"Unfortunately, real life has not happened quite like that, and computers " +"still require assistance before they can meaningfully process text." +msgstr "" +"Esperava-se que a Inteligência Artificial (IA) facilitasse isso. O " +"computador leria o documento e identificaria automaticamente frases-chave, " +"nomes de arquivos, textos que o leitor deveria digitar, exemplos e outros " +"tipos. Infelizmente, na vida real não foi dessa forma, e os computadores " +"ainda precisam de assistência antes que possam processar o texto de maneira " +"significativa." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2087 +msgid "" +"More precisely, they need help identifying what is what. Consider this text:" +msgstr "" +"Mais precisamente, eles precisam de ajuda para identificar o que é o quê. " +"Considere este texto:" + +#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para +#: book.translate.xml:2091 +msgid "" +"To remove /tmp/foo, use " +"rm1." +msgstr "" +"Para remover /tmp/foo, use " +"rm1." + +#. (itstool) path: blockquote/screen +#: book.translate.xml:2094 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% rm /tmp/foo" +msgstr "% rm /tmp/foo" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2097 +msgid "" +"It is easy to see which parts are filenames, which are commands to be typed " +"in, which parts are references to manual pages, and so on. But the computer " +"processing the document cannot. For this we need markup." +msgstr "" +"É fácil identificar quais partes são nomes de arquivos, quais são comandos a " +"serem digitados, quais partes são referências a páginas de manual e assim " +"por diante. Mas o computador que processa o documento não consegue. Para " +"isso, precisamos utilizar markup." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2102 +msgid "" +"Markup is commonly used to describe adding value or increasing cost. The term takes on both these " +"meanings when applied to text. Markup is additional text included in the " +"document, distinguished from the document's content in some way, so that " +"programs that process the document can read the markup and use it when " +"making decisions about the document. Editors can hide the markup from the " +"user, so the user is not distracted by it." +msgstr "" +"Markup é geralmate utilizado assim adicionando valor ou aumentando o custo. O termo tem seus significados " +"realçados quando aplicado ao texto. Markup é um texto adicional incluído no " +"documento, diferenciado de alguma forma do conteúdo do documento, para que " +"os programas que processam o documento possam ler a marcação e utiliza-la ao " +"tomar decisões sobre o documento. Os editores podem ocultar o markup do " +"usuário, para que este não se distraia com ela." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2112 +msgid "" +"The extra information stored in the markup adds value " +"to the document. Adding the markup to the document must typically be done by " +"a person—after all, if computers could recognize the text sufficiently well " +"to add the markup then there would be no need to add it in the first place. " +"This increases the cost (the effort required) to create " +"the document." +msgstr "" +"A informação extras armazenada no markup adiciona valor " +"ao documento. Adicionar markup ao documento normalmente deve ser feito por " +"uma pessoa - afinal, se os computadores pudessem reconhecer o texto " +"suficientemente bem para adicionar a markup, não haveria necessidade de " +"utilizar markup. Isto aumenta o custo (o esforço " +"necessário) para criar algum documento." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2121 +msgid "" +"The previous example is actually represented in this document like this:" +msgstr "O exemplo anterior é representado neste documento da seguinte forma:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:2124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"paraTo remove filename/tmp/foofilename, use &man.rm.1;.para\n" +"\n" +"screen&prompt.user; userinputrm /tmp/foouserinputscreen" +msgstr "" +"paraPara remover filename/tmp/foofilename, use &man.rm.1;.para\n" +"\n" +"screen&prompt.user; userinputrm /tmp/foouserinputscreen" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2128 +msgid "The markup is clearly separate from the content." +msgstr "O markup é claramente separado do conteúdo." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2130 +msgid "" +"Markup languages define what the markup means and how it should be " +"interpreted." +msgstr "" +"As linguagens markup definem o que as marcações significam e como elas devem " +"ser interpretadas." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2133 +msgid "" +"Of course, one markup language might not be enough. A markup language for " +"technical documentation has very different requirements than a markup " +"language that is intended for cookery recipes. This, in turn, would be very " +"different from a markup language used to describe poetry. What is really " +"needed is a first language used to write these other markup languages. A " +"meta markup language." +msgstr "" +"Claro, uma linguagem markup pode não ser suficiente. Uma linguagem markup " +"para documentação técnica tem requisitos muito diferentes de uma linguagem " +"markup destinada a receitas de culinária. Isso, por sua vez, seria muito " +"diferente de uma linguagem markup utilizada para descrever uma poesia. O que " +"é realmente necessário é uma primeira linguagem utilizada para escrever " +"essas outras linguagens markup. Uma meta linguagem markup." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2141 +msgid "" +"This is exactly what the eXtensible Markup Language (XML) " +"is. Many markup languages have been written in XML, " +"including the two most used by the FDP, XHTML and DocBook." +msgstr "" +"É exatamente isso que a eXtensible Markup Language (XML) " +"é. Muitas linguagens markup foram escritas em XML, " +"incluindo as duas mais utilizadas pelo FDP, " +"XHTML e DocBook." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2147 +msgid "" +"Each language definition is more properly called a grammar, vocabulary, " +"schema or Document Type Definition (DTD). There are " +"various languages to specify an XML grammar, or " +"schema." +msgstr "" +"Cada definição de idioma é mais apropriadamente chamada de gramática, " +"vocabulário, esquema ou Definição de Tipo de Documento (DTD). Existem vários idiomas para especificar uma gramática " +"XML ou um schema." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#xml-primer-validating +#: book.translate.xml:2153 +msgid "" +"A schema is a complete specification of all the " +"elements that are allowed to appear, the order in which they should appear, " +"which elements are mandatory, which are optional, and so forth. This makes " +"it possible to write an XML parser " +"which reads in both the schema and a document which claims to conform to the " +"schema. The parser can then confirm whether or not all the elements required " +"by the vocabulary are in the document in the right order, and whether there " +"are any errors in the markup. This is normally referred to as " +"validating the document." +msgstr "" +"Um schema é uma especificação completa de todos os " +"elementos que podem ser utilizados, a ordem em que devem aparecer, quais " +"elementos são obrigatórios, quais são opcionais e assim por diante. Isso " +"torna possível escrever um XML parser que lê tanto o schema quanto um documento que afirma estar em " +"conformidade com o schema. O parser pode confirmar se todos os elementos " +"exigidos pelo vocabulário estão ou não na ordem correta do documento ou se " +"há algum erro no markup. Isto é normalmente conhecido como a " +"valiidação do documento." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: book.translate.xml:2167 +msgid "" +"Validation confirms that the choice of elements, their ordering, and so on, " +"conforms to that listed in the grammar. It does not " +"check whether appropriate markup has been used for the " +"content. If all the filenames in a document were marked up as function " +"names, the parser would not flag this as an error (assuming, of course, that " +"the schema defines elements for filenames and functions, and that they are " +"allowed to appear in the same place)." +msgstr "" +"A validação confirma se a escolha dos elementos, sua ordenação e assim por " +"diante estão em conformidade com os listados na gramática. Ela " +"não valida se o markup correto foi " +"utilizado no conteúdo. Se todos os nomes de arquivo em um documento fossem " +"marcados como sendo nomes de função, o analisador não sinalizaria isso como " +"um erro (supondo, é claro, que o schema define elementos para nomes de " +"arquivos e funções e que eles possam aparecer no mesmo local)." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2178 +msgid "" +"Most contributions to the Documentation Project will be content marked up in " +"either XHTML or DocBook, rather than alterations to the " +"schemas. For this reason, this book will not touch on how to write a " +"vocabulary." +msgstr "" +"A maioria das contribuições no Projeto de Documentação utilizará markup " +"XHTML ou DocBook, em vez de alterações nos schemas. Por " +"esse motivo, este livro não abordará como escrever um vocabulário." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:2186 +msgid "Elements, Tags, and Attributes" +msgstr "Elementos, Tags e Atributos" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2188 +msgid "" +"All the vocabularies written in XML share certain " +"characteristics. This is hardly surprising, as the philosophy behind " +"XML will inevitably show through. One of the most obvious " +"manifestations of this philosophy is that of content " +"and elements." +msgstr "" +"Todos os vocabulários escritos em XML compartilham certas " +"características. Isso não surpreende, pois a filosofia por trás do " +"XML inevitavelmente irá transparecer. Uma das " +"manifestações mais óbvias desta filosofia é a do conteúdo e dos elementos." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2195 +msgid "" +"Documentation, whether it is a single web page, or a lengthy book, is " +"considered to consist of content. This content is then divided and further " +"subdivided into elements. The purpose of adding markup is to name and " +"identify the boundaries of these elements for further processing." +msgstr "" +"A documentação, seja uma única página web ou um livro extenso, é considerada " +"como conteúdo. Este conteúdo é então dividido e subdividido em elementos. A " +"finalidade de adicionar markup é nomear e identificar os limites desses " +"elementos para processamento futuro." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2201 +msgid "" +"For example, consider a typical book. At the very top level, the book is " +"itself an element. This book element obviously contains " +"chapters, which can be considered to be elements in their own right. Each " +"chapter will contain more elements, such as paragraphs, quotations, and " +"footnotes. Each paragraph might contain further elements, identifying " +"content that was direct speech, or the name of a character in the story." +msgstr "" +"Por exemplo, considere um livro típico. No maior nível, o livro é um " +"elemento. Este elemento livro contém obviamente capítulos, " +"que podem ser considerados elementos também. Cada capítulo conterá mais " +"elementos, como parágrafos, citações e notas de rodapé. Cada parágrafo pode " +"conter outros elementos, identificando o conteúdo que foi um discurso direto " +"ou o nome de um personagem na história." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2210 +msgid "" +"It may be helpful to think of this as chunking content. At " +"the very top level is one chunk, the book. Look a little deeper, and there " +"are more chunks, the individual chapters. These are chunked further into " +"paragraphs, footnotes, character names, and so on." +msgstr "" +"Pode ser útil pensar nisso como um conteúdo por pedaços. No " +"nível mais alto é um pedaço, o livro. Olhando um pouco mais, encontra-se " +"mais pedaços, os capítulos individuais. Estes são segmentados em parágrafos, " +"notas de rodapé, nomes de caracteres e assim por diante." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2216 +msgid "" +"Notice how this differentiation between different elements of the content " +"can be made without resorting to any XML terms. It really " +"is surprisingly straightforward. This could be done with a highlighter pen " +"and a printout of the book, using different colors to indicate different " +"chunks of content." +msgstr "" +"Observe como essa diferenciação entre diferentes elementos do conteúdo pode " +"ser feita sem recorrer a quaisquer termos XML. É " +"realmente surpreendentemente simples. Isso pode ser feito com uma caneta " +"marca-texto e um livro impresso, usando cores diferentes para indicar " +"diferentes partes do conteúdo." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2223 +msgid "" +"Of course, we do not have an electronic highlighter pen, so we need some " +"other way of indicating which element each piece of content belongs to. In " +"languages written in XML (XHTML, " +"DocBook, et al) this is done by means of tags." +msgstr "" +"É claro que não temos um marca-texto eletrônico, então precisamos de outra " +"maneira de indicar a qual elemento cada parte do conteúdo pertence. Em " +"idiomas escritos em XML (XHTML, " +"DocBook, e outros) isto é feito por meio de tags." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2229 +msgid "" +"A tag is used to identify where a particular element starts, and where the " +"element ends. The tag is not part of the element itself. Because each grammar was normally written to mark up specific " +"types of information, each one will recognize different elements, and will " +"therefore have different names for the tags." +msgstr "" +"Uma tag é usada para identificar onde um determinado elemento começa e onde " +"o elemento termina. A tag não faz parte do próprio elemento. Como cada gramática foi normalmente escrita para marcar tipos " +"específicos de informação, cada um reconhecerá elementos diferentes e, " +"portanto, terá nomes diferentes para as tags." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2236 +msgid "" +"For an element called element-name the start tag " +"will normally look like element-name. The corresponding closing tag for this element is element-name." +msgstr "" +"Para um elemento chamado nome-do-elemento, a tag " +"inicial normalmente se parecerá com nome-do-elemento. A tag de fechamento " +"correspondente para este elemento é nome-" +"do-elemento." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:2242 +msgid "Using an Element (Start and End Tags)" +msgstr "Utilizando um Elemento (Tag Inicial e Final)" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:2244 +msgid "" +"XHTML has an element for indicating that the content " +"enclosed by the element is a paragraph, called p." +msgstr "" +"XHTML possui um elemento para indicar que o conteúdo " +"incluído pelo elemento é um parágrafo, chamado p." + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:2248 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"pThis is a paragraph. It starts with the start tag for\n" +" the 'p' element, and it will end with the end tag for the 'p'\n" +" element.p\n" +"\n" +"pThis is another paragraph. But this one is much shorter.p" +msgstr "" +"pThis is a paragraph. It starts with the start tag for\n" +" the 'p' element, and it will end with the end tag for the 'p'\n" +" element.p\n" +"\n" +"pThis is another paragraph. But this one is much shorter.p" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2255 +msgid "" +"Some elements have no content. For example, in XHTML, a " +"horizontal line can be included in the document. For these empty elements, XML introduced a shorthand form that is " +"completely equivalent to the two-tag version:" +msgstr "" +"Alguns elementos não possuem conteúdo. Por exemplo, em XHTML, uma linha horizontal pode ser incluída no documento. Para estes " +"elementos vazios, XML trouxe um formato " +"abreviado que é completamente equivalente à versão de duas tags:" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:2262 +msgid "Using an Element Without Content" +msgstr "Usando um Elemento Sem Conteúdo" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:2264 +msgid "" +"XHTML has an element for indicating a horizontal rule, " +"called hr. This element does not wrap content, so it looks like " +"this:" +msgstr "" +"XHTML tem um elemento para indicar uma linha horizontal, " +"chamada hr. Esse elemento não possui conteúdo, e se parece com " +"isso:" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:2268 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"pOne paragraph.p\n" +"hrhr\n" +"\n" +"pThis is another paragraph. A horizontal rule separates this\n" +" from the previous paragraph.p" +msgstr "" +"pOne paragraph.p\n" +"hrhr\n" +"\n" +"pThis is another paragraph. A horizontal rule separates this\n" +" from the previous paragraph.p" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:2274 +msgid "The shorthand version consists of a single tag:" +msgstr "A versão abreviada consiste em uma única tag:" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:2276 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"pOne paragraph.p\n" +"hr\n" +"\n" +"pThis is another paragraph. A horizontal rule separates this\n" +" from the previous paragraph.p" +msgstr "" +"pOne paragraph.p\n" +"hr\n" +"\n" +"pThis is another paragraph. A horizontal rule separates this\n" +" from the previous paragraph.p" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2283 +msgid "" +"As shown above, elements can contain other elements. In the book example " +"earlier, the book element contained all the chapter elements, which in turn " +"contained all the paragraph elements, and so on." +msgstr "" +"Como mostrado acima, os elementos podem conter outros elementos. No exemplo " +"do livro anterior, o elemento livro continha elementos de capítulo, que por " +"sua vez continham elementos de parágrafo, e assim por diante." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:2289 +msgid "Elements Within Elements; em" +msgstr "Elementos Dentro de Elementos; em" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:2291 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"pThis is a simple emparagraphem where some\n" +" of the emwordsem have been ememphasizedem.p" +msgstr "" +"pThis is a simple emparagraphem where some\n" +" of the emwordsem have been ememphasizedem.p" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2295 +msgid "" +"The grammar consists of rules that describe which elements can contain other " +"elements, and exactly what they can contain." +msgstr "" +"A gramática consiste em regras que descrevem quais elementos podem conter " +"outros elementos e exatamente o que eles podem conter." + +#. (itstool) path: important/para +#: book.translate.xml:2300 +msgid "" +"People often confuse the terms tags and elements, and use the terms as if " +"they were interchangeable. They are not." +msgstr "" +"As pessoas geralmente confundem os termos tags e elementos e usam os termos " +"como se fossem intercambiáveis. Eles não são." + +#. (itstool) path: important/para +#: book.translate.xml:2304 +msgid "" +"An element is a conceptual part of your document. An element has a defined " +"start and end. The tags mark where the element starts and ends." +msgstr "" +"Um elemento é uma parte conceitual do seu documento. Um elemento tem início " +"e fim definidos. As tags marcam onde o elemento começa e termina." + +#. (itstool) path: important/para +#: book.translate.xml:2308 +msgid "" +"When this document (or anyone else knowledgeable about XML) refers to the p tag " +"they mean the literal text consisting of the three characters <, p, and >. But the phrase " +"the p element refers to the whole element." +msgstr "" +"Quando este documento (ou qualquer pessoa com conhecimento sobre " +"XML) refere-se a a p " +"tag significa o texto literal que consiste nos três caracteres " +"<, p, e >. " +"Mas a frase o elemento p refere-se ao elemento " +"inteiro." + +#. (itstool) path: important/para +#: book.translate.xml:2317 +msgid "" +"This distinction is very subtle. But keep it in mind." +msgstr "" +"Essa distinção é muito sutil. Mas tenha isso em mente." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2321 +msgid "" +"Elements can have attributes. An attribute has a name and a value, and is " +"used for adding extra information to the element. This might be information " +"that indicates how the content should be rendered, or might be something " +"that uniquely identifies that occurrence of the element, or it might be " +"something else." +msgstr "" +"Elementos podem ter atributos. Um atributo tem um nome e um valor e é usado " +"para adicionar informações extras ao elemento. Isso pode ser uma informação " +"que indica como o conteúdo deve ser renderizado ou pode ser algo que " +"identifica exclusivamente essa ocorrência do elemento ou isso pode ser outra " +"coisa também." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2327 +msgid "" +"An element's attributes are written inside the start " +"tag for that element, and take the form attribute-" +"name=\"attribute-value\"." +msgstr "" +"Os atributos de um elemento são escritos dentro da tag " +"de início para aquele elemento, e toma o formato nome-" +"do-atributo=\"valor-do-atributo\"." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2332 +msgid "" +"In XHTML, the p element has an attribute " +"called align, which suggests an alignment " +"(justification) for the paragraph to the program displaying the " +"XHTML." +msgstr "" +"Em XHTML, o elemento p tem um atributo chamado " +"align, que sugere um alinhamento " +"(justificação) do parágrafo para o programa exibindo o XHTML." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2338 +msgid "" +"The align attribute can take one of four " +"defined values, left, center, " +"right and justify. If the attribute is " +"not specified then the default is left." +msgstr "" +"O atributo align pode ter um dos quatro " +"valores definidos, left, center, " +"right e justify. Se o atributo não for " +"especificado, o padrão será left." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:2345 +msgid "Using an Element with an Attribute" +msgstr "Usando um Elemento com um Atributo" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:2347 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"p align=\"left\"The inclusion of the align attribute\n" +" on this paragraph was superfluous, since the default is left.p\n" +"\n" +"p align=\"center\"This may appear in the center.p" +msgstr "" +"p align=\"left\"The inclusion of the align attribute\n" +" on this paragraph was superfluous, since the default is left.p\n" +"\n" +"p align=\"center\"This may appear in the center.p" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2353 +msgid "" +"Some attributes only take specific values, such as left " +"or justify. Others allow any value." +msgstr "" +"Alguns atributos só aceitam valores específicos, como left ou justify. Outros permitem qualquer valor." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:2358 +msgid "Single Quotes Around Attributes" +msgstr "Aspas Simples nos Atributos" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:2360 +#, no-wrap +msgid "p align='right'I am on the right!p" +msgstr "p align='right'I am on the right!p" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2363 +msgid "" +"Attribute values in XML must be enclosed in either single " +"or double quotes. Double quotes are traditional. Single quotes are useful " +"when the attribute value contains double quotes." +msgstr "" +"Os valores de atributos em XML devem ser colocados entre " +"aspas simples ou duplas. Aspas duplas são tradicionais. Aspas simples são " +"úteis quando o valor do atributo contém aspas duplas." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2368 +msgid "" +"Information about attributes, elements, and tags is stored in catalog files. " +"The Documentation Project uses standard DocBook catalogs and includes " +"additional catalogs for FreeBSD-specific features. Paths to the catalog " +"files are defined in an environment variable so they can be found by the " +"document build tools." +msgstr "" +"Informações sobre atributos, elementos e tags são armazenadas em arquivos de " +"catálogo. O Projeto de Documentação usa catálogos padrão do DocBook e inclui " +"catálogos adicionais para recursos específicos do FreeBSD. Os caminhos para " +"os arquivos de catálogo são definidos em uma variável de ambiente para que " +"possam ser encontradas pelas ferramentas de compilação de documentos." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:2376 book.translate.xml:2771 book.translate.xml:2907 +#: book.translate.xml:3094 book.translate.xml:3387 +msgid "To Do…" +msgstr "Para Fazer..." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:2378 +msgid "" +"Before running the examples in this document, install textproc/" +"docproj from the FreeBSD Ports Collection. This is a " +"meta-port that downloads and installs the standard " +"programs and supporting files needed by the Documentation Project. " +"csh1 users must use rehash for the shell to " +"recognize new programs after they have been installed, or log out and then " +"log back in again." +msgstr "" +"Antes de rodar os exemplos deste documento, instale o textproc/" +"docproj pela Coleção de Ports do FreeBSD. Este é um meta-" +"port que baixa e instala os programas padrão e arquivos de " +"suporte necessários para o Projeto de Documentação. Os usuários de " +"csh1 devem executar o rehash para que o shell " +"reconheça os novos binários depois de instalados ou efetue logout e, em " +"seguida, faça login novamente." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:2389 +msgid "Create example.xml, and enter this text:" +msgstr "Crie example.xml e insira este texto:" + +#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:2392 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\"\n" +"\n" +"html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"\n" +" head\n" +" titleAn Example XHTML Filetitle\n" +" head\n" +"\n" +" body\n" +" pThis is a paragraph containing some text.p\n" +"\n" +" pThis paragraph contains some more text.p\n" +"\n" +" p align=\"right\"This paragraph might be right-justified.p\n" +" body\n" +"html" +msgstr "" +"!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\"\n" +"\n" +"html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"\n" +" head\n" +" titleAn Example XHTML Filetitle\n" +" head\n" +"\n" +" body\n" +" pThis is a paragraph containing some text.p\n" +"\n" +" pThis paragraph contains some more text.p\n" +"\n" +" p align=\"right\"This paragraph might be right-justified.p\n" +" body\n" +"html" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:2410 +msgid "Try to validate this file using an XML parser." +msgstr "Tente validar esse arquivo usando um parser XML." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:2413 +msgid "" +"textproc/docproj includes the xmllint " +"validating parser." +msgstr "" +"O textproc/docproj inclui o parser xmllint." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:2418 +msgid "Use xmllint to validate the document:" +msgstr "Execute xmllint para validar o documento:" + +#. (itstool) path: step/screen +#: book.translate.xml:2421 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% xmllint --valid --noout example.xml" +msgstr "% xmllint --valid --noout example.xml" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:2423 +msgid "" +"xmllint returns without displaying any output, showing " +"that the document validated successfully." +msgstr "" +"xmllint não retorna nada se o documento for validado com " +"sucesso." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:2429 +msgid "" +"See what happens when required elements are omitted. Delete the line with " +"the title and title tags, and re-run the validation." +msgstr "" +"Veja o que acontece quando os elementos obrigatórios são omitidos. Exclua a " +"linha com as tags title e title, então execute novamente a validação." + +#. (itstool) path: step/screen +#: book.translate.xml:2435 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% xmllint --valid --noout example.xml\n" +"example.xml:5: element head: validity error : Element head content does not follow the DTD, expecting ((script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)* , ((title , (script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)* , (base , (script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)*)?) | (base , (script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)* , title , (script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)*))), got ()" +msgstr "" +"% xmllint --valid --noout example.xml\n" +"example.xml:5: element head: validity error : Element head content does not follow the DTD, expecting ((script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)* , ((title , (script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)* , (base , (script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)*)?) | (base , (script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)* , title , (script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)*))), got ()" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:2438 +msgid "" +"This shows that the validation error comes from the fifth line of the example.xml file and " +"that the content of the head is the part which " +"does not follow the rules of the XHTML grammar." +msgstr "" +"Isso mostra que o erro de validação vem da linha cinco do arquivo example.xml e que o " +"conteúdo de head é a parte que não segue as " +"regras da gramática XHTML." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:2445 +msgid "" +"Then xmllint shows the line where the error was found and " +"marks the exact character position with a ^ sign." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, o xmllint mostra a linha onde o erro foi " +"encontrado e marca a posição exata com um sinal ^." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:2451 +msgid "Replace the title element." +msgstr "Substitua o elemento title." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:2458 +msgid "The DOCTYPE Declaration" +msgstr "A Declaração DOCTYPE" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2460 +msgid "" +"The beginning of each document can specify the name of the DTD to which the document conforms. This DOCTYPE declaration is used by " +"XML parsers to identify the DTD and " +"ensure that the document does conform to it." +msgstr "" +"No início de cada documento pode-se especificar o nome do DTD ao qual o documento está em conformidade. Esta declaração DOCTYPE é " +"usada por XML parsers para identificar o DTD e garantir que o documento esteja de acordo com ele." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2466 +msgid "" +"A typical declaration for a document written to conform with version 1.0 of " +"the XHTML DTD looks like this:" +msgstr "" +"Uma declaração típica para um documento escrito em conformidade com a versão " +"1.0 do XHTML DTD se parece com isto:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:2470 +#, no-wrap +msgid "!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\"" +msgstr "!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\"" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2472 +msgid "That line contains a number of different components." +msgstr "Essa linha contém vários componentes diferentes." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:2476 +msgid "<!" +msgstr "<!" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:2479 +msgid "" +"The indicator shows this is an XML " +"declaration." +msgstr "" +"O indicador mostra que esta é uma declaração " +"XML." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:2485 +msgid "DOCTYPE" +msgstr "DOCTYPE" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:2488 +msgid "" +"Shows that this is an XML declaration of the document " +"type." +msgstr "" +"Mostra que esta é uma declaração XML do tipo de documento." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:2497 +msgid "" +"Names the first element that " +"will appear in the document." +msgstr "" +"Nomeia o primeiro elemento que " +"aparecerá no documento." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:2504 +msgid "PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"" +msgstr "PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"" + +#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm +#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm +#: book.translate.xml:2510 book.translate.xml:2551 +msgid "Formal Public Identifier" +msgstr "Identificador Público Formal" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:2508 +msgid "" +"Lists the Formal Public Identifier (FPI) <_:indexterm-1/> " +"for the DTD to which this document conforms. The " +"XML parser uses this to find the correct DTD when processing this document." +msgstr "" +"Lista o Identificador Público Formal (FPI) <_:indexterm-1/" +"> para o DTD com o qual este documento está em " +"conformidade. O XML parser usa isso para encontrar o " +"DTD correto ao processar este documento." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:2518 +msgid "" +"PUBLIC is not a part of the FPI, but " +"indicates to the XML processor how to find the " +"DTD referenced in the FPI. Other ways " +"of telling the XML parser how to find the DTD are shown later." +msgstr "" +"PUBLIC não faz parte do FPI, mas " +"indica ao XML parser como encontrar o DTD mencionado no FPI. Outras formas de informar ao " +"XML parser como encontrar o DTD serão " +"informadas depois." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:2529 +msgid "" +"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\"" +msgstr "" +"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\"" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:2532 +msgid "" +"A local filename or a URL to find the DTD." +msgstr "" +"Um nome de arquivo local ou uma URL para encontrar o " +"DTD." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:2538 +msgid ">" +msgstr ">" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:2541 +msgid "Ends the declaration and returns to the document." +msgstr "Termina a declaração e retorna ao documento." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:2548 +msgid "Formal Public Identifiers (FPIs)" +msgstr "Identificadores Públicos Formais (FPIs)" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: book.translate.xml:2556 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"It is not necessary to know this, but it is useful background, and might " +"help debug problems when the XML processor cannot locate " +"the DTD." +msgstr "" +"Não é necessário conhecer isso, mas pode ser útil e ajudar a depurar " +"problemas quando o XML parser não conseguir localizar o " +"DTD." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:2562 +msgid "FPIs must follow a specific syntax:" +msgstr "FPIs devem seguir uma sintaxe específica:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:2565 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\"Owner//Keyword Description//Language\"" +msgstr "" +"\"Proprietário\n" +"//Palavra-chave\n" +"Descrição\n" +"//Idioma\"" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:2569 +msgid "Owner" +msgstr "Proprietário" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:2572 +msgid "The owner of the FPI." +msgstr "O proprietário do FPI." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:2574 +msgid "" +"The beginning of the string identifies the owner of the FPI. For example, the FPI \"ISO 8879:1986//" +"ENTITIES Greek Symbols//EN\" lists ISO 8879:1986 as being the owner for the set of entities for Greek symbols. " +"ISO 8879:1986 is the International Organization for " +"Standardization (ISO) number for the SGML standard, the predecessor (and a superset) of XML." +msgstr "" +"O início da string identifica o proprietário do FPI. Por " +"exemplo, o FPI \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Greek " +"Symbols//EN\" lista ISO 8879:1986 como sendo o " +"proprietário para o conjunto de entidades de Símbolos Gregos. ISO 8879:1986 é o número na International Organization for " +"Standardization (ISO) para o padrão SGML, o predecessor (e um superset) do XML." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:2587 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, this string will either look like -//Owner or +//Owner (notice the only difference is the leading + or " +"-)." +msgstr "" +"Caso contrário, essa sequência seria parecida com -//" +"Proprietário ou +//" +"Proprietário (observe que a única " +"diferença é o + ou -)." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:2594 +msgid "" +"If the string starts with - then the owner information is " +"unregistered, with a + identifying it as registered." +msgstr "" +"Se a string começar com -, a informação do proprietário " +"não é registrada, com o + identifica como registrada." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:2599 +msgid "" +"ISO 9070:1991 defines how registered names are generated. " +"It might be derived from the number of an ISO " +"publication, an ISBN code, or an organization code " +"assigned according to ISO 6523. Additionally, a " +"registration authority could be created in order to assign registered names. " +"The ISO council delegated this to the American National " +"Standards Institute (ANSI)." +msgstr "" +"A ISO 9070:1991 define como os nomes registrados são " +"gerados. Pode ser derivado do número de uma publicação ISO, um código ISBN ou um código de organização " +"atribuído de acordo com a ISO 6523. Além disso, uma " +"autoridade de registro poderia ser criada para atribuir nomes registrados. O " +"conselho da ISO delegou isso ao American National " +"Standards Institute (ANSI)." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:2610 +msgid "" +"Because the FreeBSD Project has not been registered, the owner string is " +"-//FreeBSD. As seen in the example, the W3C are not a registered owner either." +msgstr "" +"Como o Projeto FreeBSD não foi registrado, a string de propriedade é " +"-//FreeBSD. Como visto no exemplo, a W3C também não é registrada." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:2618 +msgid "Keyword" +msgstr "Palavra-chave" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:2621 +msgid "" +"There are several keywords that indicate the type of information in the " +"file. Some of the most common keywords are DTD, " +"ELEMENT, ENTITIES, and TEXT. DTD is used only for DTD " +"files, ELEMENT is usually used for DTD " +"fragments that contain only entity or element declarations. TEXT is used for XML content (text and tags)." +msgstr "" +"Existem várias palavras-chave que indicam o tipo de informação no arquivo. " +"Algumas das palavras-chave mais comuns são DTD, " +"ELEMENT, ENTITIES e TEXT. DTD é usada apenas para arquivos DTD, ELEMENT é normalmente usada para fragmentos " +"DTD que contêm apenas declarações de elementos ou " +"entidades. TEXT é usada para conteúdo XML (texto e tags)." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:2636 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Descrição" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:2639 +msgid "" +"Any description can be given for the contents of this file. This may include " +"version numbers or any short text that is meaningful and unique for the " +"XML system." +msgstr "" +"Qualquer descrição pode ser informada no conteúdo deste campo. Isso pode " +"incluir números de versão ou qualquer texto curto que tenha significado e " +"seja exclusivo para o sistema XML." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:2647 +msgid "Language" +msgstr "Idioma" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:2650 +msgid "" +"An ISO two-character code that identifies the native " +"language for the file. EN is used for English." +msgstr "" +"Um código de dois caracteres ISO que identifica o idioma " +"nativo do arquivo. EN é usado para o Inglês." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: book.translate.xml:2658 +msgid "catalog Files" +msgstr "Arquivos catalog" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:2660 +msgid "" +"With the syntax above, an XML processor needs to have " +"some way of turning the FPI into the name of the file " +"containing the DTD. A catalog file (typically called " +"catalog) contains lines that map FPIs to filenames. For example, if the catalog file contained the line:" +msgstr "" +"Com a sintaxe acima, um XML parser precisa ter alguma " +"forma de transformar o FPI no nome do arquivo que contém " +"o DTD. Um arquivo de catálogo (normalmente chamado de " +"catalog) contém linhas que mapeiam FPIs para nomes de arquivos. Por exemplo, se o arquivo de catálogo " +"continha a linha:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:2670 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\" \"1.0/transitional.dtd\"" +msgstr "PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\" \"1.0/transitional.dtd\"" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:2672 +msgid "" +"The XML processor knows that the DTD " +"is called transitional.dtd in the 1.0 subdirectory of the directory that held catalog." +msgstr "" +"O XML parser sabe que o DTD é chamado " +"de transitional.dtd no subdiretório 1.0 do diretório que continha catalog." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:2678 +msgid "" +"Examine the contents of /usr/local/share/xml/dtd/xhtml/catalog." +"xml. This is the catalog file for the XHTML " +"DTDs that were installed as part of the textproc/" +"docproj port." +msgstr "" +"Examine o conteúdo de /usr/local/share/xml/dtd/xhtml/catalog.xml. Este é o arquivo de catálogo dos XHTML " +"DTD s que foram instalados como parte do port " +"textproc/docproj ." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:2687 +msgid "Alternatives to FPIs" +msgstr "Alternativas para FPI s" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:2689 +msgid "" +"Instead of using an FPI to indicate the DTD to which the document conforms (and therefore, which file on the " +"system contains the DTD), the filename can be explicitly " +"specified." +msgstr "" +"Em vez de usar uma FPI para indicar o DTD ao qual o documento está em conformidade (e, portanto, qual arquivo " +"no sistema contém o DTD), o arquivo pode ser " +"explicitamente especificado." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:2695 +msgid "The syntax is slightly different:" +msgstr "A sintaxe é um pouco diferente:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:2697 +#, no-wrap +msgid "!DOCTYPE html SYSTEM \"/path/to/file.dtd\"" +msgstr "!DOCTYPE html SYSTEM \"/path/to/file.dtd\"" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:2699 +msgid "" +"The SYSTEM keyword indicates that the XML processor should locate the DTD in a system " +"specific fashion. This typically (but not always) means the DTD will be provided as a filename." +msgstr "" +"A palavra-chave SYSTEM indica que o XML parser deve localizar o DTD de uma maneira " +"específica no sistema. Isso normalmente (mas nem sempre) significa que o " +"DTD será fornecido como um nome de arquivo." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:2705 +msgid "" +"Using FPIs is preferred for reasons of portability. If " +"the SYSTEM identifier is used, then the DTD must be provided and kept in the same location for everyone." +msgstr "" +"Usando FPIs é preferível por razões de portabilidade. Se " +"o identificador SYSTEM for usado, então o DTD deve ser fornecido e mantido no mesmo local para todos." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:2713 +msgid "Escaping Back to XML" +msgstr "De Volta para o XML" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2715 +msgid "" +"Some of the underlying XML syntax can be useful within " +"documents. For example, comments can be included in the document, and will " +"be ignored by the parser. Comments are entered using XML " +"syntax. Other uses for XML syntax will be shown later." +msgstr "" +"Algumas das sintaxes subjacentes do XML podem ser úteis " +"em documentos. Por exemplo, os comentários podem ser incluídos no documento " +"e serão ignorados pelo parser. Os comentários são inseridos usando a sintaxe " +"XML. Outros usos para a sintaxe XML " +"serão mostrados mais tarde." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2721 +msgid "" +"XML sections begin with a <! tag " +"and end with a >. These sections contain instructions " +"for the parser rather than elements of the document. Everything between " +"these tags is XML syntax. The DOCTYPE declaration shown earlier is an example " +"of XML syntax included in the document." +msgstr "" +"Seções XML começam com uma tag <! e " +"terminam com >. Essas seções contêm instruções para o " +"parser em vez de elementos do documento. Tudo entre essas tags são sintaxe " +"XML. A declaração DOCTYPE mostrada anteriormente é um exemplo da sintaxe " +"XML incluída no documento." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:2733 +msgid "Comments" +msgstr "Comentários" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2735 +msgid "" +"An XML document may contain comments. They may appear " +"anywhere as long as they are not inside tags. They are even allowed in some " +"locations inside the DTD (e.g., between entity declarations)." +msgstr "" +"Um documento XML pode conter comentários. Eles podem " +"aparecer em qualquer lugar, desde que não estejam dentro de tags. Eles até " +"são permitidos em alguns locais dentro do DTD (por " +"exemplo, entre declarações de " +"entidade)." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2741 +msgid "" +"XML comments start with the string <!--" +" and end with the string -->." +msgstr "" +"Os comentários XML começam com a string " +"<!-- e terminam com a string " +"-->." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2745 +msgid "Here are some examples of valid XML comments:" +msgstr "" +"Aqui estão alguns exemplos de comentários válidos de XML:" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:2749 +msgid "XML Generic Comments" +msgstr "XML Comentários Genéricos" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:2751 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"<!-- This is inside the comment -->\n" +"\n" +"<!--This is another comment-->\n" +"\n" +"<!-- This is how you\n" +" write multiline comments -->\n" +"\n" +"<p>A simple <!-- Comment inside an element's content --> paragraph.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<!-- This is inside the comment -->\n" +"\n" +"<!--This is another comment-->\n" +"\n" +"<!-- This is how you\n" +" write multiline comments -->\n" +"\n" +"<p>A simple <!-- Comment inside an element's content --> paragraph.</p>" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2761 +msgid "" +"XML comments may contain any strings except " +"--:" +msgstr "" +"Os comentários XML podem conter quaisquer strings, exceto " +"--:" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:2765 +msgid "Erroneous XML Comment" +msgstr "Comentário XML Incorreto" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:2767 +#, no-wrap +msgid "<!-- This comment--is wrong -->" +msgstr "<!-- This comment--is wrong -->" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:2775 +msgid "" +"Add some comments to example.xml, and check that the " +"file still validates using xmllint." +msgstr "" +"Adicione alguns comentários ao arquivo example.xml e " +"depois o valide utilizando o xmllint." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:2781 +msgid "" +"Add some invalid comments to example.xml, and see the " +"error messages that xmllint gives when it encounters an " +"invalid comment." +msgstr "" +"Adicione alguns comentários inválidos ao arquivo example.xml e veja as mensagens de erros que o xmllint irá " +"retornar quando encontrar algum comentário inválido." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:2791 +msgid "Entities" +msgstr "Entidades" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2793 +msgid "" +"Entities are a mechanism for assigning names to chunks of content. As an " +"XML parser processes a document, any entities it finds " +"are replaced by the content of the entity." +msgstr "" +"Entidades são um mecanismo para atribuir nomes a partes do conteúdo. À " +"medida que um XML parser processa um documento, qualquer " +"entidade encontrada é substituída pelo conteúdo da entidade." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2798 +msgid "" +"This is a good way to have re-usable, easily changeable chunks of content in " +"XML documents. It is also the only way to include one " +"marked up file inside another using XML." +msgstr "" +"Esta é uma boa maneira de ter pedaços de conteúdo reutilizáveis ​​e facilmente " +"alteráveis ​​em documentos XML. Também é a única maneira de " +"incluir um arquivo markup dentro de outro usando XML." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2803 +msgid "" +"There are two types of entities for two different situations: " +"general entities and parameter entities." +msgstr "" +"Existem dois tipos de entidades para duas situações diferentes: " +"entidades gerais e entidades de parâmetros." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:2808 +msgid "General Entities" +msgstr "Entidades Gerais" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:2810 +msgid "" +"General entities are used to assign names to reusable chunks of text. These " +"entities can only be used in the document. They cannot be used in an " +"XML context." +msgstr "" +"Entidades gerais são usadas para atribuir nomes a partes reutilizáveis ​​de " +"texto. Essas entidades só podem ser usadas no documento. Elas não podem ser " +"usadas ​​em um contexto XML." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:2815 +msgid "" +"To include the text of a general entity in the document, include " +"&entity-name; in the text. " +"For example, consider a general entity called current.version which expands to the current version number of a product. To use it " +"in the document, write:" +msgstr "" +"Para incluir o texto de uma entidade geral no documento, inclua " +"&nome-da-entidade; no " +"texto. Por exemplo, considere uma entidade geral chamada current." +"version, que se expande para o número da versão atual de um " +"produto. Para usá-la no documento, escreva:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:2823 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"paraThe current version of our product is\n" +" &current.version;.para" +msgstr "" +"paraThe current version of our product is\n" +" &current.version;.para" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:2826 +msgid "" +"When the version number changes, edit the definition of the general entity, " +"replacing the value. Then reprocess the document." +msgstr "" +"Quando o número da versão for alterado, edite a definição da entidade geral, " +"substituindo o valor. Em seguida, reprocesse o documento." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:2830 +msgid "" +"General entities can also be used to enter characters that could not " +"otherwise be included in an XML document. For example, " +"< and & cannot normally appear " +"in an XML document. The XML parser " +"sees the < symbol as the start of a tag. Likewise, " +"when the & symbol is seen, the next text is expected " +"to be an entity name." +msgstr "" +"Entidades gerais também podem ser usadas para inserir caracteres que não " +"poderiam ser incluídos em um documento XML. Por exemplo, " +"< e & normalmente não podem " +"aparecer em um documento XML. O XML " +"parser vê o símbolo < como o início de uma tag. Da " +"mesma forma, quando o símbolo & é visto, espera-se " +"que o próximo texto seja um nome de entidade." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:2839 +msgid "" +"These symbols can be included by using two predefined general entities: " +"&lt; and &amp;." +msgstr "" +"Esses símbolos podem ser incluídos usando duas entidades gerais " +"predefinidas: &lt; e &amp;." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:2843 +msgid "" +"General entities can only be defined within an XML " +"context. Such definitions are usually done immediately after the DOCTYPE " +"declaration." +msgstr "" +"Entidades gerais só podem ser definidas dentro de um contexto XML. Tais definições geralmente são feitas imediatamente após a " +"declaração DOCTYPE." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:2848 +msgid "Defining General Entities" +msgstr "Definindo Entidades Gerais" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:2850 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n" +"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n" +"<!ENTITY current.version \"3.0-RELEASE\">\n" +"<!ENTITY last.version \"2.2.7-RELEASE\">\n" +"]>" +msgstr "" +"<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n" +"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n" +"<!ENTITY current.version \"3.0-RELEASE\">\n" +"<!ENTITY last.version \"2.2.7-RELEASE\">\n" +"]>" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:2856 +msgid "" +"The DOCTYPE declaration has been extended by adding a square bracket at the " +"end of the first line. The two entities are then defined over the next two " +"lines, the square bracket is closed, and then the DOCTYPE declaration is " +"closed." +msgstr "" +"A declaração DOCTYPE foi estendida adicionando um colchete no final da " +"primeira linha. As duas entidades são então definidas nas próximas duas " +"linhas, o colchete é fechado e, em seguida, a declaração DOCTYPE é fechada." + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:2862 +msgid "" +"The square brackets are necessary to indicate that the DTD indicated by the " +"DOCTYPE declaration is being extended." +msgstr "" +"Os colchetes são necessários para indicar que o DTD indicado pela declaração " +"DOCTYPE está sendo estendido." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:2869 +msgid "Parameter Entities" +msgstr "Entidades de Parâmetro" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:2871 +msgid "" +"Parameter entities, like general entities, are used to assign names to reusable chunks of " +"text. But parameter entities can only be used within an XML context." +msgstr "" +"Entidades de parâmetro, como as entidades gerais, são usadas para atribuir nomes a blocos " +"reutilizáveis ​​de texto. Mas as entidades de parâmetro só podem ser usadas " +"dentro de um contexto XML." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:2878 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Parameter entity definitions are similar to those for general entities. " +"However, parameter entities are included with %entity-" +"name;. The definition also includes the % between the ENTITY keyword and the name of the " +"entity." +msgstr "" +"As definições de entidade de parâmetro são semelhantes àquelas para " +"entidades gerais. No entanto, entradas de parâmetros são incluídas com " +"%nome-da-entidade;. A " +"definição também inclui o % entre a palavra-chave " +"ENTITY e o nome da entidade." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:2886 +msgid "" +"For a mnemonic, think Parameter entities use the " +"Percent symbol." +msgstr "" +"Para memorizar, lembre que entidade deParâmetro " +"utiliza o símbolo de Porcentagem." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:2891 +msgid "Defining Parameter Entities" +msgstr "Definindo Entidades de Parâmetro" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:2893 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "" +"<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n" +"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n" +"<!ENTITY % entity \"<!ENTITY version '1.0'>\">\n" +"<!-- use the parameter entity -->\n" +"%entity;\n" +"]>" +msgstr "" +"<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n" +"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n" +"<!ENTITY current.version \"3.0-RELEASE\">\n" +"<!ENTITY last.version \"2.2.7-RELEASE\">\n" +"]>" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:2901 +msgid "" +"At first sight, parameter entities do not look very useful, but they make it " +"possible to include other files " +"into an XML document." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:2911 +msgid "Add a general entity to example.xml." +msgstr "" +"Adicione uma entidade geral ao arquivo example.xml." + +#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:2914 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n" +"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n" +"<!ENTITY version \"1.1\">\n" +"]>\n" +"\n" +"html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"\n" +" head\n" +" titleAn Example XHTML Filetitle\n" +" head\n" +"\n" +" <!-- There may be some comments in here as well -->\n" +"\n" +" body\n" +" pThis is a paragraph containing some text.p\n" +"\n" +" pThis paragraph contains some more text.p\n" +"\n" +" p align=\"right\"This paragraph might be right-justified.p\n" +"\n" +" pThe current version of this document is: &version;p\n" +" body\n" +"html" +msgstr "" +"<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n" +"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n" +"<!ENTITY version \"1.1\">\n" +"]>\n" +"\n" +"html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"\n" +" head\n" +" titleAn Example XHTML Filetitle\n" +" head\n" +"\n" +" <!-- There may be some comments in here as well -->\n" +"\n" +" body\n" +" pThis is a paragraph containing some text.p\n" +"\n" +" pThis paragraph contains some more text.p\n" +"\n" +" p align=\"right\"This paragraph might be right-justified.p\n" +"\n" +" pThe current version of this document is: &version;p\n" +" body\n" +"html" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:2939 +msgid "Validate the document using xmllint." +msgstr "Valide o documento usando o xmllint." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:2944 +msgid "" +"Load example.xml into a web browser. It may have to be " +"copied to example.html before the browser recognizes it " +"as an XHTML document." +msgstr "" +"Carregue example.xml em um navegador web. Ele pode ter " +"que ser copiado para o example.html antes que o " +"navegador o reconheça como um documento XHTML." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:2950 +msgid "" +"Older browsers with simple parsers may not render this file as expected. The " +"entity reference &version; may not be replaced by the " +"version number, or the XML context closing ]>" +" may not be recognized and instead shown in the output." +msgstr "" +"Navegadores mais antigos com parsers simples podem não renderizar esse " +"arquivo conforme o esperado. A referência de entidade &version;" +" pode não ser substituída pelo número da versão, ou o fechamento " +"de contexto XML ]> pode não ser " +"reconhecido e em vez disso, apresentado literalmente." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:2959 +msgid "" +"The solution is to normalize the document with an " +"XML normalizer. The normalizer reads valid XML and writes equally valid XML which has been " +"transformed in some way. One way the normalizer transforms the input is by " +"expanding all the entity references in the document, replacing the entities " +"with the text that they represent." +msgstr "" +"A solução é normalizar o documento com um normalizador " +"XML. O normalizador lê um XML válido e " +"grava outro XML igualmente válido. Uma maneira pela qual " +"o normalizador transforma a entrada é expandindo todas as referências de " +"entidade no documento, substituindo as entidades pelo texto que elas " +"representam." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:2968 +msgid "" +"xmllint can be used for this. It also has an option to " +"drop the initial DTD section so that the closing " +"]> does not confuse browsers:" +msgstr "" +"O xmllint pode ser usado para isso. Ele também tem a " +"opção de remover a seção inicial DTD para que " +"]> não confunda os navegadores:" + +#. (itstool) path: step/screen +#: book.translate.xml:2973 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% xmllint --noent --dropdtd example.xml > example.html" +msgstr "% xmllint --noent --dropdtd example.xml > example.html" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:2975 +msgid "" +"A normalized copy of the document with entities expanded is produced in " +"example.html, ready to load into a web browser." +msgstr "" +"Uma cópia normalizada do documento com entidades expandidas é produzida em " +"example.html, pronta para ser carregada em um navegador " +"web." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:2984 +msgid "Using Entities to Include Files" +msgstr "Usando Entidades para Incluir Arquivos" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:2986 +msgid "" +"Both general and parameter entities are " +"particularly useful for including one file inside another." +msgstr "" +"Ambas as entidades geral e parâmetro são " +"particularmente úteis para incluir um arquivo dentro de outro ." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:2993 book.translate.xml:3009 +msgid "Using General Entities to Include Files" +msgstr "Usando Entidades Gerais para Incluir Arquivos" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:2995 +msgid "" +"Consider some content for an XML book organized into " +"files, one file per chapter, called chapter1.xml, " +"chapter2.xml, and so forth, with a book.xml that will contain these chapters." +msgstr "" +"Considere algum conteúdo para um livro XML organizado em " +"arquivos, um arquivo por capítulo, chamado chapter1.xml, chapter2.xml e assim por diante, com um " +"book.xml que conterá esses capítulos." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:3002 +msgid "" +"In order to use the contents of these files as the values for entities, they " +"are declared with the SYSTEM keyword. This directs the " +"XML parser to include the contents of the named file as " +"the value of the entity." +msgstr "" +"Para usar o conteúdo desses arquivos como valores para entidades, eles são " +"declarados com a palavra-chave SYSTEM. Isso direciona o " +"XML parser a incluir o conteúdo do arquivo nomeado como o " +"valor da entidade." + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:3011 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n" +"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n" +"<!ENTITY chapter.1 SYSTEM \"chapter1.xml\">\n" +"<!ENTITY chapter.2 SYSTEM \"chapter2.xml\">\n" +"<!ENTITY chapter.3 SYSTEM \"chapter3.xml\">\n" +"<!-- And so forth -->\n" +"]>\n" +"\n" +"html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"\n" +" <!-- Use the entities to load in the chapters -->\n" +"\n" +" &chapter.1;\n" +" &chapter.2;\n" +" &chapter.3;\n" +"html" +msgstr "" +"<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n" +"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n" +"<!ENTITY chapter.1 SYSTEM \"chapter1.xml\">\n" +"<!ENTITY chapter.2 SYSTEM \"chapter2.xml\">\n" +"<!ENTITY chapter.3 SYSTEM \"chapter3.xml\">\n" +"<!-- And so forth -->\n" +"]>\n" +"\n" +"html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"\n" +" <!-- Use the entities to load in the chapters -->\n" +"\n" +" &chapter.1;\n" +" &chapter.2;\n" +" &chapter.3;\n" +"html" + +#. (itstool) path: warning/para +#: book.translate.xml:3029 +msgid "" +"When using general entities to include other files within a document, the " +"files being included (chapter1.xml, chapter2." +"xml, and so on) must not start with a " +"DOCTYPE declaration. This is a syntax error because entities are low-level " +"constructs and they are resolved before any parsing happens." +msgstr "" +"Ao usar entidades gerais para incluir outros arquivos em um documento, os " +"arquivos que estão sendo incluídos ( chapter1.xml, " +"chapter2.xml e assim por diante) não devem começar com uma declaração DOCTYPE. Este é um erro de sintaxe " +"porque as entidades são constructors de baixo nível e são transformadas " +"antes que qualquer análise ocorra." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:3041 book.translate.xml:3060 +msgid "Using Parameter Entities to Include Files" +msgstr "Usando Entidades de Parâmetro para Incluir Arquivos" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:3043 +msgid "" +"Parameter entities can only be used inside an XML " +"context. Including a file in an XML context can be used " +"to ensure that general entities are reusable." +msgstr "" +"As entidades de parâmetro só podem ser usadas dentro de um contexto " +"XML. A inclusão de um arquivo em um contexto " +"XML pode ser usada para garantir que as entidades gerais " +"sejam reutilizáveis." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:3048 +msgid "" +"Suppose that there are many chapters in the document, and these chapters " +"were reused in two different books, each book organizing the chapters in a " +"different fashion." +msgstr "" +"Suponha que haja muitos capítulos no documento, e esses capítulos foram " +"reutilizados em dois livros diferentes, cada livro organizando os capítulos " +"de maneira diferente." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:3052 +msgid "" +"The entities could be listed at the top of each book, but that quickly " +"becomes cumbersome to manage." +msgstr "" +"As entidades podem ser listadas no topo de cada livro, mas isso rapidamente " +"se torna difícil de gerenciar." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:3055 +msgid "" +"Instead, place the general entity definitions inside one file, and use a " +"parameter entity to include that file within the document." +msgstr "" +"Em vez disso, coloque as definições gerais da entidade em um arquivo e use " +"uma entidade de parâmetro para incluir esse arquivo no documento." + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:3062 +msgid "" +"Place the entity definitions in a separate file called chapters." +"ent and containing this text:" +msgstr "" +"Coloque as definições de entidade em um arquivo separado chamado " +"chapters.ent contendo este texto:" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:3066 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"<!ENTITY chapter.1 SYSTEM \"chapter1.xml\">\n" +"<!ENTITY chapter.2 SYSTEM \"chapter2.xml\">\n" +"<!ENTITY chapter.3 SYSTEM \"chapter3.xml\">" +msgstr "" +"<!ENTITY chapter.1 SYSTEM \"chapter1.xml\">\n" +"<!ENTITY chapter.2 SYSTEM \"chapter2.xml\">\n" +"<!ENTITY chapter.3 SYSTEM \"chapter3.xml\">" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:3070 +msgid "" +"Create a parameter entity to refer to the contents of the file. Then use the " +"parameter entity to load the file into the document, which will then make " +"all the general entities available for use. Then use the general entities as " +"before:" +msgstr "" +"Crie uma entidade de parâmetro para se referir ao conteúdo do arquivo. Em " +"seguida, use a entidade de parâmetro para carregar o arquivo no documento, o " +"que tornará todas as entidades gerais disponíveis para uso. Em seguida, use " +"as entidades gerais como antes:" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:3076 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n" +"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n" +"<!-- Define a parameter entity to load in the chapter general entities -->\n" +"<!ENTITY % chapters SYSTEM \"chapters.ent\">\n" +"\n" +"<!-- Now use the parameter entity to load in this file -->\n" +"%chapters;\n" +"]>\n" +"\n" +"html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"\n" +" &chapter.1;\n" +" &chapter.2;\n" +" &chapter.3;\n" +"html" +msgstr "" +"<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n" +"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n" +"<!-- Define a parameter entity to load in the chapter general entities -->\n" +"<!ENTITY % chapters SYSTEM \"chapters.ent\">\n" +"\n" +"<!-- Now use the parameter entity to load in this file -->\n" +"%chapters;\n" +"]>\n" +"\n" +"html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"\n" +" &chapter.1;\n" +" &chapter.2;\n" +" &chapter.3;\n" +"html" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: book.translate.xml:3097 +msgid "Use General Entities to Include Files" +msgstr "Use Entidades Gerais para Incluir Arquivos" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:3101 +msgid "" +"Create three files, para1.xml, para2.xml, and para3.xml." +msgstr "" +"Crie três arquivos, para1.xml, para2.xml e para3.xml." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:3105 +msgid "Put content like this in each file:" +msgstr "Coloque conteúdo como este em cada arquivo:" + +#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:3107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "pThis is the first paragraph.p" +msgstr "pThis is the first paragraph.p" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:3111 book.translate.xml:3164 +msgid "Edit example.xml so that it looks like this:" +msgstr "Edite example.xml para que fique assim:" + +#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:3114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n" +"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n" +"<!ENTITY version \"1.1\">\n" +"<!ENTITY para1 SYSTEM \"para1.xml\">\n" +"<!ENTITY para2 SYSTEM \"para2.xml\">\n" +"<!ENTITY para3 SYSTEM \"para3.xml\">\n" +"]>\n" +"\n" +"html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"\n" +" head\n" +" titleAn Example XHTML Filetitle\n" +" head\n" +"\n" +" body\n" +" pThe current version of this document is: &version;p\n" +"\n" +" &para1;\n" +" &para2;\n" +" &para3;\n" +" body\n" +"html" +msgstr "" +"<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n" +"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n" +"<!ENTITY version \"1.1\">\n" +"<!ENTITY para1 SYSTEM \"para1.xml\">\n" +"<!ENTITY para2 SYSTEM \"para2.xml\">\n" +"<!ENTITY para3 SYSTEM \"para3.xml\">\n" +"]>\n" +"\n" +"html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"\n" +" head\n" +" titleAn Example XHTML Filetitle\n" +" head\n" +"\n" +" body\n" +" pThe current version of this document is: &version;p\n" +"\n" +" &para1;\n" +" &para2;\n" +" &para3;\n" +" body\n" +"html" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:3138 book.translate.xml:3199 +msgid "" +"Produce example.html by normalizing example." +"xml." +msgstr "" +"Gere example.html ao normalizar example.xml." + +#. (itstool) path: step/screen +#: book.translate.xml:3141 book.translate.xml:3202 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% xmllint --dropdtd --noent example.xml > example.html" +msgstr "% xmllint --dropdtd --noent example.xml > example.html" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:3145 book.translate.xml:3206 +msgid "" +"Load example.html into the web browser and confirm that " +"the paran.xml files have " +"been included in example.html." +msgstr "" +"Carregue example.html no navegador web e confirme se os " +"arquivos paran.xml foram " +"incluídos em example.html." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: book.translate.xml:3155 +msgid "Use Parameter Entities to Include Files" +msgstr "Use Entidades de Parâmetro para Incluir Arquivos" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: book.translate.xml:3158 +msgid "The previous steps must have completed before this step." +msgstr "As etapas anteriores devem ser concluídas antes dessa etapa." + +#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:3167 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n" +"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n" +"<!ENTITY % entities SYSTEM \"entities.ent\"> %entities;\n" +"]>\n" +"\n" +"html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"\n" +" head\n" +" titleAn Example XHTML Filetitle\n" +" head\n" +"\n" +" body\n" +" pThe current version of this document is: &version;p\n" +"\n" +" &para1;\n" +" &para2;\n" +" &para3;\n" +" body\n" +"html" +msgstr "" +"<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n" +"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n" +"<!ENTITY % entities SYSTEM \"entities.ent\"> %entities;\n" +"]>\n" +"\n" +"html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"\n" +" head\n" +" titleAn Example XHTML Filetitle\n" +" head\n" +"\n" +" body\n" +" pThe current version of this document is: &version;p\n" +"\n" +" &para1;\n" +" &para2;\n" +" &para3;\n" +" body\n" +"html" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:3188 +msgid "" +"Create a new file called entities.ent with this content:" +msgstr "" +"Crie um novo arquivo chamado entities.ent com este " +"conteúdo:" + +#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:3192 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"<!ENTITY version \"1.1\">\n" +"<!ENTITY para1 SYSTEM \"para1.xml\">\n" +"<!ENTITY para2 SYSTEM \"para2.xml\">\n" +"<!ENTITY para3 SYSTEM \"para3.xml\">" +msgstr "" +"<!ENTITY version \"1.1\">\n" +"<!ENTITY para1 SYSTEM \"para1.xml\">\n" +"<!ENTITY para2 SYSTEM \"para2.xml\">\n" +"<!ENTITY para3 SYSTEM \"para3.xml\">" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:3218 +msgid "Marked Sections" +msgstr "Seções Marcadas" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:3220 +msgid "" +"XML provides a mechanism to indicate that particular " +"pieces of the document should be processed in a special way. These are " +"called marked sections." +msgstr "" +"XML fornece um mecanismo para indicar que partes " +"específicas do documento devem ser processadas de uma maneira especial. " +"Estes são chamados de seções marcadas." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:3226 +msgid "Structure of a Marked Section" +msgstr "Estrutura de uma Seção Marcada" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:3228 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"<![KEYWORD[\n" +" Contents of marked section\n" +"]]>" +msgstr "" +"<![KEYWORD[\n" +" Contents of marked section\n" +"]]>" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:3233 +msgid "" +"As expected of an XML construct, a marked section starts " +"with <!." +msgstr "" +"Como esperado de um construct XML, uma seção marcada " +"começa com <!." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:3236 +msgid "The first square bracket begins the marked section." +msgstr "O primeiro colchete inicia a seção marcada." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:3238 +msgid "" +"KEYWORD describes how this marked section is to " +"be processed by the parser." +msgstr "" +"KEYWORD descreve como esta seção marcada deve ser " +"processada pelo parser." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:3241 +msgid "" +"The second square bracket indicates the start of the marked section's " +"content." +msgstr "O segundo colchete indica o início do conteúdo da seção marcada." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:3244 +msgid "" +"The marked section is finished by closing the two square brackets, and then " +"returning to the document context from the XML context " +"with >." +msgstr "" +"A seção marcada é concluída, fechando os dois colchetes e, em seguida, " +"retornando ao contexto do documento do contexto XML com " +">." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:3250 +msgid "Marked Section Keywords" +msgstr "Palavras-chave da Seção Marcada" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: book.translate.xml:3253 +msgid "CDATA" +msgstr "CDATA" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:3255 +msgid "" +"These keywords denote the marked sections content model, and allow you to change it from the default." +msgstr "" +"Essas palavras-chave indicam as seções marcadas pelo modelo de " +"conteúdo e permitem que você a altere do padrão." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:3259 +msgid "" +"When an XML parser is processing a document, it keeps " +"track of the content model." +msgstr "" +"Quando um XML parser está processando um documento, ele " +"acompanha o modelo de conteúdo." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:3263 +msgid "" +"The content model describes the content the parser is expecting to see and " +"what it will do with that content." +msgstr "" +"O modelo de conteúdo descreve o conteúdo que o parser espera ver e o que ele " +"fará com esse conteúdo." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:3267 +msgid "The CDATA content model is one of the most useful." +msgstr "O modelo de conteúdo CDATA é um dos mais úteis." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:3270 +msgid "" +"CDATA is for Character Data. When the " +"parser is in this content model, it expects to see only characters. In this " +"model the < and & symbols lose " +"their special status, and will be treated as ordinary characters." +msgstr "" +"CDATA é para Dados de Caractere. Quando o " +"parser está neste modelo de conteúdo, ele espera ver apenas caracteres. " +"Nesse modelo, os símbolos < e & " +"perdem seu status especial e serão tratados como caracteres comuns." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: book.translate.xml:3278 +msgid "" +"When using CDATA in examples of text marked up in " +"XML, remember that the content of CDATA is not validated. The included text must be check with other means. " +"For example, the content could be written in another document, validated, " +"and then pasted into the CDATA section." +msgstr "" +"Ao usar CDATA em exemplos de texto marcados em " +"XML, lembre-se de que o conteúdo de CDATA não é validado. O texto incluído deve ser verificado por outros " +"meios. Por exemplo, o conteúdo poderia ser escrito em outro documento, " +"validado e depois colado na seção CDATA." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:3288 +msgid "Using a CDATA Marked Section" +msgstr "Usando uma Seção Marcada CDATA" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:3291 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"paraHere is an example of how to include some text that contains\n" +" many literal&lt;literal and literal&amp;literal\n" +" symbols. The sample text is a fragment of\n" +" acronymXHTMLacronym. The surrounding text (para and\n" +" programlisting) are from DocBook.para\n" +"\n" +"programlisting<![CDATA[pThis is a sample that shows some of the\n" +" elements within acronymXHTMLacronym. Since the angle\n" +" brackets are used so many times, it is simpler to say the whole\n" +" example is a CDATA marked section than to use the entity names for\n" +" the left and right angle brackets throughout.p\n" +"\n" +" ul\n" +" liThis is a listitemli\n" +" liThis is a second listitemli\n" +" liThis is a third listitemli\n" +" ul\n" +"\n" +" pThis is the end of the example.p]]>programlisting" +msgstr "" +"paraHere is an example of how to include some text that contains\n" +" many literal&lt;literal and literal&amp;literal\n" +" symbols. The sample text is a fragment of\n" +" acronymXHTMLacronym. The surrounding text (para and\n" +" programlisting) are from DocBook.para\n" +"\n" +"programlisting<![CDATA[pThis is a sample that shows some of the\n" +" elements within acronymXHTMLacronym. Since the angle\n" +" brackets are used so many times, it is simpler to say the whole\n" +" example is a CDATA marked section than to use the entity names for\n" +" the left and right angle brackets throughout.p\n" +"\n" +" ul\n" +" liThis is a listitemli\n" +" liThis is a second listitemli\n" +" liThis is a third listitemli\n" +" ul\n" +"\n" +" pThis is the end of the example.p]]>programlisting" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: book.translate.xml:3314 +msgid "INCLUDE and IGNORE" +msgstr "INCLUDE e IGNORE" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:3317 +msgid "" +"When the keyword is INCLUDE, then the contents of the " +"marked section will be processed. When the keyword is IGNORE, the marked section is ignored and will not be processed. It will " +"not appear in the output." +msgstr "" +"Quando a palavra-chave é INCLUDE, o conteúdo da seção " +"marcada será processado. Quando a palavra-chave é IGNORE, " +"a seção marcada é ignorada e não será processada. Não aparecerá na saída." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:3324 +msgid "" +"Using INCLUDE and IGNORE in Marked " +"Sections" +msgstr "" +"Usando INCLUDE e IGNORE em Seções " +"Marcadas" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:3327 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"<![INCLUDE[\n" +" This text will be processed and included.\n" +"]]>\n" +"\n" +"<![IGNORE[\n" +" This text will not be processed or included.\n" +"]]>" +msgstr "" +"<![INCLUDE[\n" +" This text will be processed and included.\n" +"]]>\n" +"\n" +"<![IGNORE[\n" +" This text will not be processed or included.\n" +"]]>" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:3336 +msgid "" +"By itself, this is not too useful. Text to be removed from the document " +"could be cut out, or wrapped in comments." +msgstr "" +"Por si só, isso não é muito útil. O texto a ser removido do documento pode " +"ser recortado ou estar em forma de comentários." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:3340 +msgid "" +"It becomes more useful when controlled by parameter entities, yet this usage is limited to " +"entity files." +msgstr "" +"Ele se torna mais útil quando controlado por entidades de parâmetro, mas esse uso é limitado " +"a arquivos de entidades." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:3345 +msgid "" +"For example, suppose that documentation was produced in a hard-copy version " +"and an electronic version. Some extra text is desired in the electronic " +"version content that was not to appear in the hard-copy." +msgstr "" +"Por exemplo, suponha que a documentação tenha sido produzida em uma versão " +"impressa e em uma versão eletrônica. Algum texto extra é desejado no " +"conteúdo da versão eletrônica que não deveria aparecer na cópia impressa." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:3350 +msgid "" +"Create an entity file that defines general entities to include each chapter " +"and guard these definitions with a parameter entity that can be set to " +"either INCLUDE or IGNORE to control " +"whether the entity is defined. After these conditional general entity " +"definitions, place one more definition for each general entity to set them " +"to an empty value. This technique makes use of the fact that entity " +"definitions cannot be overridden but the first definition always takes " +"effect. So the inclusion of the chapter is controlled with the corresponding " +"parameter entity. Set to INCLUDE, the first general " +"entity definition will be read and the second one will be ignored. Set to " +"IGNORE, the first definition will be ignored and the " +"second one will take effect." +msgstr "" +"Crie um arquivo de entidade que defina entidades gerais para incluir cada " +"capítulo e proteja essas definições com uma entidade de parâmetro que pode " +"ser definida como INCLUDE ou IGNORE " +"para controlar se a entidade está definida . Após essas definições de " +"entidades gerais condicionais, coloque mais uma definição para cada entidade " +"geral para defini-las como um valor vazio. Essa técnica faz uso do fato de " +"que as definições de entidade não podem ser substituídas, mas a primeira " +"definição sempre entra em vigor. Assim, a inclusão do capítulo é controlada " +"com a entidade de parâmetro correspondente. Definido como INCLUDE, a primeira definição de entidade geral será lida e a segunda será " +"ignorada. Definido como IGNORE, a primeira definição será " +"ignorada e a segunda será utilizada." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:3367 +msgid "Using a Parameter Entity to Control a Marked Section" +msgstr "Usando uma Entidade de Parâmetro para Controlar uma Seção Marcada" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:3370 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"<!ENTITY % electronic.copy \"INCLUDE\">\n" +"\n" +"<![%electronic.copy;[\n" +"<!ENTITY chap.preface\tSYSTEM \"preface.xml\">\n" +"]]>\n" +"\n" +"<!ENTITY chap.preface \"\">" +msgstr "" +"<!ENTITY % electronic.copy \"INCLUDE\">\n" +"\n" +"<![%electronic.copy;[\n" +"<!ENTITY chap.preface\tSYSTEM \"preface.xml\">\n" +"]]>\n" +"\n" +"<!ENTITY chap.preface \"\">" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:3378 +msgid "" +"When producing the hard-copy version, change the parameter entity's " +"definition to:" +msgstr "" +"Ao produzir a versão impressa, altere a definição do parâmetro de entidade " +"para:" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:3381 +#, no-wrap +msgid "<!ENTITY % electronic.copy \"IGNORE\">" +msgstr "<!ENTITY % electronic.copy \"IGNORE\">" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:3391 +msgid "Modify entities.ent to contain the following:" +msgstr "" +"Modifique entidades.ent para conter o seguinte texto:" + +#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:3394 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"<!ENTITY version \"1.1\">\n" +"<!ENTITY % conditional.text \"IGNORE\">\n" +"\n" +"<![%conditional.text;[\n" +"<!ENTITY para1 SYSTEM \"para1.xml\">\n" +"]]>\n" +"\n" +"<!ENTITY para1 \"\">\n" +"\n" +"<!ENTITY para2 SYSTEM \"para2.xml\">\n" +"<!ENTITY para3 SYSTEM \"para3.xml\">" +msgstr "" +"<!ENTITY version \"1.1\">\n" +"<!ENTITY % conditional.text \"IGNORE\">\n" +"\n" +"<![%conditional.text;[\n" +"<!ENTITY para1 SYSTEM \"para1.xml\">\n" +"]]>\n" +"\n" +"<!ENTITY para1 \"\">\n" +"\n" +"<!ENTITY para2 SYSTEM \"para2.xml\">\n" +"<!ENTITY para3 SYSTEM \"para3.xml\">" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:3408 +msgid "" +"Normalize example.xml and notice that the conditional " +"text is not present in the output document. Set the parameter entity guard " +"to INCLUDE and regenerate the normalized document and the " +"text will appear again. This method makes sense if there are more " +"conditional chunks depending on the same condition. For example, to control " +"generating printed or online text." +msgstr "" +"Normalize example.xml e observe que o texto condicional " +"não está presente no documento de saída. Altere o parâmetro de entidade para " +"INCLUDE e gere novamente o documento normalizado, dessa " +"forma e o texto aparecerá novamente. Esse método faz sentido se houver mais " +"partes condicionais dependendo da mesma condição. Por exemplo, para " +"controlar a geração de texto impresso ou on-line." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:3423 +msgid "Conclusion" +msgstr "Conclusão" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:3425 +msgid "" +"That is the conclusion of this XML primer. For reasons of " +"space and complexity, several things have not been covered in depth (or at " +"all). However, the previous sections cover enough XML to " +"introduce the organization of the FDP documentation." +msgstr "" +"Essa é a conclusão deste primer XML. Por razões de espaço " +"e complexidade, vários assuntos não foram cobertos bem afundo. No entanto, " +"as seções anteriores abrangem o suficiente de XML para " +"apresentar a organização da documentação do FDP." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: book.translate.xml:3466 +msgid "XHTML Markup" +msgstr "XHTML Markup" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:3469 book.translate.xml:4072 book.translate.xml:7338 +#: book.translate.xml:8258 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introdução" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:3471 +msgid "" +"This chapter describes usage of the XHTML markup language " +"used for the FreeBSD web site." +msgstr "" +"Este capítulo descreve o uso da linguagem XHTML markup " +"usada no site do FreeBSD." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:3474 +msgid "" +"XHTML is the XML version of the " +"HyperText Markup Language, the markup language of choice on the World Wide " +"Web. More information can be found at http://www.w3.org/." +msgstr "" +"XHTML é a versão XML da HyperText " +"Markup Language, a linguagem markup escolhida na World Wide Web. Mais " +"informações podem ser encontradas em http://www.w3.org/." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:3479 +msgid "" +"XHTML is used to mark up pages on the FreeBSD web site. " +"It is usually not used to mark up other documentation, since DocBook offers " +"a far richer set of elements from which to choose. Consequently, " +"XHTML pages will normally only be encountered when " +"writing for the web site." +msgstr "" +"XHTML é usado para escrever páginas no site do FreeBSD. " +"Geralmente não é usado para escrever outra documentação, uma vez que o " +"DocBook oferece um conjunto muito mais rico de elementos para se escolher. " +"Consequentemente, as páginas XHTML normalmente só serão " +"encontradas ao escrever para o web site." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:3486 +msgid "" +"HTML has gone through a number of versions. The " +"XML-compliant version described here is called " +"XHTML. The latest widespread version is XHTML 1.0, available in both strict and " +"transitional variants." +msgstr "" +"O HTML passou por várias versões. A versão compatível com " +"XML descrita aqui é chamada XHTML. A " +"versão mais recente generalizada é o XHTML 1.0, " +"disponível nas variantes strict e " +"transitional." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:3493 +msgid "" +"The XHTML DTDs are available from the " +"Ports Collection in textproc/xhtml. They are " +"automatically installed by the textproc/docproj port." +msgstr "" +"Os XHTML DTDs estão disponíveis na " +"Coleção de Ports em textproc/xhtml. Eles são " +"automaticamente instalados pelo port textproc/docproj." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: book.translate.xml:3500 +msgid "" +"This is not an exhaustive list of elements, since that " +"would just repeat the documentation for XHTML. The aim is " +"to list those elements most commonly used. Please post questions about " +"elements or uses not covered here to the FreeBSD documentation project " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" +"Isto não é uma lista completa de elementos, uma vez que " +"isso apenas repetiria a documentação de XHTML. O objetivo " +"é listar os elementos mais utilizados. Por favor, poste perguntas sobre " +"elementos ou usos não abordados aqui na lista de discussão do projeto de " +"documentação do FreeBSD." + +#. (itstool) path: note/title +#: book.translate.xml:3508 book.translate.xml:4111 +msgid "Inline Versus Block" +msgstr "Inline Versus Block" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: book.translate.xml:3510 book.translate.xml:4113 +msgid "" +"In the remainder of this document, when describing elements, " +"inline means that the element can occur within a block " +"element, and does not cause a line break. A block " +"element, by comparison, will cause a line break (and other processing) when " +"it is encountered." +msgstr "" +"No restante deste documento, ao descrever elementos, inline significa que o elemento pode estar dentro de um elemento de bloco " +"e não causa uma quebra de linha. Um elemento block, por " +"outro lado, causará uma quebra de linha (e outro processamento) quando for " +"encontrado." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:3520 +msgid "Formal Public Identifier (FPI)" +msgstr "Identificador Público Formal (FPI)" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:3522 +msgid "" +"There are a number of XHTML FPIs, " +"depending upon the version, or level of XHTML to which a document conforms. Most XHTML " +"documents on the FreeBSD web site comply with the transitional version of " +"XHTML 1.0." +msgstr "" +"Existem vários XHTML FPIs, dependendo " +"da versão, ou da versão do XHTML ao " +"qual um documento está em conformidade. A maioria dos documentos " +"XHTML no site do FreeBSD está de acordo com a versão de " +"transição do XHTML 1.0." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:3529 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"" +msgstr "PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:3533 +msgid "Sectional Elements" +msgstr "Seções de Elementos" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:3535 +msgid "" +"An XHTML document is normally split into two sections. " +"The first section, called the head, contains meta-" +"information about the document, such as its title, the name of the author, " +"the parent document, and so on. The second section, the body, contains content that will be displayed to the user." +msgstr "" +"Um documento XHTML é normalmente dividido em duas seções. " +"A primeira seção, chamada de head, contém meta-" +"informações sobre o documento, como seu título, o nome do autor, o documento " +"pai e assim por diante. A segunda seção, obody, contém " +"o conteúdo que será exibido ao usuário." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:3543 +msgid "" +"These sections are indicated with head and body " +"elements respectively. These elements are contained within the top-level " +"html element." +msgstr "" +"Essas seções são indicadas com os elementos head e body, respectivamente. Esses elementos estão dentro do elemento html de nível superior." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:3549 +msgid "Normal XHTML Document Structure" +msgstr "Estrutura de um Documento XHTML" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:3552 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"\n" +" head\n" +"\t titleThe Document's Titletitle\n" +" head\n" +"\n" +" body\n" +"\n" +" …\n" +"\n" +" body\n" +"html" +msgstr "" +"html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"\n" +" head\n" +"\t titleThe Document's Titletitle\n" +" head\n" +"\n" +" body\n" +"\n" +" …\n" +"\n" +" body\n" +"html" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:3567 book.translate.xml:4711 +msgid "Block Elements" +msgstr "Elementos Block" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:3570 +msgid "Headings" +msgstr "Cabeçalhos" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:3572 +msgid "" +"XHTML has tags to denote headings in the document at up " +"to six different levels." +msgstr "" +"XHTML tem tags para indicar títulos no documento em até " +"seis níveis diferentes." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:3575 +msgid "" +"The largest and most prominent heading is h1, then h2, " +"continuing down to h6." +msgstr "" +"O maior e mais importante título é h1, depois h2, " +"seguindo até h6." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:3579 +msgid "The element's content is the text of the heading." +msgstr "O conteúdo do elemento é o texto do cabeçalho." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:3582 +msgid "h1, h2, and Other Header Tags" +msgstr "h1, h2 e Outras Tags de Cabeçalho" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:3585 book.translate.xml:3620 book.translate.xml:3636 +#: book.translate.xml:3681 book.translate.xml:3713 book.translate.xml:3790 +#: book.translate.xml:3818 book.translate.xml:3840 book.translate.xml:3862 +#: book.translate.xml:3918 book.translate.xml:3935 book.translate.xml:3965 +#: book.translate.xml:3990 book.translate.xml:4730 book.translate.xml:4756 +#: book.translate.xml:4837 book.translate.xml:4871 book.translate.xml:4918 +#: book.translate.xml:4978 book.translate.xml:5039 book.translate.xml:5135 +#: book.translate.xml:5271 book.translate.xml:5433 book.translate.xml:5492 +#: book.translate.xml:5519 book.translate.xml:5549 book.translate.xml:5588 +#: book.translate.xml:5696 book.translate.xml:5753 book.translate.xml:5804 +#: book.translate.xml:5923 book.translate.xml:5991 book.translate.xml:6020 +#: book.translate.xml:6041 book.translate.xml:6083 book.translate.xml:6138 +#: book.translate.xml:6171 book.translate.xml:6188 book.translate.xml:6222 +#: book.translate.xml:6246 book.translate.xml:6726 book.translate.xml:6742 +msgid "Usage:" +msgstr "Uso:" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:3587 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"h1First sectionh1\n" +"\n" +"<!-- Document introduction goes here -->\n" +"\n" +"h2This is the heading for the first sectionh2\n" +"\n" +"<!-- Content for the first section goes here -->\n" +"\n" +"h3This is the heading for the first sub-sectionh3\n" +"\n" +"<!-- Content for the first sub-section goes here -->\n" +"\n" +"h2This is the heading for the second sectionh2\n" +"\n" +"<!-- Content for the second section goes here -->" +msgstr "" +"h1First sectionh1\n" +"\n" +"<!-- Document introduction goes here -->\n" +"\n" +"h2This is the heading for the first sectionh2\n" +"\n" +"<!-- Content for the first section goes here -->\n" +"\n" +"h3This is the heading for the first sub-sectionh3\n" +"\n" +"<!-- Content for the first sub-section goes here -->\n" +"\n" +"h2This is the heading for the second sectionh2\n" +"\n" +"<!-- Content for the second section goes here -->" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:3604 +msgid "" +"Generally, an XHTML page should have one first level " +"heading (h1). This can contain many second level headings " +"(h2), which can in turn contain many third level headings. Do not " +"leave gaps in the numbering." +msgstr "" +"Geralmente, uma página XHTML deve ter um título de " +"primeiro nível (h1). Nela pode conter muitos títulos de segundo " +"nível (h2), que por sua vez podem conter muitos cabeçalhos de " +"terceiro nível. Não deixe lacunas na numeração." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:3612 book.translate.xml:4714 +msgid "Paragraphs" +msgstr "Parágrafos" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:3614 +msgid "" +"XHTML supports a single paragraph element, p." +msgstr "" +"O XHTML suporta um único elemento de parágrafo, p." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:3618 +msgid "p Example" +msgstr "Exemplo p" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:3622 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"pThis is a paragraph. It can contain just about any\n" +" other element.p" +msgstr "" +"pThis is a paragraph. It can contain just about any\n" +" other element.p" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:3628 book.translate.xml:4743 +msgid "Block Quotations" +msgstr "Bloco de Citações" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:3630 +msgid "" +"A block quotation is an extended quotation from another document that will " +"appear in a separate paragraph." +msgstr "" +"Um bloco de citação é uma citação estendida de outro documento que aparecerá " +"em um parágrafo separado." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:3634 book.translate.xml:4754 +msgid "blockquote Example" +msgstr "Exemplo blockquote" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:3638 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"pA small excerpt from the US Constitution:p\n" +"\n" +"blockquoteWe the People of the United States, in Order to form\n" +" a more perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic\n" +" Tranquility, provide for the common defence, promote the general\n" +" Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our\n" +" Posterity, do ordain and establish this Constitution for the\n" +" United States of America.blockquote" +msgstr "" +"pA small excerpt from the US Constitution:p\n" +"\n" +"blockquoteWe the People of the United States, in Order to form\n" +" a more perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic\n" +" Tranquility, provide for the common defence, promote the general\n" +" Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our\n" +" Posterity, do ordain and establish this Constitution for the\n" +" United States of America.blockquote" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:3650 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "Listas" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:3652 +msgid "" +"XHTML can present the user with three types of lists: " +"ordered, unordered, and definition." +msgstr "" +"O XHTML pode apresentar ao usuário três tipos de listas: " +"ordenadas, desordenadas e de definição." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:3655 +msgid "" +"Entries in an ordered list will be numbered, while entries in an unordered " +"list will be preceded by bullet points. Definition lists have two sections " +"for each entry. The first section is the term being defined, and the second " +"section is the definition." +msgstr "" +"Entradas em uma lista ordenada serão numeradas, enquanto as entradas em uma " +"lista não ordenada serão precedidas por marcadores. Listas de definições têm " +"duas seções para cada entrada. A primeira seção é o termo que está sendo " +"definido e a segunda seção é a definição." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:3661 +msgid "" +"Ordered lists are indicated by the ol element, unordered lists by " +"the ul element, and definition lists by the dl element." +msgstr "" +"As listas ordenadas são indicadas pelo elemento ol, listas não " +"ordenadas pelo elemento ul e listas de definição pelo elemento " +"dl." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:3666 +msgid "" +"Ordered and unordered lists contain listitems, indicated by the li element. A listitem can contain textual content, or it may be further " +"wrapped in one or more p elements." +msgstr "" +"As listas ordenadas e não ordenadas contêm listitens, indicadas pelo " +"elemento li. Um listitem pode conter conteúdo textual ou pode ser " +"envoltos em um ou mais elementos p." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:3671 +msgid "" +"Definition lists contain definition terms (dt) and definition " +"descriptions (dd). A definition term can only contain inline " +"elements. A definition description can contain other block elements." +msgstr "" +"As listas de definições contêm termos de definição (dt) e " +"descrições de definição (dd). Um termo de definição pode conter " +"apenas elementos in-line. Uma descrição de definição pode conter outros " +"elementos de bloco." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:3678 +msgid "ul and ol Example" +msgstr "Exemplo ul and ol" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:3683 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"pAn unordered list. Listitems will probably be\n" +" preceded by bullets.p\n" +"\n" +"ul\n" +" liFirst itemli\n" +"\n" +" liSecond itemli\n" +"\n" +" liThird itemli\n" +"ul\n" +"\n" +"pAn ordered list, with list items consisting of multiple\n" +" paragraphs. Each item (note: not each paragraph) will be\n" +" numbered.p\n" +"\n" +"ol\n" +" lipThis is the first item. It only has one paragraph.pli\n" +"\n" +" lipThis is the first paragraph of the second item.p\n" +"\n" +" pThis is the second paragraph of the second item.pli\n" +"\n" +" lipThis is the first and only paragraph of the third\n" +" item.pli\n" +"ol" +msgstr "" +"pAn unordered list. Listitems will probably be\n" +" preceded by bullets.p\n" +"\n" +"ul\n" +" liFirst itemli\n" +"\n" +" liSecond itemli\n" +"\n" +" liThird itemli\n" +"ul\n" +"\n" +"pAn ordered list, with list items consisting of multiple\n" +" paragraphs. Each item (note: not each paragraph) will be\n" +" numbered.p\n" +"\n" +"ol\n" +" lipThis is the first item. It only has one paragraph.pli\n" +"\n" +" lipThis is the first paragraph of the second item.p\n" +"\n" +" pThis is the second paragraph of the second item.pli\n" +"\n" +" lipThis is the first and only paragraph of the third\n" +" item.pli\n" +"ol" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:3711 +msgid "Definition Lists with dl" +msgstr "Listas de Definição com dl" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:3715 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"dl\n" +" dtTerm 1dt\n" +"\n" +" ddpParagraph 1 of definition 1.p\n" +"\n" +" pParagraph 2 of definition 1.pdd\n" +"\n" +" dtTerm 2dt\n" +"\n" +" ddpParagraph 1 of definition 2.pdd\n" +"\n" +" dtTerm 3dt\n" +"\n" +" ddpParagraph 1 of definition 3.pdd\n" +"dl" +msgstr "" +"dl\n" +" dtTerm 1dt\n" +"\n" +" ddpParagraph 1 of definition 1.p\n" +"\n" +" pParagraph 2 of definition 1.pdd\n" +"\n" +" dtTerm 2dt\n" +"\n" +" ddpParagraph 1 of definition 2.pdd\n" +"\n" +" dtTerm 3dt\n" +"\n" +" ddpParagraph 1 of definition 3.pdd\n" +"dl" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:3734 +msgid "Pre-formatted Text" +msgstr "Texto Pré-formatado" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:3736 +msgid "" +"Pre-formatted text is shown to the user exactly as it is in the file. Text " +"is shown in a fixed font. Multiple spaces and line breaks are shown exactly " +"as they are in the file." +msgstr "" +"Texto pré-formatado é apresentado para o usuário exatamente como está no " +"arquivo. O texto é mostrado em uma fonte fixa. Vários espaços e quebras de " +"linha são mostrados exatamente como estão no arquivo." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:3741 +msgid "Wrap pre-formatted text in the pre element." +msgstr "Deixe o texto pré-formatado no elemento pre." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:3745 +msgid "pre Example" +msgstr "Exemplo pre" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:3747 +msgid "" +"For example, the pre tags could be used to mark up an email " +"message:" +msgstr "" +"Por exemplo, as tags pre podem ser usadas para marcar uma " +"mensagem de email:" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:3750 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"pre From: nik@FreeBSD.org\n" +" To: freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org\n" +" Subject: New documentation available\n" +"\n" +" There is a new copy of my primer for contributors to the FreeBSD\n" +" Documentation Project available at\n" +"\n" +" &lt;URL:https://people.FreeBSD.org/~nik/primer/index.html&gt;\n" +"\n" +" Comments appreciated.\n" +"\n" +" Npre" +msgstr "" +"pre From: nik@FreeBSD.org\n" +" To: freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org\n" +" Subject: New documentation available\n" +"\n" +" There is a new copy of my primer for contributors to the FreeBSD\n" +" Documentation Project available at\n" +"\n" +" &lt;URL:https://people.FreeBSD.org/~nik/primer/index.html&gt;\n" +"\n" +" Comments appreciated.\n" +"\n" +" Npre" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:3763 +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that < and & still " +"are recognized as special characters in pre-formatted text. This is why the " +"example shown had to use &lt; instead of <" +". For consistency, &gt; was used in place " +"of >, too. Watch out for the special characters that " +"may appear in text copied from a plain-text source, like an email message or " +"program code." +msgstr "" +"Tenha em mente que < e & ainda " +"são reconhecidos como caracteres especiais no texto pré-formatado. É por " +"isso que o exemplo mostrado teve que usar &lt; em vez " +"de <. Para consistência, o &gt; " +"também foi usado no lugar de >. Fique atento com os " +"caracteres especiais que podem aparecer no texto copiado de uma fonte de " +"texto simples, como uma mensagem de e-mail ou código de programa." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:3776 book.translate.xml:5244 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "Tabelas" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:3778 +msgid "" +"Mark up tabular information using the table element. A table " +"consists of one or more table rows (tr), each containing one or " +"more cells of table data (td). Each cell can contain other block " +"elements, such as paragraphs or lists. It can also contain another table " +"(this nesting can repeat indefinitely). If the cell only contains one " +"paragraph then the pelement is not needed." +msgstr "" +"Marque as informações tabulares usando o elemento table. Uma " +"tabela consiste em uma ou mais linhas da tabela (tr), cada uma " +"contendo uma ou mais células de dados da tabela (td). Cada célula " +"pode conter outros elementos de bloco, como parágrafos ou listas. Também " +"pode conter outra tabela (esse aninhamento pode repetir indefinidamente). Se " +"a célula contiver apenas um parágrafo, o elemento p não será " +"necessário." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:3788 +msgid "Simple Use of table" +msgstr "Uso Simples de table" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:3792 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"pThis is a simple 2x2 table.p\n" +"\n" +"table\n" +" tr\n" +" tdTop left celltd\n" +"\n" +" tdTop right celltd\n" +" tr\n" +"\n" +" tr\n" +" tdBottom left celltd\n" +"\n" +" tdBottom right celltd\n" +" tr\n" +"table" +msgstr "" +"pThis is a simple 2x2 table.p\n" +"\n" +"table\n" +" tr\n" +" tdTop left celltd\n" +"\n" +" tdTop right celltd\n" +" tr\n" +"\n" +" tr\n" +" tdBottom left celltd\n" +"\n" +" tdBottom right celltd\n" +" tr\n" +"table" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:3809 +msgid "" +"A cell can span multiple rows and columns by adding the rowspan or colspan " +"attributes with values for the number of rows or columns to be spanned." +msgstr "" +"Uma célula pode abranger várias linhas e colunas adicionando os atributos " +"rowspan ou colspan com valores para o número de linhas ou colunas a serem abrangido." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:3815 +msgid "Using rowspan" +msgstr "Usando rowspan" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:3820 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"pOne tall thin cell on the left, two short cells next to\n" +" it on the right.p\n" +"\n" +"table\n" +" tr\n" +" td rowspan=\"2\"Long and thintd\n" +" tr\n" +"\n" +" tr\n" +" tdTop celltd\n" +"\n" +" tdBottom celltd\n" +" tr\n" +"table" +msgstr "" +"pOne tall thin cell on the left, two short cells next to\n" +" it on the right.p\n" +"\n" +"table\n" +" tr\n" +" td rowspan=\"2\"Long and thintd\n" +" tr\n" +"\n" +" tr\n" +" tdTop celltd\n" +"\n" +" tdBottom celltd\n" +" tr\n" +"table" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:3837 +msgid "Using colspan" +msgstr "Usando colspan" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:3842 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"pOne long cell on top, two short cells below it.p\n" +"\n" +"table\n" +" tr\n" +" td colspan=\"2\"Top celltd\n" +" tr\n" +"\n" +" tr\n" +" tdBottom left celltd\n" +"\n" +" tdBottom right celltd\n" +" tr\n" +"table" +msgstr "" +"pOne long cell on top, two short cells below it.p\n" +"\n" +"table\n" +" tr\n" +" td colspan=\"2\"Top celltd\n" +" tr\n" +"\n" +" tr\n" +" tdBottom left celltd\n" +"\n" +" tdBottom right celltd\n" +" tr\n" +"table" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:3858 +msgid "" +"Using rowspan and colspan Together" +msgstr "" +"Usando rowspan e colspan Juntos" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:3864 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"pOn a 3x3 grid, the top left block is a 2x2 set of\n" +" cells merged into one. The other cells are normal.p\n" +"\n" +"table\n" +" tr\n" +" td colspan=\"2\" rowspan=\"2\"Top left large celltd\n" +"\n" +" tdTop right celltd\n" +" tr\n" +"\n" +" tr\n" +" <!-- Because the large cell on the left merges into\n" +" this row, the first <td> will occur on its\n" +" right -->\n" +"\n" +" tdMiddle right celltd\n" +" tr\n" +"\n" +" tr\n" +" tdBottom left celltd\n" +"\n" +" tdBottom middle celltd\n" +"\n" +" tdBottom right celltd\n" +" tr\n" +"table" +msgstr "" +"pOn a 3x3 grid, the top left block is a 2x2 set of\n" +" cells merged into one. The other cells are normal.p\n" +"\n" +"table\n" +" tr\n" +" td colspan=\"2\" rowspan=\"2\"Top left large celltd\n" +"\n" +" tdTop right celltd\n" +" tr\n" +"\n" +" tr\n" +" <!-- Because the large cell on the left merges into\n" +" this row, the first <td> will occur on its\n" +" right -->\n" +"\n" +" tdMiddle right celltd\n" +" tr\n" +"\n" +" tr\n" +" tdBottom left celltd\n" +"\n" +" tdBottom middle celltd\n" +"\n" +" tdBottom right celltd\n" +" tr\n" +"table" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:3895 book.translate.xml:5471 +msgid "In-line Elements" +msgstr "Elementos In-line" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:3898 book.translate.xml:5474 +msgid "Emphasizing Information" +msgstr "Realçando Informação" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:3900 +msgid "" +"Two levels of emphasis are available in XHTML, em and strong. em is for a normal level of emphasis " +"and strong indicates stronger emphasis." +msgstr "" +"Dois níveis de ênfase estão disponíveis em XHTML, " +"em e strong. em é para um nível normal de " +"ênfase e strong indica ênfase mais forte." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:3906 +msgid "" +"em is typically rendered in italic and strong is " +"rendered in bold. This is not always the case, and should not be relied " +"upon. According to best practices, web pages only hold structural and " +"semantical information, and stylesheets are later applied to them. Think of " +"semantics, not formatting, when using these tags." +msgstr "" +"em é normalmente renderizado em itálico e o strong é " +"renderizado em negrito. Isso nem sempre assim e não deve ser considerado ao " +"pé da letra. De acordo com as práticas recomendadas, as páginas web " +"armazenam apenas informações estruturais e semânticas, e as folhas de estilo " +"são aplicadas posteriormente a elas. Pense na semântica, não na formatação, " +"ao usar essas tags." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:3915 +msgid "em and strong Example" +msgstr "Exemplo em e strong" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:3920 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"pemThisem has been emphasized, while\n" +" strongthisstrong has been strongly emphasized.p" +msgstr "" +"pemThisem has been emphasized, while\n" +" strongthisstrong has been strongly emphasized.p" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:3926 +msgid "Indicating Fixed-Pitch Text" +msgstr "Indicando Texto Fixo" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:3928 +msgid "" +"Content that should be rendered in a fixed pitch (typewriter) typeface is " +"tagged with tt (for teletype)." +msgstr "" +"O conteúdo que deve ser renderizado em um tipo fixo de texto (typewriter) é " +"marcado com tt (para teletype)." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:3933 +msgid "tt Example" +msgstr "Exemplo tt" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:3937 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"pMany system settings are stored in\n" +" tt/etctt.p" +msgstr "" +"pMany system settings are stored in\n" +" tt/etctt.p" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:3943 book.translate.xml:6564 +msgid "Links" +msgstr "Links" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: book.translate.xml:3946 +msgid "Links are also inline elements." +msgstr "Links também são elementos in-line." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:3950 book.translate.xml:6659 +msgid "Linking to Other Documents on the Web" +msgstr "Criando Links para Outros Documentos na Web" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:3952 +msgid "" +"A link points to the URL of a document on the web. The " +"link is indicated with a, and the href attribute contains the URL of the target document. " +"The content of the element becomes the link, indicated to the user by " +"showing it in a different color or with an underline." +msgstr "" +"Um link aponta para uma URL de um documento na web. O " +"link é indicado com a a, e o atributo href contém a URL do documento de destino. O " +"conteúdo do elemento se torna o link, indicado ao usuário, mostrando-o em " +"uma cor diferente ou com um sublinhado." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:3962 +msgid "Using a href=\"...\"" +msgstr "Usando a href=\"...\"" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:3967 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"pMore information is available at the\n" +" a href=\"http://www.&os;.org/\"&os; web sitea.p" +msgstr "" +"pMore information is available at the\n" +" a href=\"http://www.&os;.org/\"&os; web sitea.p" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:3971 +msgid "This link always takes the user to the top of the linked document." +msgstr "Esse link sempre leva o usuário ao topo do documento que foi linkado." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: book.translate.xml:3976 +msgid "Linking to Specific Parts of Documents" +msgstr "Criando Links para Partes Específicas de Documentos" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:3978 +msgid "" +"To link to a specific point within a document, that document must include an " +"anchor at the desired point. Anchors are included by " +"setting the id attribute of an element to a " +"name. This example creates an anchor by setting the id attribute of a p element." +msgstr "" +"Para linkar a um ponto específico dentro de um documento, esse documento " +"deve incluir uma âncora no ponto desejado. As âncoras " +"são incluídas configurando o atributo id de " +"um elemento para um nome. Este exemplo cria uma âncora definindo o atributo " +"id de um elemento p." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:3988 +msgid "Creating an Anchor" +msgstr "Criando uma Âncora" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:3992 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"p id=\"samplepara\"This paragraph can be referenced\n" +" in other links with the name ttsampleparatt.p" +msgstr "" +"p id=\"samplepara\"This paragraph can be referenced\n" +" in other links with the name ttsampleparatt.p" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:3996 +msgid "" +"Links to anchors are similar to plain links, but include a # symbol and the anchor's ID at the end of the " +"URL." +msgstr "" +"Links para âncoras são semelhantes aos links simples, mas incluem um símbolo " +"# e o ID da âncora no final da " +"URL." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:4002 +msgid "Linking to a Named Part of a Different Document" +msgstr "Criando Link para uma Parte Nomeada de um Outro Documento" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:4005 +msgid "" +"The samplepara example is part of a document called " +"foo.html. A link to that specific paragraph in the " +"document is constructed in this example." +msgstr "" +"O exemplo samplepara é parte de um documento chamado " +"foo.html. Um link para esse parágrafo específico no " +"documento é construído neste exemplo." + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:4010 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"pMore information can be found in the\n" +" a href=\"foo.html#samplepara\"sample paragrapha of\n" +" ttfoo.htmltt.p" +msgstr "" +"pMore information can be found in the\n" +" a href=\"foo.html#samplepara\"sample paragrapha of\n" +" ttfoo.htmltt.p" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:4015 +msgid "" +"To link to a named anchor within the same document, omit the document's " +"URL, and just use the # symbol " +"followed by the name of the anchor." +msgstr "" +"Para vincular-se a uma âncora nomeada no mesmo documento, omita a " +"URLdo documento, e use apenas o símbolo # seguido do nome da âncora." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:4021 +msgid "Linking to a Named Part of the Same Document" +msgstr "Criando Link para uma Parte Nomeada no Mesmo Documento" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:4023 +msgid "" +"The samplepara example resides in this document. To link " +"to it:" +msgstr "" +"O exemplo samplepara reside neste documento. Para " +"vincular a ele:" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:4026 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"pMore information can be found in the\n" +" a href=\"#samplepara\"sample paragrapha of this\n" +" document.p" +msgstr "" +"pMore information can be found in the\n" +" a href=\"#samplepara\"sample paragrapha of this\n" +" document.p" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: book.translate.xml:4069 +msgid "DocBook Markup" +msgstr "DocBook Markup" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:4074 +msgid "" +"This chapter is an introduction to DocBook as it is used for FreeBSD " +"documentation. DocBook is a large and complex markup system, but the subset " +"described here covers the parts that are most widely used for FreeBSD " +"documentation. While a moderate subset is covered, it is impossible to " +"anticipate every situation. Please post questions that this document does " +"not answer to the FreeBSD documentation project mailing list." +msgstr "" +"Este capítulo é uma introdução ao DocBook e como ele é usado na documentação " +"do FreeBSD. O DocBook é um sistema de marcação extenso e complexo, mas o " +"subconjunto descrito aqui abrange as partes mais usadas para a documentação " +"do FreeBSD. Enquanto um subconjunto moderado é coberto, é impossível " +"antecipar todas as situações. Por favor, poste questões que este documento " +"não responde à lista de discussão do projeto de documentação do FreeBSD." + +#. (itstool) path: footnote/para +#: book.translate.xml:4085 +msgid "" +"A short history can be found under http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/intro." +"shtml#d0e41." +msgstr "" +"Um breve histórico pode ser encontrado em http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/" +"intro.shtml#d0e41." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:4082 +msgid "" +"DocBook was originally developed by HaL Computer Systems and O'Reilly & " +"Associates to be a Document Type Definition (DTD) for " +"writing technical documentation <_:footnote-1/>. Since 1998 it is maintained " +"by the DocBook Technical Committee. As such, and unlike " +"LinuxDoc and XHTML, DocBook is very heavily oriented " +"towards markup that describes what something is, rather " +"than describing how it should be presented." +msgstr "" +"DocBook foi originalmente desenvolvido por HaL Computer Systems and O'Reilly " +"& Associates para ser uma Definição de Tipo de Documento (DTD) para escrever documentação técnica <_:footnote-1/>. Desde 1998, " +"ele é mantido pelo Comitê Técnico do DocBook. Como tal, " +"e ao contrário do LinuxDoc e do XHTML, o DocBook é " +"fortemente orientado para um markup que descreve o que " +"alguma coisa é, em vez de descrever como deve ser " +"apresentado." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:4093 +msgid "" +"The DocBook DTD is available from the Ports Collection in " +"the textproc/docbook-xml port. It is automatically " +"installed as part of the textproc/docproj port." +msgstr "" +"O DocBook DTD está disponível na coleção Ports " +"textproc/docbook-xml. Ele é instalado automaticamente " +"como parte do port textproc/docproj." + +#. (itstool) path: note/title +#: book.translate.xml:4101 +msgid "Formal Versus Informal" +msgstr "Formal Versus Informal" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: book.translate.xml:4103 +msgid "" +"Some elements may exist in two forms, formal and " +"informal. Typically, the formal version of the element " +"will consist of a title followed by the informal version of the element. The " +"informal version will not have a title." +msgstr "" +"Alguns elementos podem existir em duas formas, formal e " +"informal. Normalmente, a versão formal do elemento " +"consistirá em um título seguido pela versão informal do elemento. A versão " +"informal não terá um título." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:4123 +msgid "FreeBSD Extensions" +msgstr "Extensões do FreeBSD" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:4125 +msgid "" +"The FreeBSD Documentation Project has extended the DocBook DTD with additional elements and entities. These additions serve to " +"make some of the markup easier or more precise." +msgstr "" +"O Projeto de Documentação do FreeBSD estendeu o DocBook DTD com elementos e entidades adicionais. Essas adições servem para " +"tornar algumas das marcações mais fáceis ou mais precisas." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:4130 +msgid "" +"Throughout the rest of this document, the term DocBook is " +"used to mean the FreeBSD-extended DocBook DTD." +msgstr "" +"Ao longo deste documento, o termo DocBook é usado para " +"indicar o DocBook DTD estendido do FreeBSD." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: book.translate.xml:4135 +msgid "" +"Most of these extensions are not unique to FreeBSD, it was just felt that " +"they were useful enhancements for this particular project. Should anyone " +"from any of the other *nix camps (NetBSD, OpenBSD, Linux, …) be interested " +"in collaborating on a standard DocBook extension set, please contact " +"Documentation Engineering Team doceng@FreeBSD.org." +msgstr "" +"A maioria dessas extensões não é exclusiva do FreeBSD, foi apenas " +"identificado que elas eram melhorias úteis para este projeto. Se alguém de " +"qualquer um dos outros *nix (NetBSD, OpenBSD, Linux,…) estiverem " +"interessados em colaborar em um conjunto de extensão DocBook padrão, entre " +"em contato com a Equipe de Engenharia de Documentação doceng@FreeBSD." +"org." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:4144 +msgid "FreeBSD Elements" +msgstr "Elementos do FreeBSD" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:4146 +msgid "" +"The additional FreeBSD elements are not (currently) in the Ports Collection. " +"They are stored in the FreeBSD Subversion tree, as head/share/xml/freebsd." +"dtd." +msgstr "" +"Os elementos adicionais do FreeBSD não estão (atualmente) na Coleção de " +"Ports. Eles são armazenados na repositório Subversion do FreeBSD, como head/" +"share/xml/freebsd.dtd." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:4150 +msgid "" +"FreeBSD-specific elements used in the examples below are clearly marked." +msgstr "" +"Os elementos específicos do FreeBSD usados ​​nos exemplos abaixo estão " +"claramente marcados." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:4155 +msgid "FreeBSD Entities" +msgstr "Entidades do FreeBSD" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:4157 +msgid "" +"This table shows some of the most useful entities available in the " +"FDP. For a complete list, see the *.ent files in doc/share/xml." +msgstr "" +"Esta tabela mostra algumas das entidades mais úteis disponíveis no " +"FDP. Para obter uma lista completa, consulte os arquivos " +"*.ent em doc/share/xml." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4177 +msgid "FreeBSD Name Entities" +msgstr "Entidades de Nome do FreeBSD" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4182 +msgid "&os;" +msgstr "&os;" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4183 +msgid "FreeBSD" +msgstr "FreeBSD" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4188 +msgid "&os.stable;" +msgstr "&os.stable;" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4189 +msgid "FreeBSD-STABLE" +msgstr "FreeBSD-STABLE" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4194 +msgid "&os.current;" +msgstr "&os.current;" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4195 +msgid "FreeBSD-CURRENT" +msgstr "FreeBSD-CURRENT" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4206 +msgid "Manual Page Entities" +msgstr "Entidades de Página de Manual" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4211 +msgid "&man.ls.1;" +msgstr "&man.ls.1;" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4212 +msgid "" +"ls1" +msgstr "" +"ls1" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4213 +msgid "" +"Usage: &man.ls.1; is the manual page for <command>ls</" +"command>." +msgstr "" +"Uso: &man.ls.1; é a página de manual para o <command>" +"ls</command>." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4219 +msgid "&man.cp.1;" +msgstr "&man.cp.1;" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4220 book.translate.xml:8909 +msgid "" +"cp1" +msgstr "" +"cp1" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4221 +msgid "" +"Usage: The manual page for <command>cp</command> is " +"&man.cp.1;." +msgstr "" +"Uso: A página de manual para <command>cp</command> é " +"&man.cp.1;." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4227 +msgid "" +"&man.command." +"sectionnumber;" +msgstr "" +"&man.command." +"sectionnumber;" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4228 +msgid "" +"link to command manual page in section " +"sectionnumber" +msgstr "" +"link para a página de manual command na " +"seção sectionnumber" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4232 +msgid "" +"Entities are defined for all the FreeBSD manual pages." +msgstr "" +"As entidades são definidas para todas as páginas de manual do FreeBSD." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4244 +msgid "FreeBSD Mailing List Entities" +msgstr "Entidades das Listas de Email do FreeBSD" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4249 +msgid "&a.doc;" +msgstr "&a.doc;" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4250 +msgid "" +"FreeBSD documentation project mailing list" +msgstr "" +"Lista de discussão do projeto de documentação do FreeBSD " + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4251 +msgid "Usage: A link to the &a.doc;." +msgstr "Uso: Um link para a &a.doc;." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4256 +msgid "&a.questions;" +msgstr "&a.questions;" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4257 +msgid "" +"FreeBSD general questions mailing list" +msgstr "" +"Lista de discussão de assuntos gerais do FreeBSD" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4258 +msgid "Usage: A link to the &a.questions;." +msgstr "Uso: Um link para a &a.questions;." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4263 +msgid "&a.listname;" +msgstr "&a.listname;" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4264 +msgid "link to listname" +msgstr "link para listname" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4266 +msgid "" +"Entities are defined for all the FreeBSD " +"mailing lists." +msgstr "" +"Foram criadas entidades para todas as listas " +"de email do FreeBSD." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4277 +msgid "FreeBSD Document Link Entities" +msgstr "Entidades de Link de Documento do FreeBSD" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4282 +msgid "&url.books.handbook;" +msgstr "&url.books.handbook;a" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4283 +msgid "@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook" +msgstr "" +"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4284 +msgid "" +"Usage: A link to the <link xlink:href=\"&url.books.handbook;/" +"advanced-networking.html\">Advanced Networking</link> chapter of " +"the Handbook." +msgstr "" +"Uso: Um link para o capítulo <link xlink:href=\"&url.books." +"handbook;/advanced-networking.html\">Rede Avançado</link> do " +"Handbook." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4291 +msgid "&url.books.bookname;" +msgstr "&url.books.bookname;" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4292 +msgid "" +"relative path to bookname" +msgstr "" +"caminho relativo parabookname" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4294 +msgid "" +"Entities are defined for all the FreeBSD books." +msgstr "" +"As entidades são definidas para todos os livros FreeBSD." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4299 +msgid "&url.articles.committers-guide;" +msgstr "&url.articles.committers-guide;" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4300 +msgid "" +"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/committers-guide" +msgstr "" +"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/committers-guide" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4301 +msgid "" +"Usage: A link to the <link xlink:href=\"&url.articles." +"committers-guide;\">Committer's Guide</link> article." +msgstr "" +"Uso: Um link para o artigo <link xlink:href=\"&url.articles." +"committers-guide;\">Guia dos Committer's</link>." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4308 +msgid "" +"&url.articles.articlename;" +msgstr "" +"&url.articles.articlename;" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4309 +msgid "" +"relative path to articlename" +msgstr "" +"caminho relativo para articlename" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4311 +msgid "" +"Entities are defined for all the FreeBSD articles." +msgstr "" +"As entidades são definidas para todos os artigos do FreeBSD" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4322 +msgid "Other Operating System Name Entities" +msgstr "Outras Entidades de Sistema Operacional" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4327 +msgid "&linux;" +msgstr "&linux;" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4328 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "Linux" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4329 +msgid "The Linux operating system." +msgstr "" +"O sistema operacional Linux." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4333 book.translate.xml:9543 +msgid "&unix;" +msgstr "&unix;" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4334 book.translate.xml:9542 +msgid "UNIX" +msgstr "UNIX" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4335 +msgid "The UNIX operating system." +msgstr "" +"O sistema operacional UNIX." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4339 +msgid "&windows;" +msgstr "&windows;" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4340 +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "Windows" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4341 +msgid "" +"The Windows operating system." +msgstr "" +"O sistema operacional Windows." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4351 +msgid "Miscellaneous Entities" +msgstr "Entidades Diversas" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4356 +msgid "&prompt.root;" +msgstr "&prompt.root;" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4358 +msgid "The root user prompt." +msgstr "" +"O prompt de usuário root ." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4363 +msgid "&prompt.user;" +msgstr "&prompt.user;" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4365 +msgid "A prompt for an unprivileged user." +msgstr "Um prompt para um usuário sem privilégios." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4369 +msgid "&postscript;" +msgstr "&postscript;" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4370 +msgid "PostScript" +msgstr "PostScript" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4371 +msgid "" +"The PostScript programming " +"language." +msgstr "" +"A linguagem de programação PostScript." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4376 +msgid "&tex;" +msgstr "&tex;" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4377 +msgid "TeX" +msgstr "TeX" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4378 +msgid "The TeX typesetting language." +msgstr "A linguagem de composição tipográfica TeX." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4383 +msgid "&xorg;" +msgstr "&xorg;" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4384 +msgid "Xorg" +msgstr "Xorg" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:4385 +msgid "The Xorg open source X Window System." +msgstr "Xorg, Sistema X Window de código aberto." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:4395 +msgid "Formal Public Identifier (FPI)" +msgstr "Identificador Público Formal (FPI)" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:4397 +msgid "" +"In compliance with the DocBook guidelines for writing FPIs for DocBook customizations, the FPI for the " +"FreeBSD extended DocBook DTD is:" +msgstr "" +"Em conformidade com as diretrizes do DocBook, para escrever FPIs customizadas do DocBook, o FPI para o DocBook " +"DTD estendido do FreeBSD é:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:4402 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook V4.2-Based Extension//EN\"" +msgstr "PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook V4.2-Based Extension//EN\"" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:4406 +msgid "Document Structure" +msgstr "Estrutura do Documento" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:4408 +msgid "" +"DocBook allows structuring documentation in several ways. The FreeBSD " +"Documentation Project uses two primary types of DocBook document: the book " +"and the article." +msgstr "" +"O DocBook permite a documentação de estruturação de várias maneiras. O " +"Projeto de Documentação do FreeBSD usa dois tipos principais de documentos " +"do DocBook: o book e o article." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:4412 +msgid "" +"Books are organized into chapters. This is a mandatory " +"requirement. There may be parts between the book and the chapter " +"to provide another layer of organization. For example, the Handbook is " +"arranged in this way." +msgstr "" +"Os livros (books) são organizados em chapter s. Este é um " +"requisito obrigatório. Pode haver partes entre o livro e o " +"capítulo para fornecer outra camada de organização. Por exemplo, o Handbook " +"é organizado dessa maneira." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:4418 +msgid "" +"A chapter may (or may not) contain one or more sections. These are indicated " +"with the sect1 element. If a section contains another section " +"then use the sect2 element, and so on, up to sect5." +msgstr "" +"Um capítulo(chapter) pode (ou não) conter uma ou mais seções. Estes são " +"indicados com o elemento sect1. Se uma seção contiver outra " +"seção, use o elemento sect2 e assim por diante, até sect5." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:4424 +msgid "Chapters and sections contain the remainder of the content." +msgstr "Capítulos e seções contêm o restante do conteúdo." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:4427 +msgid "" +"An article is simpler than a book, and does not use chapters. Instead, the " +"content of an article is organized into one or more sections, using the same " +"sect1 (and sect2 and so on) elements that are used in " +"books." +msgstr "" +"Um artigo é mais simples que um livro e não utiliza capítulos. Em vez disso, " +"o conteúdo de um artigo é organizado em uma ou mais seções, usando os mesmos " +"elementos sect1 (e sect2 e assim por diante) que são " +"usados ​​em livros." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:4433 +msgid "" +"The nature of the document being written should be used to determine whether " +"it is best marked up as a book or an article. Articles are well suited to " +"information that does not need to be broken down into several chapters, and " +"that is, relatively speaking, quite short, at up to 20-25 pages of content. " +"Books are best suited to information that can be broken up into several " +"chapters, possibly with appendices and similar content as well." +msgstr "" +"A natureza do documento que está sendo escrito deve ser usada para " +"determinar se ele é melhor marcado como um livro ou um artigo. Os artigos " +"são adequados à informação que não precisa ser dividida em vários capítulos, " +"ou seja, relativamente curta, em até 20-25 páginas de conteúdo. Os livros " +"são mais adequados para informações que podem ser divididas em vários " +"capítulos, possivelmente com apêndices e conteúdo similar também." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:4442 +msgid "" +"The FreeBSD tutorials are all marked up as articles, while this document, the FAQ, and the Handbook are all marked up as books, for " +"example." +msgstr "" +"Os Tutoriais do FreeBSD estão todos marcados como artigos, enquanto este documento, o FAQ e o Handbook estão todos marcados como " +"livros, por exemplo." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:4449 +msgid "Starting a Book" +msgstr "Iniciando um Livro" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:4451 +msgid "" +"The content of a book is contained within the book element. As " +"well as containing structural markup, this element can contain elements that " +"include additional information about the book. This is either meta-" +"information, used for reference purposes, or additional content used to " +"produce a title page." +msgstr "" +"O conteúdo de um livro está dentro do elemento book. Além de " +"conter marcação estrutural, esse elemento pode conter elementos que incluem " +"informações adicionais sobre o livro. Isso é uma meta-informação, usada para " +"fins de referência ou conteúdo adicional usado para produzir um título de " +"página" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:4458 book.translate.xml:4513 +msgid "This additional information is contained within info." +msgstr "Esta informação adicional está em um elemento info." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:4462 +msgid "Boilerplate book with info" +msgstr "Exemplo de book com info" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:4468 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"book\n" +" info\n" +" titleYour Title Heretitle\n" +"\n" +" author\n" +" personname\n" +" firstnameYour first namefirstname\n" +" surnameYour surnamesurname\n" +" personname\n" +"\n" +" affiliation\n" +"\taddress\n" +" emailYour email addressemail\n" +"\taddress\n" +" affiliation\n" +" author\n" +"\n" +" copyright\n" +" year1998year\n" +" holder role=\"mailto:your email address\"Your nameholder\n" +" copyright\n" +"\n" +" releaseinfo$FreeBSD$releaseinfo\n" +"\n" +" abstract\n" +" paraInclude an abstract of the book's contents here.para\n" +" abstract\n" +" info\n" +"\n" +" …\n" +"\n" +"book" +msgstr "" +"book\n" +" info\n" +" titleYour Title Heretitle\n" +"\n" +" author\n" +" personname\n" +" firstnameYour first namefirstname\n" +" surnameYour surnamesurname\n" +" personname\n" +"\n" +" affiliation\n" +"\taddress\n" +" emailYour email addressemail\n" +"\taddress\n" +" affiliation\n" +" author\n" +"\n" +" copyright\n" +" year1998year\n" +" holder role=\"mailto:your email address\"Your nameholder\n" +" copyright\n" +"\n" +" releaseinfo$FreeBSD$releaseinfo\n" +"\n" +" abstract\n" +" paraInclude an abstract of the book's contents here.para\n" +" abstract\n" +" info\n" +"\n" +" …\n" +"\n" +"book" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:4504 +msgid "Starting an Article" +msgstr "Iniciando um Artigo" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:4506 +msgid "" +"The content of the article is contained within the article " +"element. As well as containing structural markup, this element can contain " +"elements that include additional information about the article. This is " +"either meta-information, used for reference purposes, or additional content " +"used to produce a title page." +msgstr "" +"O conteúdo do artigo está dentro do elemento article. Além de " +"conter marcação estrutural, esse elemento pode conter elementos que incluem " +"informações adicionais sobre o artigo. Isso é uma meta-informação, usada " +"para fins de referência ou conteúdo adicional usado para produzir um título " +"de página." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:4517 +msgid "Boilerplate article with info" +msgstr "Exemplo de article com info" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:4523 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"article\n" +" info\n" +" titleYour title heretitle\n" +"\n" +" author\n" +" personname\n" +"\tfirstnameYour first namefirstname\n" +"\tsurnameYour surnamesurname\n" +" personname\n" +"\n" +" affiliation\n" +"\taddress\n" +"\t emailYour email addressemailaddress\n" +"\taddress\n" +" affiliation\n" +" author\n" +"\n" +" copyright\n" +" year1998year\n" +" holder role=\"mailto:your email address\"Your nameholder\n" +" copyright\n" +"\n" +" releaseinfo$FreeBSD$releaseinfo\n" +"\n" +" abstract\n" +" paraInclude an abstract of the article's contents here.para\n" +" abstract\n" +" info\n" +"\n" +" …\n" +"\n" +"article" +msgstr "" +"article\n" +" info\n" +" titleYour title heretitle\n" +"\n" +" author\n" +" personname\n" +"\tfirstnameYour first namefirstname\n" +"\tsurnameYour surnamesurname\n" +" personname\n" +"\n" +" affiliation\n" +"\taddress\n" +"\t emailYour email addressemailaddress\n" +"\taddress\n" +" affiliation\n" +" author\n" +"\n" +" copyright\n" +" year1998year\n" +" holder role=\"mailto:your email address\"Your nameholder\n" +" copyright\n" +"\n" +" releaseinfo$FreeBSD$releaseinfo\n" +"\n" +" abstract\n" +" paraInclude an abstract of the article's contents here.para\n" +" abstract\n" +" info\n" +"\n" +" …\n" +"\n" +"article" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:4559 +msgid "Indicating Chapters" +msgstr "Criando Capítulos" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:4561 +msgid "" +"Use chapter to mark up your chapters. Each chapter has a " +"mandatory title. Articles do not contain chapters, they are " +"reserved for books." +msgstr "" +"Use chapter para marcar seus capítulos. Cada capítulo tem um " +"title obrigatório. Os artigos não contêm capítulos, eles são " +"reservados para livros." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:4567 +msgid "A Simple Chapter" +msgstr "Um Capítulo Simples" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:4569 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"chapter\n" +" titleThe Chapter's Titletitle\n" +"\n" +" ...\n" +"chapter" +msgstr "" +"chapter\n" +" titleThe Chapter's Titletitle\n" +"\n" +" ...\n" +"chapter" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:4576 +msgid "" +"A chapter cannot be empty; it must contain elements in addition to " +"title. If you need to include an empty chapter then just use an " +"empty paragraph." +msgstr "" +"Um capítulo não pode estar vazio; ele deve conter elementos além do " +"title. Se você precisar incluir um capítulo vazio, basta usar um " +"parágrafo vazio." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:4582 +msgid "Empty Chapters" +msgstr "Capítulos Vazios" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:4584 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"chapter\n" +" titleThis is An Empty Chaptertitle\n" +"\n" +" parapara\n" +"chapter" +msgstr "" +"chapter\n" +" titleThis is An Empty Chaptertitle\n" +"\n" +" parapara\n" +"chapter" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:4593 +msgid "Sections Below Chapters" +msgstr "Seções Abaixo dos Capítulos" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:4595 +msgid "" +"In books, chapters may (but do not need to) be broken up into sections, " +"subsections, and so on. In articles, sections are the main structural " +"element, and each article must contain at least one section. Use the " +"sectn element. The n indicates the section number, which identifies the section " +"level." +msgstr "" +"Nos livros, os capítulos podem (mas não precisam) ser divididos em seções, " +"subseções e assim por diante. Nos artigos, as seções são o principal " +"elemento estrutural e cada artigo deve conter pelo menos uma seção. Use o " +"elemento sectn. O n indica o número da seção, que identifica o nível da seção." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:4603 +msgid "" +"The first sectn is sect1. " +"You can have one or more of these in a chapter. They can contain one or more " +"sect2 elements, and so on, down to sect5." +msgstr "" +"A primeira sectn é sect1. " +"Você pode ter um ou mais destes em um capítulo. Eles podem conter um ou mais " +"elementos sect2 e assim por diante, até sect5." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:4611 +msgid "Sections in Chapters" +msgstr "Seções em Capítulos" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:4613 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"chapter\n" +" titleA Sample Chaptertitle\n" +"\n" +" paraSome text in the chapter.para\n" +"\n" +" sect1\n" +" titleFirst Sectiontitle\n" +"\n" +" …\n" +" sect1\n" +"\n" +" sect1\n" +" titleSecond Sectiontitle\n" +"\n" +" sect2\n" +" titleFirst Sub-Sectiontitle\n" +"\n" +" sect3\n" +"\ttitleFirst Sub-Sub-Sectiontitle\n" +"\n" +"\t…\n" +" sect3\n" +" sect2\n" +"\n" +" sect2\n" +" titleSecond Sub-Section (1.2.2)title\n" +"\n" +" …\n" +" sect2\n" +" sect1\n" +"chapter" +msgstr "" +"chapter\n" +" titleA Sample Chaptertitle\n" +"\n" +" paraSome text in the chapter.para\n" +"\n" +" sect1\n" +" titleFirst Sectiontitle\n" +"\n" +" …\n" +" sect1\n" +"\n" +" sect1\n" +" titleSecond Sectiontitle\n" +"\n" +" sect2\n" +" titleFirst Sub-Sectiontitle\n" +"\n" +" sect3\n" +"\ttitleFirst Sub-Sub-Sectiontitle\n" +"\n" +"\t…\n" +" sect3\n" +" sect2\n" +"\n" +" sect2\n" +" titleSecond Sub-Section (1.2.2)title\n" +"\n" +" …\n" +" sect2\n" +" sect1\n" +"chapter" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: book.translate.xml:4647 +msgid "" +"Section numbers are automatically generated and prepended to titles when the " +"document is rendered to an output format. The generated section numbers and " +"titles from the example above will be:" +msgstr "" +"Os números de seção são gerados automaticamente e anexados aos títulos " +"quando o documento é renderizado em um formato de saída. Os números de seção " +"e títulos gerados a partir do exemplo acima serão:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:4654 +msgid "1.1. First Section" +msgstr "1.1. First Section" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:4658 +msgid "1.2. Second Section" +msgstr "1.2. Second Section" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:4662 +msgid "1.2.1. First Sub-Section" +msgstr "1.2.1. First Sub-Section" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:4666 +msgid "1.2.1.1. First Sub-Sub-Section" +msgstr "1.2.1.1. First Sub-Sub-Section" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:4670 +msgid "1.2.2. Second Sub-Section" +msgstr "1.2.2. Second Sub-Section" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:4677 +msgid "Subdividing Using part Elements" +msgstr "Subdividindo Utilizando Elementos part" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:4680 +msgid "" +"parts introduce another level of organization between book and chapter with one or more parts. This cannot " +"be done in an article." +msgstr "" +"partes adiciona outro nível de organização entre book " +"e chapter com uma ou mais partes. Isso não pode ser " +"utilizado em um article." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:4686 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"part\n" +" titleIntroductiontitle\n" +"\n" +" chapter\n" +" titleOverviewtitle\n" +"\n" +" ...\n" +" chapter\n" +"\n" +" chapter\n" +" titleWhat is FreeBSD?title\n" +"\n" +" ...\n" +" chapter\n" +"\n" +" chapter\n" +" titleHistorytitle\n" +"\n" +" ...\n" +" chapter\n" +"part" +msgstr "" +"part\n" +" titleIntroductiontitle\n" +"\n" +" chapter\n" +" titleOverviewtitle\n" +"\n" +" ...\n" +" chapter\n" +"\n" +" chapter\n" +" titleWhat is FreeBSD?title\n" +"\n" +" ...\n" +" chapter\n" +"\n" +" chapter\n" +" titleHistorytitle\n" +"\n" +" ...\n" +" chapter\n" +"part" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:4716 +msgid "" +"DocBook supports three types of paragraphs: formalpara, " +"para, and simpara." +msgstr "" +"O DocBook suporta três tipos de parágrafos: formalpara, " +"para e simpara." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:4720 +msgid "" +"Almost all paragraphs in FreeBSD documentation use para. " +"formalpara includes a title element, and simpara disallows some elements from within para. Stick with " +"para." +msgstr "" +"Quase todos os parágrafos da documentação do FreeBSD usam para. " +"formalpara inclui um elemento title, e simpara desabilita alguns elementos de um para. Utilize mais o " +"para ." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:4728 +msgid "para Example" +msgstr "Exemplo de um para " + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:4732 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"paraThis is a paragraph. It can contain just about any\n" +" other element.para" +msgstr "" +"paraThis is a paragraph. It can contain just about any\n" +" other element.para" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:4735 book.translate.xml:4773 book.translate.xml:4850 +#: book.translate.xml:4881 book.translate.xml:4940 book.translate.xml:5002 +#: book.translate.xml:5077 book.translate.xml:5153 book.translate.xml:5212 +#: book.translate.xml:5296 book.translate.xml:5337 book.translate.xml:5446 +#: book.translate.xml:5498 book.translate.xml:5527 book.translate.xml:5555 +#: book.translate.xml:5603 book.translate.xml:5715 book.translate.xml:5765 +#: book.translate.xml:5812 book.translate.xml:5949 book.translate.xml:5997 +#: book.translate.xml:6026 book.translate.xml:6047 book.translate.xml:6099 +#: book.translate.xml:6145 book.translate.xml:6175 book.translate.xml:6198 +#: book.translate.xml:6228 book.translate.xml:6250 book.translate.xml:6702 +#: book.translate.xml:6716 book.translate.xml:6731 book.translate.xml:6749 +msgid "Appearance:" +msgstr "Aparência:" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:4737 +msgid "This is a paragraph. It can contain just about any other element." +msgstr "This is a paragraph. It can contain just about any other element." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:4745 +msgid "" +"A block quotation is an extended quotation from another document that should " +"not appear within the current paragraph. These are rarely needed." +msgstr "" +"Uma cotação em bloco é uma cotação estendida de outro documento que não deve " +"aparecer no parágrafo atual. Estes raramente são necessários." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:4749 +msgid "" +"Blockquotes can optionally contain a title and an attribution (or they can " +"be left untitled and unattributed)." +msgstr "" +"Os blockquotes podem, opcionalmente, conter um título e uma atribuição (ou " +"podem ser deixados sem título e sem atribuição)." + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:4758 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"paraA small excerpt from the US Constitution:para\n" +"\n" +"blockquote\n" +" titlePreamble to the Constitution of the United Statestitle\n" +"\n" +" attributionCopied from a web site somewhereattribution\n" +"\n" +" paraWe the People of the United States, in Order to form a more\n" +" perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquility,\n" +" provide for the common defence, promote the general Welfare, and\n" +" secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity, do\n" +" ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of\n" +" America.para\n" +"blockquote" +msgstr "" +"paraA small excerpt from the US Constitution:para\n" +"\n" +"blockquote\n" +" titlePreamble to the Constitution of the United Statestitle\n" +"\n" +" attributionCopied from a web site somewhereattribution\n" +"\n" +" paraWe the People of the United States, in Order to form a more\n" +" perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquility,\n" +" provide for the common defence, promote the general Welfare, and\n" +" secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity, do\n" +" ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of\n" +" America.para\n" +"blockquote" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:4775 +msgid "A small excerpt from the US Constitution:" +msgstr "A small excerpt from the US Constitution:" + +#. (itstool) path: blockquote/title +#: book.translate.xml:4778 +msgid "Preamble to the Constitution of the United States" +msgstr "Preamble to the Constitution of the United States" + +#. (itstool) path: blockquote/attribution +#: book.translate.xml:4781 +msgid "Copied from a web site somewhere" +msgstr "Copiado de um site qualquer" + +#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para +#: book.translate.xml:4784 +msgid "" +"We the People of the United States, in Order to form a more perfect Union, " +"establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquility, provide for the common " +"defence, promote the general Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to " +"ourselves and our Posterity, do ordain and establish this Constitution for " +"the United States of America." +msgstr "" +"We the People of the United States, in Order to form a more perfect Union, " +"establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquility, provide for the common " +"defence, promote the general Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to " +"ourselves and our Posterity, do ordain and establish this Constitution for " +"the United States of America." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:4796 +msgid "Tips, Notes, Warnings, Cautions, and Important Information" +msgstr "Dicas, Notas, Avisos, Cuidados e Informações Importantes" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:4799 +msgid "" +"Extra information may need to be separated from the main body of the text. " +"Typically this is meta information of which the user should " +"be aware." +msgstr "" +"Informações adicionais podem precisar ser separadas do texto principal. " +"Normalmente, essa é a informação meta da qual o usuário deve " +"estar ciente." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:4804 +msgid "" +"Several types of admonitions are available: tip, note, " +"warning, caution, and important." +msgstr "" +"Vários tipos de informações estão disponíveis: tip, note, warning, caution, e important." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:4809 +msgid "" +"Which admonition to choose depends on the situation. The DocBook " +"documentation suggests:" +msgstr "" +"O tipo a ser escolhido depende da situação. A documentação do DocBook sugere:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:4815 +msgid "Note is for information that should be heeded by all readers." +msgstr "" +"A nota é para informações onde todos os leitores devem prestar atenção." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:4820 +msgid "Important is a variation on Note." +msgstr "Importante é uma variação de Nota." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:4824 +msgid "" +"Caution is for information regarding possible data loss or software damage." +msgstr "" +"Cuidado é para informações sobre possíveis perdas de dados ou danos ao " +"software." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:4829 +msgid "" +"Warning is for information regarding possible hardware damage or injury to " +"life or limb." +msgstr "" +"Aviso é para informações sobre possíveis danos ao hardware, sobre risco de " +"vida ou de ferimento a um membro." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:4835 +msgid "tip and important Example" +msgstr "Example de tip e important" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:4839 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"tip\n" +" para&os; may reduce stress.para\n" +"tip\n" +"\n" +"important\n" +" paraPlease use admonitions sparingly. Too many admonitions\n" +" are visually jarring and can have the opposite of the\n" +" intended effect.para\n" +"important" +msgstr "" +"tip\n" +" para&os; may reduce stress.para\n" +"tip\n" +"\n" +"important\n" +" paraPlease use admonitions sparingly. Too many admonitions\n" +" are visually jarring and can have the opposite of the\n" +" intended effect.para\n" +"important" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: book.translate.xml:4853 +msgid "FreeBSD may reduce stress." +msgstr "FreeBSD may reduce stress." + +#. (itstool) path: important/para +#: book.translate.xml:4857 +msgid "" +"Please use admonitions sparingly. Too many admonitions are visually jarring " +"and can have the opposite of the intended effect." +msgstr "" +"Please use admonitions sparingly. Too many admonitions are visually jarring " +"and can have the opposite of the intended effect." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:4866 +msgid "Examples can be shown with example." +msgstr "Exemplos podem ser apresentados com example." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:4869 +msgid "example Source" +msgstr "example" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:4873 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"example\n" +" paraEmpty files can be created easily:para\n" +"\n" +" screen&prompt.user; userinputtouch file1 file2 file3userinputscreen\n" +"example" +msgstr "" +"example\n" +" paraEmpty files can be created easily:para\n" +"\n" +" screen&prompt.user; userinputtouch file1 file2 file3userinputscreen\n" +"example" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:4884 +msgid "Rendered example" +msgstr "example Renderizado" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:4886 +msgid "Empty files can be created easily:" +msgstr "Empty files can be created easily:" + +#. (itstool) path: example/screen +#: book.translate.xml:4888 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% touch file1 file2 file3" +msgstr "% touch file1 file2 file3" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:4893 +msgid "Lists and Procedures" +msgstr "Listas e Procedimentos" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:4895 +msgid "" +"Information often needs to be presented as lists, or as a number of steps " +"that must be carried out in order to accomplish a particular goal." +msgstr "" +"Muitas vezes, as informações precisam ser apresentadas como listas ou como " +"uma série de etapas que devem ser realizadas para atingir um objetivo " +"específico." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:4899 +msgid "" +"To do this, use itemizedlist, orderedlist, " +"variablelist, or procedure. There are other types of " +"list elements in DocBook, but we will not cover them here." +msgstr "" +"Para fazer isso, utilize itemizedlist, orderedlist, " +"variablelist ou procedure. Existem outros tipos de " +"elementos de lista no DocBook, mas não os cobriremos aqui." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:4904 +msgid "" +"itemizedlist and orderedlist are similar to their " +"counterparts in HTML, ul and ol. " +"Each one consists of one or more listitem elements, and each " +"listitem contains one or more block elements. The listitem elements are analogous to HTML's li tags. " +"However, unlike HTML, they are required." +msgstr "" +"itemizedlist e orderedlist são semelhantes às suas " +"contrapartes em HTML, ul e ol. Cada " +"um consiste em um ou mais elementos listitem, e cada " +"listitem contém um ou mais elementos de bloco. Os elementos " +"listitem são análogos às tags li do HTML. No entanto, ao contrário do HTML, eles são obrigatórios." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:4915 +msgid "itemizedlist and orderedlist Example" +msgstr "Exemplo de itemizedlist e orderedlist" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:4920 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"itemizedlist\n" +" listitem\n" +" paraThis is the first itemized item.para\n" +" listitem\n" +"\n" +" listitem\n" +" paraThis is the second itemized item.para\n" +" listitem\n" +"itemizedlist\n" +"\n" +"orderedlist\n" +" listitem\n" +" paraThis is the first ordered item.para\n" +" listitem\n" +"\n" +" listitem\n" +" paraThis is the second ordered item.para\n" +" listitem\n" +"orderedlist" +msgstr "" +"itemizedlist\n" +" listitem\n" +" paraThis is the first itemized item.para\n" +" listitem\n" +"\n" +" listitem\n" +" paraThis is the second itemized item.para\n" +" listitem\n" +"itemizedlist\n" +"\n" +"orderedlist\n" +" listitem\n" +" paraThis is the first ordered item.para\n" +" listitem\n" +"\n" +" listitem\n" +" paraThis is the second ordered item.para\n" +" listitem\n" +"orderedlist" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:4944 +msgid "This is the first itemized item." +msgstr "This is the first itemized item." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:4948 +msgid "This is the second itemized item." +msgstr "This is the second itemized item." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:4954 +msgid "This is the first ordered item." +msgstr "This is the first ordered item." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:4958 +msgid "This is the second ordered item." +msgstr "This is the second ordered item." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#docbook-markup-varlist +#: book.translate.xml:4963 +msgid "" +"An alternate and often useful way of presenting information is the " +"variablelist. These are lists where each entry has a term and a " +"description. They are well suited for many types of descriptions, and " +"present information in a form that is often easier for the reader than " +"sections and subsections." +msgstr "" +"Uma maneira alternativa e frequentemente útil de apresentar informações é a " +"variablelist. Estas são listas onde cada entrada tem um termo e " +"uma descrição. Eles são adequados para muitos tipos de descrições e " +"apresentam informações de uma forma que geralmente é mais fácil para o " +"leitor do que seções e subseções." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:4971 +msgid "" +"A variablelist has a title, and then pairs of " +"term and listitem entries." +msgstr "" +"Uma variablelist tem um title e, em seguida, pares de " +"entradas term e listitem." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:4976 +msgid "variablelist Example" +msgstr "Exemplovariablelist" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:4980 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"variablelist\n" +" varlistentry\n" +" termParallelterm\n" +"\n" +" listitem\n" +" paraIn parallel communications, groups of bits arrive\n" +"\tat the same time over multiple communications\n" +"\tchannels.para\n" +" listitem\n" +" varlistentry\n" +"\n" +" varlistentry\n" +" termSerialterm\n" +"\n" +" listitem\n" +" paraIn serial communications, bits arrive one at a\n" +"\ttime over a single communications\n" +"\tchannel.para\n" +" listitem\n" +" varlistentry\n" +"variablelist" +msgstr "" +"variablelist\n" +" varlistentry\n" +" termParallelterm\n" +"\n" +" listitem\n" +" paraIn parallel communications, groups of bits arrive\n" +"\tat the same time over multiple communications\n" +"\tchannels.para\n" +" listitem\n" +" varlistentry\n" +"\n" +" varlistentry\n" +" termSerialterm\n" +"\n" +" listitem\n" +" paraIn serial communications, bits arrive one at a\n" +"\ttime over a single communications\n" +"\tchannel.para\n" +" listitem\n" +" varlistentry\n" +"variablelist" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:5006 +msgid "Parallel" +msgstr "Parallel" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:5009 +msgid "" +"In parallel communications, groups of bits arrive at the same time over " +"multiple communications channels." +msgstr "" +"In parallel communications, groups of bits arrive at the same time over " +"multiple communications channels." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:5016 +msgid "Serial" +msgstr "Serial" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:5019 +msgid "" +"In serial communications, bits arrive one at a time over a single " +"communications channel." +msgstr "" +"In serial communications, bits arrive one at a time over a single " +"communications channel." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5026 +msgid "" +"A procedure shows a series of steps, which may in turn " +"consist of more steps or substeps. Each step contains block elements and may include an optional title." +msgstr "" +"Um procedure mostra uma série de steps, que por sua " +"vez consistem em mais steps ou substeps. Cada " +"step contém elementos de bloco e pode incluir um título opcional." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5031 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, steps are not sequential, but present a choice: do " +"this or do that, but not both. For " +"these alternative choices, use stepalternatives." +msgstr "" +"Às vezes, os passos não são sequenciais, mas apresentam uma escolha: fazer " +"isso ou fazer aquilo, mas não " +"ambos. Para essas escolhas alternativas, use stepalternatives." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:5037 +msgid "procedure Example" +msgstr "Exemplo procedure" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:5041 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"procedure\n" +" step\n" +" paraDo this.para\n" +" step\n" +"\n" +" step\n" +" paraThen do this.para\n" +" step\n" +"\n" +" step\n" +" substeps\n" +" step\n" +" paraAnd now do this smaller thing.para\n" +" step\n" +"\n" +" step\n" +" paraAnd now do this other smaller thing.para\n" +" step\n" +" substeps\n" +" step\n" +"\n" +" step\n" +" paraFinally, do one of these:para\n" +"\n" +" stepalternatives\n" +" step\n" +"\tparaGo left.para\n" +" step\n" +"\n" +" step\n" +"\tparaGo right.para\n" +" step\n" +" stepalternatives\n" +" step\n" +"procedure" +msgstr "" +"procedure\n" +" step\n" +" paraDo this.para\n" +" step\n" +"\n" +" step\n" +" paraThen do this.para\n" +" step\n" +"\n" +" step\n" +" substeps\n" +" step\n" +" paraAnd now do this smaller thing.para\n" +" step\n" +"\n" +" step\n" +" paraAnd now do this other smaller thing.para\n" +" step\n" +" substeps\n" +" step\n" +"\n" +" step\n" +" paraFinally, do one of these:para\n" +"\n" +" stepalternatives\n" +" step\n" +"\tparaGo left.para\n" +" step\n" +"\n" +" step\n" +"\tparaGo right.para\n" +" step\n" +" stepalternatives\n" +" step\n" +"procedure" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:5081 +msgid "Do this." +msgstr "Do this." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:5085 +msgid "Then do this." +msgstr "Then do this." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:5091 +msgid "And now do this small thing." +msgstr "And now do this small thing." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:5095 +msgid "And this other small thing." +msgstr "And this other small thing." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:5101 +msgid "Finally, do one of these:" +msgstr "Finally, do one of these:" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:5105 +msgid "Go left." +msgstr "Go left." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:5109 +msgid "Go right." +msgstr "Go right." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:5118 +msgid "Showing File Samples" +msgstr "Mostrando Exemplos de Arquivos" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5120 +msgid "" +"Fragments of a file (or perhaps a complete file) are shown by wrapping them " +"in the programlisting element." +msgstr "" +"Fragmentos de um arquivo (ou talvez um arquivo completo) são mostrados " +"agrupando-os no elemento programlisting." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5124 +msgid "" +"White space and line breaks within programlisting are significant. In particular, this means that the opening tag should " +"appear on the same line as the first line of the output, and the closing tag " +"should appear on the same line as the last line of the output, otherwise " +"spurious blank lines may be included." +msgstr "" +"Espaço em branco e quebra de linha dentro de programlisting " +"são importantes. Em particular, isso significa que a " +"tag de abertura deve aparecer na mesma linha que a primeira linha da saída, " +"e a tag de fechamento deve aparecer na mesma linha da última linha da saída, " +"caso contrário linhas vazias podem ser incluídas." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:5133 +msgid "programlisting Example" +msgstr "Exemplo programlisting" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:5137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"paraWhen finished, the program will look like\n" +" this:para\n" +"\n" +"programlisting#include &lt;stdio.h&gt;\n" +"\n" +"int\n" +"main(void)\n" +"{\n" +" printf(\"hello, world\\n\");\n" +" return 0;\n" +"}programlisting" +msgstr "" +"paraWhen finished, the program will look like\n" +" this:para\n" +"\n" +"programlisting#include &lt;stdio.h&gt;\n" +"\n" +"int\n" +"main(void)\n" +"{\n" +" printf(\"hello, world\\n\");\n" +" return 0;\n" +"}programlisting" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:5149 +msgid "" +"Notice how the angle brackets in the #include line need " +"to be referenced by their entities instead of being included literally." +msgstr "" +"Observe como os colchetes angulares na linha #include " +"precisam ser referenciados por suas entidades, em vez de serem incluídos " +"literalmente." + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:5155 book.translate.xml:5214 +msgid "When finished, the program will look like this:" +msgstr "When finished, the program will look like this:" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:5157 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"#include <stdio.h>\n" +"\n" +"int\n" +"main(void)\n" +"{\n" +" printf(\"hello, world\\n\");\n" +" return 0;\n" +"}" +msgstr "" +"#include <stdio.h>\n" +"\n" +"int\n" +"main(void)\n" +"{\n" +" printf(\"hello, world\\n\");\n" +" return 0;\n" +"}" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:5169 +msgid "Callouts" +msgstr "Chamadas" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5171 +msgid "" +"A callout is a visual marker for referring to a piece of text or specific " +"position within an example." +msgstr "" +"Uma chamada é um marcador visual para se referenciar a um texto ou a uma " +"posição específica em um exemplo." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5175 +msgid "" +"Callouts are marked with the co element. Each element must have a " +"unique id assigned to it. After the example, include a " +"calloutlist that describes each callout." +msgstr "" +"As chamadas são marcadas com o elemento co. Cada elemento deve " +"ter um id único atribuído a ele. Após o exemplo, inclua " +"uma calloutlist que descreve cada frase de destaque." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:5182 +msgid "co and calloutlist Example" +msgstr "Exemplo co e calloutlist" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:5185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"paraWhen finished, the program will look like\n" +" this:para\n" +"\n" +"programlisting#include &lt;stdio.h&gt; co xml:id=\"co-ex-include\"\n" +"\n" +"int co xml:id=\"co-ex-return\"\n" +"main(void)\n" +"{\n" +" printf(\"hello, world\\n\"); co xml:id=\"co-ex-printf\"\n" +"}programlisting\n" +"\n" +"calloutlist\n" +" callout arearefs=\"co-ex-include\"\n" +" paraIncludes the standard IO header file.para\n" +" callout\n" +"\n" +" callout arearefs=\"co-ex-return\"\n" +" paraSpecifies that functionmain()function returns an\n" +" int.para\n" +" callout\n" +"\n" +" callout arearefs=\"co-ex-printf\"\n" +" paraThe functionprintf()function call that writes\n" +" literalhello, worldliteral to standard output.para\n" +" callout\n" +"calloutlist" +msgstr "" +"paraWhen finished, the program will look like\n" +" this:para\n" +"\n" +"programlisting#include &lt;stdio.h&gt; co xml:id=\"co-ex-include\"\n" +"\n" +"int co xml:id=\"co-ex-return\"\n" +"main(void)\n" +"{\n" +" printf(\"hello, world\\n\"); co xml:id=\"co-ex-printf\"\n" +"}programlisting\n" +"\n" +"calloutlist\n" +" callout arearefs=\"co-ex-include\"\n" +" paraIncludes the standard IO header file.para\n" +" callout\n" +"\n" +" callout arearefs=\"co-ex-return\"\n" +" paraSpecifies that functionmain()function returns an\n" +" int.para\n" +" callout\n" +"\n" +" callout arearefs=\"co-ex-printf\"\n" +" paraThe functionprintf()function call that writes\n" +" literalhello, worldliteral to standard output.para\n" +" callout\n" +"calloutlist" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:5216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"#include <stdio.h> \n" +"\n" +"int \n" +"main(void)\n" +"{\n" +" printf(\"hello, world\\n\"); \n" +"}" +msgstr "" +"#include <stdio.h> \n" +"\n" +"int \n" +"main(void)\n" +"{\n" +" printf(\"hello, world\\n\"); \n" +"}" + +#. (itstool) path: callout/para +#: book.translate.xml:5226 +msgid "Includes the standard IO header file." +msgstr "Includes the standard IO header file." + +#. (itstool) path: callout/para +#: book.translate.xml:5230 +msgid "Specifies that main() returns an int." +msgstr "Specifies that main() returns an int." + +#. (itstool) path: callout/para +#: book.translate.xml:5235 +msgid "" +"The printf() call that writes hello, world to standard output." +msgstr "" +"The printf() call that writes hello, world to standard output." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5246 +msgid "" +"Unlike HTML, DocBook does not need tables for layout " +"purposes, as the stylesheet handles those issues. Instead, just use tables " +"for marking up tabular data." +msgstr "" +"Ao contrário de HTML, o DocBook não precisa de tabelas " +"para fins de layout, já que a folha de estilo lida com esses problemas. Em " +"vez disso, basta usar tabelas para marcar dados tabulares." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5251 +msgid "" +"In general terms (and see the DocBook documentation for more detail) a table " +"(which can be either formal or informal) consists of a table " +"element. This contains at least one tgroup element, which " +"specifies (as an attribute) the number of columns in this table group. " +"Within the tablegroup there is one thead element, which contains " +"elements for the table headings (column headings), and one tbody " +"which contains the body of the table." +msgstr "" +"Em termos gerais (e veja a documentação do DocBook para mais detalhes), uma " +"tabela (que pode ser formal ou informal) consiste em um elemento table. Este contém pelo menos um elemento tgroup, que especifica " +"(como um atributo) o número de colunas neste grupo de tabelas. Dentro do " +"tgroup há um elemento thead, que contém elementos para os títulos " +"da tabela (cabeçalhos da coluna), e um tbody que contém o corpo " +"da tabela." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5262 +msgid "" +"Both tgroup and thead contain row elements, " +"which in turn contain entry elements. Each entry " +"element specifies one cell in the table." +msgstr "" +"Ambos tgroup e thead contêm elementos row, " +"que por sua vez contêm elementos entry. Cada elemento entry especifica uma célula na tabela." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:5269 +msgid "informaltable Example" +msgstr "Exemplo informaltable" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:5273 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"informaltable pgwide=\"1\"\n" +" tgroup cols=\"2\"\n" +" thead\n" +" row\n" +" entryThis is Column Head 1entry\n" +" entryThis is Column Head 2entry\n" +" row\n" +" thead\n" +"\n" +" tbody\n" +" row\n" +"\tentryRow 1, column 1entry\n" +"\tentryRow 1, column 2entry\n" +" row\n" +"\n" +" row\n" +"\tentryRow 2, column 1entry\n" +"\tentryRow 2, column 2entry\n" +" row\n" +" tbody\n" +" tgroup\n" +"informaltable" +msgstr "" +"informaltable pgwide=\"1\"\n" +" tgroup cols=\"2\"\n" +" thead\n" +" row\n" +" entryThis is Column Head 1entry\n" +" entryThis is Column Head 2entry\n" +" row\n" +" thead\n" +"\n" +" tbody\n" +" row\n" +"\tentryRow 1, column 1entry\n" +"\tentryRow 1, column 2entry\n" +" row\n" +"\n" +" row\n" +"\tentryRow 2, column 1entry\n" +"\tentryRow 2, column 2entry\n" +" row\n" +" tbody\n" +" tgroup\n" +"informaltable" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:5302 book.translate.xml:5343 +msgid "This is Column Head 1" +msgstr "This is Column Head 1" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:5303 book.translate.xml:5344 +msgid "This is Column Head 2" +msgstr "This is Column Head 2" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:5309 book.translate.xml:5350 +msgid "Row 1, column 1" +msgstr "Row 1, column 1" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:5310 book.translate.xml:5351 +msgid "Row 1, column 2" +msgstr "Row 1, column 2" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:5314 book.translate.xml:5355 +msgid "Row 2, column 1" +msgstr "Row 2, column 1" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:5315 book.translate.xml:5356 +msgid "Row 2, column 2" +msgstr "Row 2, column 2" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5322 +msgid "" +"Always use the pgwide attribute with a value of " +"1 with the informaltable element. A bug in " +"Internet Explorer can cause the table to render incorrectly if this is " +"omitted." +msgstr "" +"Sempre use o atributo pgwide com um valor 1 com o elemento informaltable. Um erro no Internet " +"Explorer pode fazer com que a tabela seja renderizada incorretamente se isso " +"for omitido." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5328 +msgid "" +"Table borders can be suppressed by setting the frame " +"attribute to none in the informaltable " +"element. For example, informaltable frame=\"none\"." +msgstr "" +"As bordas da tabela podem ser escondidas configurando o atributo " +"frame para none no elemento " +"informaltable. Por exemplo, informaltable frame=\"none" +"\"." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:5334 +msgid "Table with frame=\"none\" Example" +msgstr "Exemplo de Tabela com frame=\"none\"" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:5365 +msgid "Examples for the User to Follow" +msgstr "Exemplos para o Usuário Seguir" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5367 +msgid "" +"Examples for the user to follow are often necessary. Typically, these will " +"consist of dialogs with the computer; the user types in a command, the user " +"gets a response back, the user types another command, and so on." +msgstr "" +"Exemplos para o usuário seguir são freqüentemente necessários. Normalmente, " +"eles consistem em diálogos com o computador; o usuário digita um comando, o " +"usuário recebe uma resposta de volta, o usuário digita outro comando e assim " +"por diante." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5372 +msgid "A number of distinct elements and entities come into play here." +msgstr "Vários elementos e entidades podem ser utilizados nestes casos." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:5377 +msgid "screen" +msgstr "screen" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:5380 +msgid "" +"Everything the user sees in this example will be on the computer screen, so " +"the next element is screen." +msgstr "" +"Tudo o que o usuário vê neste exemplo estará na tela do computador, então o " +"próximo elemento é screen ." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:5384 +msgid "Within screen, white space is significant." +msgstr "Dentro da screen, o espaço em branco é significativo." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:5390 +msgid "" +"prompt, &prompt.root; and &" +"prompt.user;" +msgstr "" +"prompt, &prompt.root; and &" +"prompt.user;" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:5395 +msgid "" +"Some of the things the user will be seeing on the screen are prompts from " +"the computer (either from the operating system, command shell, or " +"application). These should be marked up using prompt." +msgstr "" +"Algumas das coisas que o usuário irá visualizar na tela são prompts do " +"computador (seja do sistema operacional, da linha de comando shell ou de uma " +"aplicação). Estes prompts devem ser marcados usando prompt." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:5401 +msgid "" +"As a special case, the two shell prompts for the normal user and the root " +"user have been provided as entities. To indicate the user is at a shell " +"prompt, use one of &prompt.root; and &" +"prompt.user; as necessary. They do not need to be inside " +"prompt." +msgstr "" +"Por serem especiais, os prompts de shell do usuário normal e do usuário root " +"estão disponíveis como uma entidade. Sempre que quiser indicar que o usuário " +"está em um prompt do shell, use &prompt.root; para o " +"usuário root e &prompt.user; para o usuário normal, " +"conforme for necessário. Estas entidades não precisam estar dentro de um " +"prompt." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: book.translate.xml:5410 +msgid "" +"&prompt.root; and &prompt.user; are FreeBSD extensions to DocBook, and are not part of the original " +"DTD." +msgstr "" +"&prompt.root; e &prompt.user; " +"são extensões do FreeBSD ao DocBook e não são parte do DTD original." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:5419 +msgid "userinput" +msgstr "userinput" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:5422 +msgid "" +"When displaying text that the user should type in, wrap it in " +"userinput tags. It will be displayed differently than system " +"output text." +msgstr "" +"Ao exibir o texto que o usuário deve digitar, coloque-o nas tags " +"userinput. Ele provavelmente será mostrado diferente para o " +"usuário." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:5430 +msgid "screen, prompt, and userinput Example" +msgstr "Exemplos screen, prompt, e userinput" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:5435 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"screen&prompt.user; userinputls -1userinput\n" +"foo1\n" +"foo2\n" +"foo3\n" +"&prompt.user; userinputls -1 | grep foo2userinput\n" +"foo2\n" +"&prompt.user; userinputsuuserinput\n" +"promptPassword: prompt\n" +"&prompt.root; userinputcat foo2userinput\n" +"This is the file called 'foo2'screen" +msgstr "" +"screen&prompt.user; userinputls -1userinput\n" +"foo1\n" +"foo2\n" +"foo3\n" +"&prompt.user; userinputls -1 | grep foo2userinput\n" +"foo2\n" +"&prompt.user; userinputsuuserinput\n" +"promptPassword: prompt\n" +"&prompt.root; userinputcat foo2userinput\n" +"This is the file called 'foo2'screen" + +#. (itstool) path: example/screen +#: book.translate.xml:5448 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% ls -1\n" +"foo1\n" +"foo2\n" +"foo3\n" +"% ls -1 | grep foo2\n" +"foo2\n" +"% su\n" +"Password: \n" +"# cat foo2\n" +"This is the file called 'foo2'" +msgstr "" +"% ls -1\n" +"foo1\n" +"foo2\n" +"foo3\n" +"% ls -1 | grep foo2\n" +"foo2\n" +"% su\n" +"Password: \n" +"# cat foo2\n" +"This is the file called 'foo2'" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: book.translate.xml:5461 +msgid "" +"Even though we are displaying the contents of the file foo2, it is not marked up as programlisting. Reserve programlisting for showing fragments of files " +"outside the context of user actions." +msgstr "" +"Ainda que estejamos mostrando o conteúdo do arquivo foo2, ele não está marcado como " +"programlisting. Deixe o programlisting para mostrar " +"fragmentos de arquivos fora do contexto de ações do usuário." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5476 +msgid "" +"To emphasize a particular word or phrase, use emphasis. This may " +"be presented as italic, or bold, or might be spoken differently with a text-" +"to-speech system." +msgstr "" +"Para enfatizar uma palavra ou frase em particular, use emphasis. " +"Isso pode ser apresentado em itálico ou negrito, ou pode ser falado " +"diferentemente com um sistema de conversão de texto em fala." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5481 +msgid "" +"There is no way to change the presentation of the emphasis within the " +"document, no equivalent of HTML's b and " +"i. If the information being presented is important, then consider " +"presenting it in important rather than emphasis." +msgstr "" +"Não há uma maneira de mudar a apresentação da ênfase no documento, não " +"existe um equivalente a b e i do HTML . Se as informações apresentadas forem importantes, considere " +"apresentá-las em important em vez de emphasis." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:5490 +msgid "emphasis Example" +msgstr "Exemplo de emphasis" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:5494 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"para&os; is without doubt emphasistheemphasis\n" +" premiere &unix;-like operating system for the Intel\n" +" architecture.para" +msgstr "" +"para&os; is without doubt emphasistheemphasis\n" +" premiere &unix;-like operating system for the Intel\n" +" architecture.para" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:5500 +msgid "" +"FreeBSD is without doubt the premiere UNIX-like operating system for the Intel " +"architecture." +msgstr "" +"FreeBSD is without doubt the premiere UNIX-like operating system for the Intel " +"architecture." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:5507 book.translate.xml:9239 +msgid "Acronyms" +msgstr "Siglas" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5509 +msgid "" +"Many computer terms are acronyms, words formed from the " +"first letter of each word in a phrase. Acronyms are marked up into " +"acronym elements. It is helpful to the reader when an acronym is " +"defined on the first use, as shown in the example below." +msgstr "" +"Muitos termos de computador são siglas, palavras " +"formadas a partir da primeira letra de cada palavra em uma frase. Os " +"acrônimos são marcados com elementos acronym. É útil para o " +"leitor quando um acrônimo é definido no primeiro uso, como mostrado no " +"exemplo abaixo." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:5517 +msgid "acronym Example" +msgstr "Exemplo acronym" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:5521 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"paraRequest For Comments (acronymRFCacronym) 1149\n" +" defined the use of avian carriers for transmission of\n" +" Internet Protocol (acronymIPacronym) data. The\n" +" quantity of acronymIPacronym data currently\n" +" transmitted in that manner is unknown.para" +msgstr "" +"paraRequest For Comments (acronymRFCacronym) 1149\n" +" defined the use of avian carriers for transmission of\n" +" Internet Protocol (acronymIPacronym) data. The\n" +" quantity of acronymIPacronym data currently\n" +" transmitted in that manner is unknown.para" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:5529 +msgid "" +"Request For Comments (RFC) 1149 defined the use of avian " +"carriers for transmission of Internet Protocol (IP) data. " +"The quantity of IP data currently transmitted in that " +"manner is unknown." +msgstr "" +"Request For Comments (RFC) 1149 defined the use of avian " +"carriers for transmission of Internet Protocol (IP) data. " +"The quantity of IP data currently transmitted in that " +"manner is unknown." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:5538 +msgid "Quotations" +msgstr "Citações" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5540 +msgid "" +"To quote text from another document or source, or to denote a phrase that is " +"used figuratively, use quote. Most of the markup tags available " +"for normal text are also available from within a quote." +msgstr "" +"Para citar texto de outro documento ou fonte, ou para denotar uma frase que " +"é usada de forma figurada, use quote. A maioria das tags de " +"marcação disponíveis para texto normal também está disponível em quote." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:5547 +msgid "quote Example" +msgstr "Exemplo quote" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:5551 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"paraHowever, make sure that the search does not go beyond the\n" +" quoteboundary between local and public administrationquote,\n" +" as acronymRFCacronym 1535 calls it.para" +msgstr "" +"paraHowever, make sure that the search does not go beyond the\n" +" quoteboundary between local and public administrationquote,\n" +" as acronymRFCacronym 1535 calls it.para" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:5557 +msgid "" +"However, make sure that the search does not go beyond the boundary " +"between local and public administration, as RFC " +"1535 calls it." +msgstr "" +"However, make sure that the search does not go beyond the boundary " +"between local and public administration, as RFC " +"1535 calls it." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:5565 +msgid "Keys, Mouse Buttons, and Combinations" +msgstr "Teclas, Botões do Mouse e Combinações" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5567 +msgid "" +"To refer to a specific key on the keyboard, use keycap. To refer " +"to a mouse button, use mousebutton. And to refer to combinations " +"of key presses or mouse clicks, wrap them all in keycombo." +msgstr "" +"Para se referir a uma tecla específica no teclado, use keycap. " +"Para se referir a um botão do mouse, use mousebutton. E para se " +"referir a combinações de pressionamentos de teclas ou cliques do mouse, " +"coloque todos eles em keycombo." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5573 +msgid "" +"keycombo has an attribute called action, which " +"may be one of click, double-click, " +"other, press, seq, " +"or simul. The last two values denote whether the keys or " +"buttons should be pressed in sequence, or simultaneously." +msgstr "" +"keycombo tem um atributo chamado action, que " +"pode ser um dos click, double-click, " +"other, press, seq, " +"ou simul. Os dois últimos valores indicam se as teclas ou " +"botões devem ser pressionados em sequência ou simultaneamente." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5581 +msgid "" +"The stylesheets automatically add any connecting symbols, such as " +"+, between the key names, when wrapped in keycombo." +msgstr "" +"As folhas de estilo adicionam automaticamente quaisquer símbolos de conexão, " +"como +, entre os nomes das chaves, quando agrupados em " +"keycombo." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:5586 +msgid "Keys, Mouse Buttons, and Combinations Example" +msgstr "Exemplos de Teclas, Botões do Mouse e Combinações" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:5590 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"paraTo switch to the second virtual terminal, press\n" +" keycombo action=\"simul\"keycapAltkeycap\n" +" keycapF1keycapkeycombo.para\n" +"\n" +"paraTo exit commandvicommand without saving changes, type\n" +" keycombo action=\"seq\"keycapEsckeycapkeycap:keycap\n" +" keycapqkeycapkeycap!keycapkeycombo.para\n" +"\n" +"paraMy window manager is configured so that\n" +" keycombo action=\"simul\"keycapAltkeycap\n" +" mousebuttonrightmousebutton\n" +" keycombo mouse button is used to move windows.para" +msgstr "" +"paraTo switch to the second virtual terminal, press\n" +" keycombo action=\"simul\"keycapAltkeycap\n" +" keycapF1keycapkeycombo.para\n" +"\n" +"paraTo exit commandvicommand without saving changes, type\n" +" keycombo action=\"seq\"keycapEsckeycapkeycap:keycap\n" +" keycapqkeycapkeycap!keycapkeycombo.para\n" +"\n" +"paraMy window manager is configured so that\n" +" keycombo action=\"simul\"keycapAltkeycap\n" +" mousebuttonrightmousebutton\n" +" keycombo mouse button is used to move windows.para" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:5605 +msgid "" +"To switch to the second virtual terminal, press Alt F1." +msgstr "" +"To switch to the second virtual terminal, press Alt F1." + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:5609 +msgid "" +"To exit vi without saving changes, type Esc : q !" +"." +msgstr "" +"To exit vi without saving changes, type Esc : q !" +"." + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:5616 +msgid "" +"My window manager is configured so that " +"Alt right mouse " +"button is used to move windows." +msgstr "" +"My window manager is configured so that " +"Alt right mouse " +"button is used to move windows." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:5625 +msgid "Applications, Commands, Options, and Cites" +msgstr "Aplicativos, Comandos, Opções e Citações" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5627 +msgid "" +"Both applications and commands are frequently referred to when writing " +"documentation. The distinction between them is that an application is the " +"name of a program or suite of programs that fulfill a particular task. A " +"command is the filename of a program that the user can type and run at a " +"command line." +msgstr "" +"Ambos os aplicativos e comandos são frequentemente utiilzados ao escrever " +"uma documentação. A distinção entre eles é que um aplicativo é o nome de um " +"programa ou conjunto de programas que preenche uma tarefa específica. Um " +"comando é o nome do arquivo de um programa que o usuário pode digitar e " +"executar em uma linha de comando." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5634 +msgid "" +"It is often necessary to show some of the options that a command might take." +msgstr "" +"Muitas vezes é necessário mostrar algumas das opções que um comando pode ter." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5637 +msgid "" +"Finally, it is often useful to list a command with its manual section " +"number, in the command(number) format so common in Unix " +"manuals." +msgstr "" +"Finalmente, muitas vezes é útil listar um comando com seu número de seção do " +"manual, no formato command(number) que é comum em manuais " +"Unix." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5641 +msgid "Mark up application names with application." +msgstr "Marque nomes de aplicações com application." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5644 +msgid "" +"To list a command with its manual section number (which should be most of " +"the time) the DocBook element is citerefentry. This will contain " +"a further two elements, refentrytitle and manvolnum. " +"The content of refentrytitle is the name of the command, and the " +"content of manvolnum is the manual page section." +msgstr "" +"Para listar um comando com seu número de seção do manual (que deve ser " +"utilizado com maior frequência), o elemento DocBook é citerefentry. Isto irá conter mais dois elementos, refentrytitle e " +"manvolnum. O conteúdo de refentrytitle é o nome do " +"comando, e o conteúdo do manvolnum é a seção da página de manual." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5654 +msgid "" +"This can be cumbersome to write, and so a series of general entities have been created to make " +"this easier. Each entity takes the form &man." +"manual-page.manual-section;." +msgstr "" +"Isso pode ser trabalhoso para escrever e assim uma série de entidades gerais foram criadas para " +"tornar esse processo mais fácil. Cada entidade assume o formato " +"&man.manual-page.manual-" +"section;." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5660 +msgid "" +"The file that contains these entities is in doc/share/xml/man-refs." +"ent, and can be referred to using this FPI:" +msgstr "" +"O arquivo que contém essas entidades está em doc/share/xml/man-" +"refs.ent e pode ser referenciado usando este FPI:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:5664 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//ENTITIES DocBook Manual Page Entities//EN\"" +msgstr "PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//ENTITIES DocBook Manual Page Entities//EN\"" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5666 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the introduction to FreeBSD documentation will usually include " +"this:" +msgstr "" +"Portanto, a introdução à documentação do FreeBSD geralmente incluirá isto:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:5669 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook V4.1-Based Extension//EN\" [\n" +"\n" +"<!ENTITY % man PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//ENTITIES DocBook Manual Page Entities//EN\">\n" +"%man;\n" +"\n" +"…\n" +"\n" +"]>" +msgstr "" +"<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook V4.1-Based Extension//EN\" [\n" +"\n" +"<!ENTITY % man PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//ENTITIES DocBook Manual Page Entities//EN\">\n" +"%man;\n" +"\n" +"…\n" +"\n" +"]>" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5678 +msgid "" +"Use command to include a command name in-line but " +"present it as something the user should type." +msgstr "" +"Use command para incluir um nome de comando in-line, mas mostre como algo que o usuário deve digitar." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5682 +msgid "" +"Use option to mark up the options which will be passed to a " +"command." +msgstr "" +"Use option para marcar as opções que serão passadas para um " +"comando." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5685 +msgid "" +"When referring to the same command multiple times in close proximity, it is " +"preferred to use the &man.command." +"section; notation to markup the first " +"reference and use command to markup subsequent references. This " +"makes the generated output, especially HTML, appear " +"visually better." +msgstr "" +"Ao se referir ao mesmo comando várias vezes nas proximidades, é preferível " +"usar a notação &man.command." +"section; para marcação a primeira " +"referência e use command para marcar as referências subsequentes. " +"Isso faz com que a saída gerada, especialmente HTML, " +"apareça visualmente melhor." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:5694 +msgid "Applications, Commands, and Options Example" +msgstr "Exemplo de Aplicações, Comandos e Opções" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:5698 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"paraapplicationSendmailapplication is the most\n" +" widely used Unix mail application.para\n" +"\n" +"paraapplicationSendmailapplication includes the\n" +" citerefentry\n" +" refentrytitlesendmailrefentrytitle\n" +" manvolnum8manvolnum\n" +" citerefentry, &man.mailq.1;, and &man.newaliases.1;\n" +" programs.para\n" +"\n" +"paraOne of the command line parameters to citerefentry\n" +" refentrytitlesendmailrefentrytitle\n" +" manvolnum8manvolnum\n" +" citerefentry, option-bpoption, will display the current\n" +" status of messages in the mail queue. Check this on the command\n" +" line by running commandsendmail -bpcommand.para" +msgstr "" +"paraapplicationSendmailapplication is the most\n" +" widely used Unix mail application.para\n" +"\n" +"paraapplicationSendmailapplication includes the\n" +" citerefentry\n" +" refentrytitlesendmailrefentrytitle\n" +" manvolnum8manvolnum\n" +" citerefentry, &man.mailq.1;, and &man.newaliases.1;\n" +" programs.para\n" +"\n" +"paraOne of the command line parameters to citerefentry\n" +" refentrytitlesendmailrefentrytitle\n" +" manvolnum8manvolnum\n" +" citerefentry, option-bpoption, will display the current\n" +" status of messages in the mail queue. Check this on the command\n" +" line by running commandsendmail -bpcommand.para" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:5717 +msgid "" +"Sendmail is the most widely used Unix mail " +"application." +msgstr "" +" Sendmail é o aplicativo de email Unix mais " +"utilizado." + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:5720 +msgid "" +"Sendmail includes the " +"sendmail 8 , mailq1, and " +"newaliases1 programs." +msgstr "" +"O Sendmail inclui o os programas " +"sendmail8 , mailq1, e o " +"newaliases1." + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:5727 +msgid "" +"One of the command line parameters to " +"sendmail 8 , , will display the current status of " +"messages in the mail queue. Check this on the command line by running " +"sendmail -bp." +msgstr "" +"Um dos parâmetros da linha de comando para o " +"sendmail8 , , exibirá o status atual das mensagens no " +"fila de email. Verifique isso na linha de comando executando " +"sendmail -bp." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: book.translate.xml:5738 +msgid "" +"Notice how the &man.command." +"section; notation is easier to follow." +msgstr "" +"Observe como a notação &man.." +"section; é mais fácil de ser seguida." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:5745 +msgid "Files, Directories, Extensions, Device Names" +msgstr "Arquivos, Diretórios, Extensões, Nomes de Dispositivo" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5747 +msgid "" +"To refer to the name of a file, a directory, a file extension, or a device " +"name, use filename." +msgstr "" +"Para se referir ao nome de um arquivo, um diretório, uma extensão de arquivo " +"ou um nome de dispositivo, use filename." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:5751 +msgid "filename Example" +msgstr "Exemplo filename" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:5755 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"paraThe source for the Handbook in English is found in\n" +" filename/usr/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/filename.\n" +" The main file is called filenamebook.xmlfilename.\n" +" There is also a filenameMakefilefilename and a\n" +" number of files with a filename.entfilename extension.para\n" +"\n" +"parafilenamekbd0filename is the first keyboard detected\n" +" by the system, and appears in\n" +" filename/devfilename.para" +msgstr "" +"para O código fonte do Handbook em inglês é encontrada em\n" +"  filename/usr/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/filename.\n" +"  O arquivo principal é chamado filenamebook.xmlfilename.\n" +"  Há também um filenameMakefilefilename e vários arquivos com a extensão filename.entfilename.para\n" +"\n" +"parafilenamekbd0filename é o primeiro teclado detectado\n" +"  pelo sistema e aparece em\n" +"  filename/devfilename. para" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:5767 +msgid "" +"The source for the Handbook in English is found in /usr/doc/en_US." +"ISO8859-1/books/handbook/. The main file is called book." +"xml. There is also a Makefile and a number " +"of files with a .ent extension." +msgstr "" +"O código fonte do Handbook em inglês é encontrada em /usr/doc/" +"en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/. O arquivo principal é chamado " +"book.xml. Há também um Makefile e " +"vários arquivos com a extensão .ent." + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:5773 +msgid "" +"kbd0 is the first keyboard detected by the system, and " +"appears in /dev." +msgstr "" +"kbd0 é o primeiro teclado detectado pelo sistema e " +"aparece em /dev." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:5780 +msgid "The Name of Ports" +msgstr "Nome dos Ports" + +#. (itstool) path: note/title +#: book.translate.xml:5783 book.translate.xml:5827 book.translate.xml:6059 +msgid "FreeBSD Extension" +msgstr "Extensão FreeBSD" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: book.translate.xml:5785 book.translate.xml:5829 book.translate.xml:6061 +msgid "" +"These elements are part of the FreeBSD extension to DocBook, and do not " +"exist in the original DocBook DTD." +msgstr "" +"Estes elementos fazem parte da extensão do FreeBSD ao DocBook, e não existem " +"no DocBook DTD original." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5790 +msgid "" +"To include the name of a program from the FreeBSD Ports Collection in the " +"document, use the package tag. Since the Ports Collection can be " +"installed in any number of locations, only include the category and the port " +"name; do not include /usr/ports." +msgstr "" +"Para incluir o nome de um programa da Coleção de Ports do FreeBSD no " +"documento, use a tag package. Como a Coleção de Ports pode ser " +"instalada em qualquer local, inclua apenas a categoria e o nome do port; não " +"inclua /usr/ports." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5796 +msgid "" +"By default, package refers to a binary package. To refer to a " +"port that will be built from source, set the role " +"attribute to port." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão, package refere-se a um pacote binário. Para se " +"referir a um port que será compilado a partir do código fonte, configure o " +"atributo role para port." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:5802 +msgid "package Example" +msgstr "Exemplo de package" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:5806 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"paraInstall the packagenet/wiresharkpackage binary\n" +" package to view network traffic.para\n" +"\n" +"parapackage role=\"port\"net/wiresharkpackage can also be\n" +" built and installed from the Ports Collection.para" +msgstr "" +"paraInstale o pacote binário packagenet/wiresharkpackage para\n" +" visualizar o tráfego de rede.para\n" +"\n" +"parapackage role=\"port\"net/wiresharkpackage também pode ser\n" +" compilado e instalado pela Coleção de Ports.para" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:5814 +msgid "" +"Install the net/wireshark binary package to view network " +"traffic." +msgstr "" +"Instale o pacote binário net/wireshark para visualizar o " +"tráfego de rede." + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:5817 +msgid "" +"net/wireshark can also be built and " +"installed from the Ports Collection." +msgstr "" +"O net/wireshark também pode ser\n" +" compilado e instalado pela Coleção de Ports." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:5823 +msgid "" +"Hosts, Domains, IP Addresses, User Names, Group Names, and Other System Items" +msgstr "" +"Hosts, Domínios, Endereços IP, Usuário, Grupo e Outros Itens do Sistema" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5834 +msgid "" +"Information for system items is marked up with " +"systemitem. The class attribute is used to " +"identify the particular type of information shown." +msgstr "" +"Informações para itens do sistema estão marcadas com " +"systemitem. O atributo class é usado para " +"identificar o tipo específico de informação mostrada." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:5841 +msgid "class=\"domainname\"" +msgstr "class=\"domainname\"" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:5844 +msgid "" +"The text is a domain name, such as FreeBSD.org or " +"ngo.org.uk. There is no hostname component." +msgstr "" +"O texto é um nome de domínio, como FreeBSD.org ou " +"ngo.org.uk. Não há nenhum componente de nome de host." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:5852 +msgid "class=\"etheraddress\"" +msgstr "class=\"etheraddress\"" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:5855 +msgid "" +"The text is an Ethernet MAC address, expressed as a " +"series of 2 digit hexadecimal numbers separated by colons." +msgstr "" +"O texto é um endereço Ethernet MAC, expresso como uma " +"série de números hexadecimais de 2 dígitos separados por dois pontos." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:5862 +msgid "class=\"fqdomainname\"" +msgstr "class=\"fqdomainname\"" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:5865 +msgid "" +"The text is a Fully Qualified Domain Name, with both hostname and domain " +"name parts." +msgstr "" +"O texto é um nome de domínio FQDM, com ambos nome de domínio e hostname." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:5871 +msgid "class=\"ipaddress\"" +msgstr "class=\"ipaddress\"" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:5874 +msgid "" +"The text is an IP address, probably expressed as a dotted " +"quad." +msgstr "O texto é um endereço de IP." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:5880 +msgid "class=\"netmask\"" +msgstr "class=\"netmask\"" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:5883 +msgid "" +"The text is a network mask, which might be expressed as a dotted quad, a " +"hexadecimal string, or as a / followed by a number " +"(CIDR notation)." +msgstr "" +"O texto é uma máscara de rede, que pode ser expressa igual a um IP, uma " +"sequência hexadecimal ou como um / seguido por um número " +"(notação CIDR)." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:5891 +msgid "class=\"systemname\"" +msgstr "class=\"systemname\"" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:5894 +msgid "" +"With class=\"systemname\" the marked up information is " +"the simple hostname, such as freefall or " +"wcarchive." +msgstr "" +"Com class=\"systemname\", as informações marcadas são o " +"nome do host simples, como freefall ou " +"wcarchive." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:5902 +msgid "class=\"username\"" +msgstr "class=\"username\"" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:5905 +msgid "The text is a username, like root." +msgstr "O texto é um nome de usuário, como root." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:5911 +msgid "class=\"groupname\"" +msgstr "class=\"groupname\"" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:5914 +msgid "The text is a groupname, like wheel." +msgstr "O texto é um grupo, como wheel." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:5921 +msgid "systemitem and Classes Example" +msgstr "Exemplos systemitem" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:5925 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"paraThe local machine can always be referred to by the\n" +" name systemitem class=\"systemname\"localhostsystemitem, which will have the IP\n" +" address systemitem class=\"ipaddress\"127.0.0.1systemitem.para\n" +"\n" +"paraThe systemitem class=\"domainname\"FreeBSD.orgsystemitem\n" +" domain contains a number of different hosts, including\n" +" systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\"freefall.FreeBSD.orgsystemitem and\n" +" systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\"bento.FreeBSD.orgsystemitem.para\n" +"\n" +"paraWhen adding an acronymIPacronym alias to an\n" +" interface (using commandifconfigcommand)\n" +" emphasisalwaysemphasis use a netmask of\n" +" systemitem class=\"netmask\"255.255.255.255systemitem (which can\n" +" also be expressed as\n" +" systemitem class=\"netmask\"0xffffffffsystemitem).para\n" +"\n" +"paraThe acronymMACacronym address uniquely identifies\n" +" every network card in existence. A typical\n" +" acronymMACacronym address looks like\n" +" systemitem class=\"etheraddress\"08:00:20:87:ef:d0systemitem.para\n" +"\n" +"paraTo carry out most system administration functions\n" +" requires logging in as systemitem class=\"username\"rootsystemitem.para" +msgstr "" +"paraThe local machine can always be referred to by the\n" +" name systemitem class=\"systemname\"localhostsystemitem, which will have the IP\n" +" address systemitem class=\"ipaddress\"127.0.0.1systemitem.para\n" +"\n" +"paraThe systemitem class=\"domainname\"FreeBSD.orgsystemitem\n" +" domain contains a number of different hosts, including\n" +" systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\"freefall.FreeBSD.orgsystemitem and\n" +" systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\"bento.FreeBSD.orgsystemitem.para\n" +"\n" +"paraWhen adding an acronymIPacronym alias to an\n" +" interface (using commandifconfigcommand)\n" +" emphasisalwaysemphasis use a netmask of\n" +" systemitem class=\"netmask\"255.255.255.255systemitem (which can\n" +" also be expressed as\n" +" systemitem class=\"netmask\"0xffffffffsystemitem).para\n" +"\n" +"paraThe acronymMACacronym address uniquely identifies\n" +" every network card in existence. A typical\n" +" acronymMACacronym address looks like\n" +" systemitem class=\"etheraddress\"08:00:20:87:ef:d0systemitem.para\n" +"\n" +"paraTo carry out most system administration functions\n" +" requires logging in as systemitem class=\"username\"rootsystemitem.para" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:5951 +msgid "" +"The local machine can always be referred to by the name " +"localhost, which will have the IP address " +"127.0.0.1." +msgstr "" +"A máquina local sempre pode ser referenciada pelo nome " +"localhost, que terá o endereço IP 127.0.0.1." + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:5956 +msgid "" +"The FreeBSD.org domain " +"contains a number of different hosts, including freefall.FreeBSD.org and bento.FreeBSD.org." +msgstr "" +"O domínio FreeBSD.org contém " +"vários hosts diferentes, incluindo freefall.FreeBSD.org e bento.FreeBSD.org." + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:5962 +msgid "" +"When adding an IP alias to an interface (using " +"ifconfig) always use a netmask of " +"255.255.255.255 (which can also " +"be expressed as 0xffffffff)." +msgstr "" +"Ao adicionar um alias de IP a uma interface (usando " +"ifconfig) sempre use uma máscara de " +"rede de 255.255.255.255 (que " +"também pode ser expressa como 0xffffffff)." + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:5969 +msgid "" +"The MAC address uniquely identifies every network card in " +"existence. A typical MAC address looks like 08:00:20:87:ef:d0." +msgstr "" +"O endereço MAC identifica exclusivamente todas as placas " +"de rede existentes. Um endereço MAC típico se parece com " +"08:00:20:87:ef:d0." + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:5973 +msgid "" +"To carry out most system administration functions requires logging in as " +"root." +msgstr "" +"Para executar a maioria das funções de administração do sistema, é " +"necessário efetuar login como root." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:5980 +msgid "Uniform Resource Identifiers (URIs)" +msgstr "Identificadores Uniformes de Recursos (URIs)" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:5983 +msgid "" +"Occasionally it is useful to show a Uniform Resource Identifier " +"(URI) without making it an active hyperlink. The " +"uri element makes this possible:" +msgstr "" +"Ocasionalmente, é útil mostrar um Identificador de Recurso Uniforme " +"(URI) sem torná-lo um hiperlink ativo. O elemento " +"uri torna isso possível:" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:5989 +msgid "uri Example" +msgstr "Exemplo uri" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:5993 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"paraThis URL shows only as text:\n" +" urihttps://www.FreeBSD.orguri. It does not\n" +" create a link.para" +msgstr "" +"paraEsta URL é mostrada apenas como texto:\n" +" urihttps://www.FreeBSD.orguri. Não é criado um link.para" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:5999 +msgid "" +"This URL shows only as text: https://www.FreeBSD." +"org. It does not create a link." +msgstr "" +"Esta URL é mostrada apenas como texto: https://www." +"FreeBSD.org. Não é criado um link." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6004 +msgid "To create links, see ." +msgstr "Para criar links, consulte ." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:6009 +msgid "Email Addresses" +msgstr "Endereços de Email" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6011 +msgid "" +"Email addresses are marked up as email elements. In the " +"HTML output format, the wrapped text becomes a hyperlink " +"to the email address. Other output formats that support hyperlinks may also " +"make the email address into a link." +msgstr "" +"Os endereços de email são marcados como elementos email. No " +"formato de saída HTML, o texto marcado se torna um " +"hiperlink para o endereço de email. Outros formatos de saída que suportam " +"hiperlinks também podem tornar o endereço de email em um link." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:6018 +msgid "email with a Hyperlink Example" +msgstr "Exemplo de Hiperlink com email" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:6022 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"paraAn email address that does not actually exist, like\n" +" emailnotreal@example.comemail, can be used as an\n" +" example.para" +msgstr "" +"para Um endereço de email que não existe, como\n" +"  emailnotreal@example.comemail, pode ser usado como um\n" +"  exemplo para" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:6028 +msgid "" +"An email address that does not actually exist, like notreal@example." +"com, can be used as an example." +msgstr "" +"Um endereço de email que não existe, como notreal@example.com, pode ser usado como exemplo." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6033 +msgid "" +"A FreeBSD-specific extension allows setting the role " +"attribute to nolink to prevent the creation of the " +"hyperlink to the email address." +msgstr "" +"Uma extensão específica do FreeBSD permite configurar o atributo " +"role para nolink para evitar a criação " +"do hiperlink para o endereço de email." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:6039 +msgid "email Without a Hyperlink Example" +msgstr "Exemplo de email Sem Hiperlink" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:6043 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"paraSometimes a link to an email address like\n" +" email role=\"nolink\"notreal@example.comemail is not\n" +" desired.para" +msgstr "" +"para Às vezes, o link para um endereço de email como\n" +"  email role=\"nolink\"notreal@example.comemail não é\n" +"  desejado.para" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:6049 +msgid "" +"Sometimes a link to an email address like notreal@example.com is not desired." +msgstr "" +"Às vezes, o link para um endereço de email como notreal@example.com não é desejado." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:6056 +msgid "Describing Makefiles" +msgstr "Descrevendo Makefiles" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6066 +msgid "" +"Two elements exist to describe parts of Makefiles, " +"buildtarget and varname." +msgstr "" +"Existem dois elementos para descrever partes de Makefiles, buildtarget e varname." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6070 +msgid "" +"buildtarget identifies a build target exported by a " +"Makefile that can be given as a parameter to " +"make. varname identifies a variable that can " +"be set (in the environment, on the command line with make, or within the Makefile) to influence the " +"process." +msgstr "" +"buildtarget identifica um destino de compilação exportado por um " +"Makefile que pode ser fornecido como um parâmetro para " +"o make. varname identifica uma variável que " +"pode ser definida (no ambiente, na linha de comando com o make, ou dentro do Makefile) para influenciar o " +"processo." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:6080 +msgid "buildtarget and varname Example" +msgstr "Exemplo de buildtarget e varname" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:6085 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"paraTwo common targets in a filenameMakefilefilename\n" +" are buildtargetallbuildtarget and\n" +" buildtargetcleanbuildtarget.para\n" +"\n" +"paraTypically, invoking buildtargetallbuildtarget will\n" +" rebuild the application, and invoking\n" +" buildtargetcleanbuildtarget will remove the temporary\n" +" files (filename.ofilename for example) created by the\n" +" build process.para\n" +"\n" +"parabuildtargetcleanbuildtarget may be controlled by a\n" +" number of variables, including varnameCLOBBERvarname\n" +" and varnameRECURSEvarname.para" +msgstr "" +"paraTwo common targets in a filenameMakefilefilename\n" +" are buildtargetallbuildtarget and\n" +" buildtargetcleanbuildtarget.para\n" +"\n" +"paraTypically, invoking buildtargetallbuildtarget will\n" +" rebuild the application, and invoking\n" +" buildtargetcleanbuildtarget will remove the temporary\n" +" files (filename.ofilename for example) created by the\n" +" build process.para\n" +"\n" +"parabuildtargetcleanbuildtarget may be controlled by a\n" +" number of variables, including varnameCLOBBERvarname\n" +" and varnameRECURSEvarname.para" + +#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget +#: book.translate.xml:6102 book.translate.xml:6105 +msgid "all" +msgstr "all" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:6101 +msgid "" +"Two common targets in a Makefile are <_:buildtarget-1/> " +"and <_:buildtarget-2/>." +msgstr "" +"Dois alvos comuns em um Makefile são <_:buildtarget-1/> " +"e <_:buildtarget-2/>." + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:6105 +msgid "" +"Typically, invoking <_:buildtarget-1/> will rebuild the application, and " +"invoking <_:buildtarget-2/> will remove the temporary files (.o for example) created by the build process." +msgstr "" +"Normalmente, invocar <_:buildtarget-1/> irá reconstruir o aplicativo, e " +"invocar <_:buildtarget-2/> removerá os arquivos temporários (.o por exemplo) criados pelo processo de compilação." + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:6111 +msgid "" +"<_:buildtarget-1/> may be controlled by a number of variables, including " +"CLOBBER and RECURSE." +msgstr "" +"<_:buildtarget-1/> pode ser controlado por várias de variáveis, incluindo " +"CLOBBER e RECURSE." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:6118 +msgid "Literal Text" +msgstr "Texto Literal" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6120 +msgid "" +"Literal text, or text which should be entered verbatim, is often needed in " +"documentation. This is text that is excerpted from another file, or which " +"should be copied exactly as shown from the documentation into another file." +msgstr "" +"O texto literal, ou texto que deve ser inserido na íntegra, é frequentemente " +"necessário na documentação. Este é um texto extraído de outro arquivo ou que " +"deve ser copiado exatamente como mostrado na documentação em um outro " +"arquivo." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6125 +msgid "" +"Some of the time, programlisting will be sufficient to denote " +"this text. But programlisting is not always appropriate, " +"particularly when you want to include a portion of a file in-line with the rest of the paragraph." +msgstr "" +"Na maioria das vezes, programlisting será suficiente para denotar " +"este texto. Mas programlisting nem sempre é apropriado, " +"particularmente quando você quer incluir uma parte de um arquivo in-" +"line com o resto do parágrafo." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6132 +msgid "On these occasions, use literal." +msgstr "Nestes casos, use literal." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:6136 +msgid "literal Example" +msgstr "Exemplo literal" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:6140 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"paraThe literalmaxusers 10literal line in the kernel\n" +" configuration file determines the size of many system tables, and is\n" +" a rough guide to how many simultaneous logins the system will\n" +" support.para" +msgstr "" +"paraThe literalmaxusers 10literal line in the kernel\n" +" configuration file determines the size of many system tables, and is\n" +" a rough guide to how many simultaneous logins the system will\n" +" support.para" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:6147 +msgid "" +"The maxusers 10 line in the kernel configuration file " +"determines the size of many system tables, and is a rough guide to how many " +"simultaneous logins the system will support." +msgstr "" +"A linha maxusers 10 no arquivo de configuração do kernel " +"determina o tamanho de muitas tabelas do sistema e é um guia aproximado de " +"quantos logins simultâneos o sistema suportará." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:6155 +msgid "Showing Items That the User Must Fill In" +msgstr "Mostrando Itens que o Usuário Deve Preencher" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6158 +msgid "" +"There will often be times when the user is shown what to do, or referred to " +"a file or command line, but cannot simply copy the example provided. " +"Instead, they must supply some information themselves." +msgstr "" +"Haverá diversos momentos em que o usuário irá ver o que fazer, ou será " +"referenciado a um arquivo ou linha de comando, mas não poderá simplesmente " +"copiar o exemplo fornecido. Em vez disso, eles precisam fornecer algumas " +"informações." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6163 +msgid "" +"replaceable is designed for this eventuality. Use it " +"inside other elements to indicate parts of that " +"element's content that the user must replace." +msgstr "" +"replaceable é projetado para essa eventualidade. Use isso " +"dentro de outros elementos para indicar partes do " +"conteúdo desse elemento que o usuário deve substituir." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:6169 +msgid "replaceable Example" +msgstr "Exemplo de replaceable" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:6173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "screen&prompt.user; userinputman replaceablecommandreplaceableuserinputscreen" +msgstr "screen&prompt.user; userinputman replaceablecommandreplaceableuserinputscreen" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/screen +#: book.translate.xml:6178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% man command" +msgstr "% man command" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:6181 +msgid "" +"replaceable can be used in many different elements, including " +"literal. This example also shows that replaceable " +"should only be wrapped around the content that the user is meant to provide. The other content should be left alone." +msgstr "" +"replaceable pode ser usado em diversos elementos, incluindo " +"literal. Este exemplo também mostra que o replaceable " +"deve estar apenas em torno do conteúdo que o usuário está destinado a fornecer. O outro conteúdo deve ser deixado de lado." + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:6190 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"paraThe literalmaxusers replaceablenreplaceableliteral\n" +" line in the kernel configuration file determines the size of many system\n" +" tables, and is a rough guide to how many simultaneous logins the system will\n" +" support.para\n" +"\n" +"paraFor a desktop workstation, literal32literal is a good value\n" +" for replaceablenreplaceable.para" +msgstr "" +"paraThe literalmaxusers replaceablenreplaceableliteral\n" +" line in the kernel configuration file determines the size of many system\n" +" tables, and is a rough guide to how many simultaneous logins the system will\n" +" support.para\n" +"\n" +"paraFor a desktop workstation, literal32literal is a good value\n" +" for replaceablenreplaceable.para" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:6200 +msgid "" +"The maxusers n line in the " +"kernel configuration file determines the size of many system tables, and is " +"a rough guide to how many simultaneous logins the system will support." +msgstr "" +"A linha maxusers n no arquivo " +"de configuração do kernel determina o tamanho de muitas tabelas do sistema e " +"é um guia aproximado de quantos logins simultâneos o sistema suportará." + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:6206 +msgid "" +"For a desktop workstation, 32 is a good value for " +"n." +msgstr "" +"Para uma estação de trabalho, 32 é um bom valor para " +"n." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:6212 +msgid "Showing GUI Buttons" +msgstr "Mostrando Botões GUI" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6214 +msgid "" +"Buttons presented by a graphical user interface are marked with " +"guibutton. To make the text look more like a graphical button, " +"brackets and non-breaking spaces are added surrounding the text." +msgstr "" +"Os botões apresentados por uma interface gráfica do usuário são marcados com " +"guibutton. Para tornar o texto mais parecido com um botão " +"gráfico, colchetes e espaços não separáveis ​​são adicionados em volta do " +"texto." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:6220 +msgid "guibutton Example" +msgstr "Exemplo guibutton" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:6224 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"paraEdit the file, then click\n" +" guibutton[&nbsp;Save&nbsp;]guibutton to save the\n" +" changes.para" +msgstr "" +"paraEdit the file, then click\n" +" guibutton[&nbsp;Save&nbsp;]guibutton to save the\n" +" changes.para" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:6230 +msgid "" +"Edit the file, then click [ Save ] to save the " +"changes." +msgstr "" +"Edite o arquivo e clique em [Salvar] para salvar as " +"alterações." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:6237 +msgid "Quoting System Errors" +msgstr "Citações de Erros do Sistema" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6239 +msgid "" +"System errors generated by FreeBSD are marked with errorname. " +"This indicates the exact error that appears." +msgstr "" +"Erros de sistema gerados pelo FreeBSD são marcados com errorname. " +"Isso indica o erro exato que aparece." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:6244 +msgid "errorname Example" +msgstr "Exemplo errorname" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:6248 +#, no-wrap +msgid "screenerrornamePanic: cannot mount rooterrornamescreen" +msgstr "screenerrornamePanic: cannot mount rooterrornamescreen" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/screen +#: book.translate.xml:6253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Panic: cannot mount root" +msgstr "Panic: cannot mount root" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:6260 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "Imagens" + +#. (itstool) path: important/para +#: book.translate.xml:6263 +msgid "" +"Image support in the documentation is somewhat experimental. The mechanisms " +"described here are unlikely to change, but that is not guaranteed." +msgstr "" +"O suporte de imagem na documentação é um pouco experimental. Os mecanismos " +"descritos aqui provavelmente não mudarão, mas isso não é garantido." + +#. (itstool) path: important/para +#: book.translate.xml:6267 +msgid "" +"To provide conversion between different image formats, the graphics/" +"ImageMagick port must be installed. This port is not included in " +"the textproc/docproj meta port, and must be installed " +"separately." +msgstr "" +"Para fornecer conversão entre diferentes formatos de imagem, o port " +"graphics/ImageMagick deve estar instalado. Esse port não " +"está incluído no meta port textproc/docproj e deve ser " +"instalado separadamente." + +#. (itstool) path: important/para +#: book.translate.xml:6273 +msgid "" +"A good example of the use of images is the doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/" +"articles/vm-design/ document. Examine the files in that directory " +"to see how these elements are used together. Build different output formats " +"to see how the format determines what images are shown in the rendered " +"document." +msgstr "" +"Um bom exemplo do uso de imagens é o documento graphics/" +"ImageMagick. Examine os arquivos nesse diretório para ver como " +"esses elementos são usados ​​juntos. Crie formatos de saída diferentes para " +"ver como o formato determina quais imagens são mostradas no documento " +"renderizado." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:6282 +msgid "Image Formats" +msgstr "Formatos de Imagem" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6284 +msgid "" +"The following image formats are currently supported. An image file will " +"automatically be converted to bitmap or vector image depending on the output " +"document format." +msgstr "" +"Os seguintes formatos de imagem são suportados atualmente. Um arquivo de " +"imagem será automaticamente convertido em bitmap ou imagem vetorial, " +"dependendo do formato do documento de saída." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6288 +msgid "" +"These are the only formats in which images should be " +"committed to the documentation repository." +msgstr "" +"Estes são os formatos somente nos quais as imagens " +"devem ser enviadas para o repositório de documentação." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:6294 +msgid "EPS (Encapsulated Postscript)" +msgstr "EPS (Encapsulated Postscript)" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:6298 +msgid "" +"Images that are primarily vector based, such as network diagrams, time " +"lines, and similar, should be in this format. These images have a ." +"eps extension." +msgstr "" +"Imagens com base principalmente em vetores, como diagramas de rede, linhas " +"de tempo e similares, devem estar nesse formato. Estas imagens têm uma " +"extensão .eps." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:6306 +msgid "PNG (Portable Network Graphic)" +msgstr "PNG (Portable Network Graphic)" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:6310 +msgid "" +"For bitmaps, such as screen captures, use this format. These images have the " +".png extension." +msgstr "" +"Para bitmaps, como capturas de tela, use este formato. Essas imagens têm a " +"extensão .png." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:6317 +msgid "PIC (PIC graphics language)" +msgstr "PIC (PIC graphics language)" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:6320 +msgid "" +"PIC is a language for drawing simple vector-based figures " +"used in the pic1 utility. These images have the .pic extension." +msgstr "" +"PIC é uma linguagem para desenhar figuras baseadas em " +"vetor simples usadas no utilitário pic 1. Essas imagens têm a " +"extensão .pic." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:6328 +msgid "SCR (SCReen capture)" +msgstr "SCR (SCReen capture)" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:6331 +msgid "" +"This format is specific to screenshots of console output. The following " +"command generates an SCR file shot.scr from video " +"buffer of /dev/ttyv0:" +msgstr "" +"Este formato é específico para capturas de tela da saída do console. O " +"seguinte comando gera um arquivo SCR shot.scr do buffer " +"de vídeo /dev/ttyv0:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen +#: book.translate.xml:6336 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# vidcontrol -p < /dev/ttyv0 > shot.scr" +msgstr "# vidcontrol -p < /dev/ttyv0 > shot.scr" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:6338 +msgid "" +"This is preferable to PNG format for screenshots because " +"the SCR file contains plain text of the command lines so " +"that it can be converted to a PNG image or a plain text " +"depending on the output document format." +msgstr "" +"É preferível o formato PNG para capturas de tela porque o " +"arquivo SCR contém texto sem formatação das linhas de " +"comando para que possa ser convertido em uma imagem PNG " +"ou um texto simples, dependendo do formato do documento de saída." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6348 +msgid "" +"Use the appropriate format for each image. Documentation will often have a " +"mix of EPS and PNG images. The " +"Makefiles ensure that the correct format image is " +"chosen depending on the output format used. Do not commit the same " +"image to the repository in two different formats." +msgstr "" +"Use o formato apropriado para cada imagem. A documentação geralmente tem uma " +"mistura de imagens EPS e PNG. O " +"Makefile assegura que a imagem de formato correta seja " +"escolhida dependendo do formato de saída usado. Não envie a mesma " +"imagem ao repositório em dois formatos diferentes." + +#. (itstool) path: important/para +#: book.translate.xml:6357 +msgid "" +"The Documentation Project may eventually switch to using the SVG (Scalable Vector Graphic) format for vector images. However, the " +"current state of SVG capable editing tools makes this " +"impractical." +msgstr "" +"O Projeto de Documentação pode eventualmente mudar para o formato " +"SVG (Scalable Vector Graphic) para imagens vetoriais. No " +"entanto, o estado atual das ferramentas de edição compatíveis com " +"SVG torna isso inviável." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:6366 +msgid "Image File Locations" +msgstr "Localizações das Imagens" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6368 +msgid "" +"Image files can be stored in one of several locations, depending on the " +"document and image:" +msgstr "" +"As imagens podem ser armazenados em um dos diversos locais abaixo, " +"dependendo do documento e da imagem:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:6373 +msgid "" +"In the same directory as the document itself, usually done for articles and " +"small books that keep all their files in a single directory." +msgstr "" +"No mesmo diretório do documento em si, geralmente feito para artigos e " +"pequenos livros que mantêm todos os arquivos em um único diretório." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:6379 +msgid "" +"In a subdirectory of the main document. Typically done when a large book " +"uses separate subdirectories to organize individual chapters." +msgstr "" +"Em um subdiretório do documento principal. Geralmente feito quando um livro " +"grande usa subdiretórios separados para organizar capítulos individuais." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:6383 +msgid "" +"When images are stored in a subdirectory of the main document directory, the " +"subdirectory name must be included in their paths in the Makefile and the imagedata element." +msgstr "" +"Quando as imagens são armazenadas em um subdiretório do diretório do " +"documento principal, o nome do subdiretório deve ser incluído em seus " +"caminhos no Makefile e no elemento imagedata." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:6391 +msgid "" +"In a subdirectory of doc/share/images named after the " +"document. For example, images for the Handbook are stored in doc/" +"share/images/books/handbook. Images that work for multiple " +"translations are stored in this upper level of the documentation file tree. " +"Generally, these are images that can be used unchanged in non-English " +"translations of the document." +msgstr "" +"Em um subdiretório de doc/share/images nomeado após o " +"documento. Por exemplo, as imagens do Handbook estão armazenadas em " +"doc/share/images/books/handbook. Imagens que funcionam " +"para várias traduções são armazenadas neste nível superior da árvore de " +"arquivos da documentação. Geralmente, estas são imagens que podem ser usadas " +"inalteradas em traduções não inglesas do documento." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:6404 +msgid "Image Markup" +msgstr "Marcação em Imagem" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6406 +msgid "" +"Images are included as part of a mediaobject. The " +"mediaobject can contain other, more specific objects. We are " +"concerned with two, the imageobject and the textobject." +msgstr "" +"As imagens são incluídas como parte de um mediaobject. O " +"mediaobject pode conter outros objetos mais específicos. Estamos " +"preocupados com dois, o imageobject e o textobject." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6411 +msgid "" +"Include one imageobject, and two textobject elements. " +"The imageobject will point to the name of the image file without " +"the extension. The textobject elements contain information that " +"will be presented to the user as well as, or instead of, the image itself." +msgstr "" +"Inclua um imageobject e dois elementos textobject. O " +"imageobject apontará para o nome do arquivo de imagem sem a " +"extensão. Os elementos textobject contêm informações que serão " +"apresentadas ao usuário, bem como, ou em vez da própria imagem." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6418 +msgid "" +"Text elements are shown to the reader in several situations. When the " +"document is viewed in HTML, text elements are shown while " +"the image is loading, or if the mouse pointer is hovered over the image, or " +"if a text-only browser is being used. In formats like plain text where " +"graphics are not possible, the text elements are shown instead of the " +"graphical ones." +msgstr "" +"Elementos de texto são mostrados ao leitor em várias situações. Quando o " +"documento é exibido em HTML, elementos de texto são " +"mostrados enquanto a imagem está sendo carregada ou se o ponteiro do mouse " +"estiver sobre a imagem ou se um navegador somente texto estiver sendo usado. " +"Em formatos como texto simples, onde os gráficos não são possíveis, os " +"elementos de texto são mostrados em vez dos gráficos." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6426 +msgid "" +"This example shows how to include an image called fig1.png in a document. The image is a rectangle with an A inside it:" +msgstr "" +"Este exemplo mostra como incluir uma imagem chamada fig1.png em um documento. A imagem é um retângulo com um A dentro dela:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:6430 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"mediaobject\n" +" imageobject\n" +" imagedata fileref=\"fig1\" \n" +" imageobject\n" +"\n" +" textobject\n" +" literallayout class=\"monospaced\"+---------------+ \n" +"| A |\n" +"+---------------+literallayout\n" +" textobject\n" +"\n" +" textobject\n" +" phraseA picturephrase \n" +" textobject\n" +"mediaobject" +msgstr "" +"mediaobject\n" +" imageobject\n" +" imagedata fileref=\"fig1\" \n" +" imageobject\n" +"\n" +" textobject\n" +" literallayout class=\"monospaced\"+---------------+ \n" +"| A |\n" +"+---------------+literallayout\n" +" textobject\n" +"\n" +" textobject\n" +" phraseA picturephrase \n" +" textobject\n" +"mediaobject" + +#. (itstool) path: callout/para +#: book.translate.xml:6448 +msgid "" +"Include an imagedata element inside the imageobject " +"element. The fileref attribute should contain the " +"filename of the image to include, without the extension. The stylesheets " +"will work out which extension should be added to the filename automatically." +msgstr "" +"Inclua um elemento imagedata dentro do elemento imageobject. O atributo fileref deve conter o nome do arquivo da " +"imagem a ser incluída, sem a extensão. As folhas de estilo irão descobrir " +"qual extensão deve ser adicionada ao nome do arquivo automaticamente." + +#. (itstool) path: callout/para +#: book.translate.xml:6458 +msgid "" +"The first textobject contains a literallayout element, " +"where the class attribute is set to monospaced. This is an opportunity to demonstrate ASCII art " +"skills. This content will be used if the document is converted to plain text." +msgstr "" +"O primeiro textobject contém um elemento literallayout, onde o atributo class é definido como " +"monospaced. Esta é uma oportunidade para demonstrar " +"habilidades artísticas em ASCII. Este conteúdo será usado " +"se o documento for convertido em texto simples." + +#. (itstool) path: callout/para +#: book.translate.xml:6466 +msgid "" +"Notice how the first and last lines of the content of the " +"literallayout element butt up next to the element's tags. This " +"ensures no extraneous white space is included." +msgstr "" +"Observe como a primeira e a última linha do conteúdo do elemento " +"literallayout aparecem ao lado das tags do elemento. Isso garante " +"que nenhum espaço em branco seja incluído." + +#. (itstool) path: callout/para +#: book.translate.xml:6473 +msgid "" +"The second textobject contains a single phrase " +"element. The contents of this phrase will become the alt " +"attribute for the image when this document is converted to HTML." +msgstr "" +"O segundo textobject contém um único elemento phrase. " +"O conteúdo desta frase se tornará o atributo alt para a " +"imagem quando este documento for convertido para HTML." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:6483 +msgid "Image Makefile Entries" +msgstr "Entradas de Imagem no Makefile" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6485 +msgid "" +"Images must be listed in the Makefile in the " +"IMAGES variable. This variable must contain the names of " +"all the source images. For example, if there are three " +"figures, fig1.eps, fig2.png, " +"fig3.png, then the Makefile should " +"have lines like this in it." +msgstr "" +"As imagens devem estar listadas no Makefile na variável " +"IMAGES. Esta variável deve conter os nomes de todas as " +"imagens source. Por exemplo, se houver três figuras, " +"fig1.eps, fig2.png, fig3." +"png, então o Makefile deve ter linhas como " +"esta." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:6494 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"…\n" +"IMAGES= fig1.eps fig2.png fig3.png\n" +"…" +msgstr "" +"…\n" +"IMAGES= fig1.eps fig2.png fig3.png\n" +"…" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#. (itstool) path: question/para +#: book.translate.xml:6498 book.translate.xml:7088 +msgid "or" +msgstr "ou" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:6500 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"…\n" +"IMAGES= fig1.eps\n" +"IMAGES+= fig2.png\n" +"IMAGES+= fig3.png\n" +"…" +msgstr "" +"…\n" +"IMAGES= fig1.eps\n" +"IMAGES+= fig2.png\n" +"IMAGES+= fig3.png\n" +"…" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6506 +msgid "" +"Again, the Makefile will work out the complete list of " +"images it needs to build the source document, you only need to list the " +"image files you provided." +msgstr "" +"Novamente, o Makefile irá elaborar a lista completa de " +"imagens necessárias para compilar o documento, você só precisa listar os " +"arquivos de imagem que você forneceu." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:6513 +msgid "Images and Chapters in Subdirectories" +msgstr "Imagens e Capítulos em Subdiretórios" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6515 +msgid "" +"Be careful when separating documentation into smaller files in different " +"directories (see )." +msgstr "" +"Tenha cuidado ao separar a documentação em arquivos menores em diretórios " +"diferentes (consulte )." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6518 +msgid "" +"Suppose there is a book with three chapters, and the chapters are stored in " +"their own directories, called chapter1/chapter.xml, " +"chapter2/chapter.xml, and chapter3/chapter." +"xml. If each chapter has images associated with it, place those " +"images in each chapter's subdirectory (chapter1/, " +"chapter2/, and chapter3/)." +msgstr "" +"Imagine que haja um livro com três capítulos e os capítulos sejam " +"armazenados em seus próprios diretórios, chamados chapter1/chapter." +"xml, chapter2/chapter.xml e " +"chapter3/chapter.xml. Se cada capítulo tiver imagens " +"associadas, coloque essas imagens no subdiretório de cada capítulo " +"(chapter1/, chapter2/, e " +"chapter3/)." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6528 +msgid "" +"However, doing this requires including the directory names in the " +"IMAGES variable in the Makefile, " +"and including the directory name in the imagedata element in the document." +msgstr "" +"No entanto, fazer isso requer a inclusão dos nomes de diretório na variável " +"IMAGES no Makefile, e a inclusão do nome do diretório no elemento imagedata " +"no documento." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6534 +msgid "" +"For example, if the book has chapter1/fig1.png, then " +"chapter1/chapter.xml should contain:" +msgstr "" +"Por exemplo, se o livro tiver chapter1/fig1.png, então " +"chapter1/chapter.xml deve conter:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:6539 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"mediaobject\n" +" imageobject\n" +" imagedata fileref=\"chapter1/fig1\" \n" +" imageobject\n" +"\n" +" …\n" +"\n" +"mediaobject" +msgstr "" +"mediaobject\n" +" imageobject\n" +" imagedata fileref=\"chapter1/fig1\" \n" +" imageobject\n" +"\n" +" …\n" +"\n" +"mediaobject" + +#. (itstool) path: callout/para +#: book.translate.xml:6550 +msgid "" +"The directory name must be included in the fileref " +"attribute." +msgstr "" +"O nome do diretório deve ser incluído no atributo fileref." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6555 +msgid "The Makefile must contain:" +msgstr "O Makefile deve conter:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:6557 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"…\n" +"IMAGES= chapter1/fig1.png\n" +"…" +msgstr "" +"…\n" +"IMAGES= chapter1/fig1.png\n" +"…" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: book.translate.xml:6567 +msgid "" +"Links are also in-line elements. To show a URI without " +"creating a link, see ." +msgstr "" +"Links também são elementos in-line. Para mostrar uma URI " +"sem criar um link, consulte ." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:6573 +msgid "xml:id Attributes" +msgstr "Atributos xml:id" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6575 +msgid "" +"Most DocBook elements accept an xml:id attribute to give " +"that part of the document a unique name. The xml:id can " +"be used as a target for a crossreference or link." +msgstr "" +"A maioria dos elementos DocBook aceita um atributo xml:id " +"para dar a essa parte do documento um nome exclusivo. O xml:id pode ser usado como um destino para uma referência cruzada ou link." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6580 +msgid "" +"Any portion of the document that will be a link target must have an " +"xml:id attribute. Assigning an xml:id " +"to all chapters and sections, even if there are no current plans to link to " +"them, is a good idea. These xml:ids can be used as unique " +"reference points by anyone referring to the HTML version " +"of the document." +msgstr "" +"Qualquer parte do documento que será um destino de link deve ter um atributo " +"xml:id. Atribuir um xml:id a todos os " +"capítulos e seções, mesmo que não haja planos atuais para criar link para " +"eles, é uma boa ideia. Esses xml:id s podem ser usados ​​" +"como pontos de referência exclusivos por qualquer pessoa que se refira à " +"versão do documento HTML." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:6589 +msgid "xml:id on Chapters and Sections Example" +msgstr "xml:id em Ccapítulos e sSeções de eExemplo" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:6592 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"chapter xml:id=\"introduction\"\n" +" titleIntroductiontitle\n" +"\n" +" paraThis is the introduction. It contains a subsection,\n" +" which is identified as well.para\n" +"\n" +" sect1 xml:id=\"introduction-moredetails\"\n" +" titleMore Detailstitle\n" +"\n" +" paraThis is a subsection.para\n" +" sect1\n" +"chapter" +msgstr "" +"chapter xml:id=\"introduction\"\n" +" titleIntroductiontitle\n" +"\n" +" paraThis is the introduction. It contains a subsection,\n" +" which is identified as well.para\n" +"\n" +" sect1 xml:id=\"introduction-moredetails\"\n" +" titleMore Detailstitle\n" +"\n" +" paraThis is a subsection.para\n" +" sect1\n" +"chapter" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6606 +msgid "" +"Use descriptive values for xml:id names. The values must " +"be unique within the entire document, not just in a single file. In the " +"example, the subsection xml:id is constructed by " +"appending text to the chapter xml:id. This ensures that " +"the xml:ids are unique. It also helps both reader and " +"anyone editing the document to see where the link is located within the " +"document, similar to a directory path to a file." +msgstr "" +"Use valores descritivos para nomes de xml:id. Os valores " +"devem ser exclusivos em todo o documento, não apenas em um único arquivo. No " +"exemplo, a subseção xml:id é construída anexando o texto " +"ao capítulo xml:id. Isso garante que os xml:id s sejam exclusivos. Ele também ajuda o leitor e qualquer um que " +"editar o documento a ver onde o link está localizado no documento, " +"semelhante a um caminho de diretório para um arquivo." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:6618 +msgid "Crossreferences with xref" +msgstr "Referências Cruzadas com xref" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6620 +msgid "" +"xref provides the reader with a link to jump to another section " +"of the document. The target xml:id is specified in the " +"linkend attribute, and xref generates the link " +"text automatically." +msgstr "" +"xref fornece ao leitor um link para ir para outra seção do " +"documento. O destino xml:id é especificado no atributo " +"linkend e xref gera o texto do link " +"automaticamente." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:6627 +msgid "xref Example" +msgstr "Exemplo xref" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:6629 +msgid "" +"Assume that this fragment appears somewhere in a document that includes the " +"xml:id example shown above:" +msgstr "" +"Imagine que esse fragmento apareça em algum lugar em um documento que inclua " +"o exemplo xml:id mostrado acima:" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:6633 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"paraMore information can be found\n" +" in xref linkend=\"introduction\".para\n" +"\n" +"paraMore specific information can be found\n" +" in xref linkend=\"introduction-moredetails\".para" +msgstr "" +"paraMore information can be found\n" +" in xref linkend=\"introduction\".para\n" +"\n" +"paraMore specific information can be found\n" +" in xref linkend=\"introduction-moredetails\".para" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:6639 +msgid "" +"The link text will be generated automatically, looking like " +"(emphasized text indicates the link text):" +msgstr "" +"O texto do link será gerado automaticamente, parecendo como (O " +"enfatizado indica o texto do link):" + +#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para +#: book.translate.xml:6644 +msgid "" +"More information can be found in Chapter 1, Introduction." +msgstr "" +"Mais informações podem ser encontradas no Capítulo 1, Introdução." + +#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para +#: book.translate.xml:6647 +msgid "" +"More specific information can be found in Section 1.1, More " +"Details." +msgstr "" +"Informações mais específicas podem ser encontradas em Seção 1.1, " +"Mais Detalhes." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6653 +msgid "" +"The link text is generated automatically from the chapter and section number " +"and title elements." +msgstr "" +"O texto do link é gerado automaticamente a partir do capítulo e número da " +"seção e elementos title." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6662 +msgid "" +"The link element described here allows the writer to define the link text. " +"When link text is used, it is very important to be descriptive to give the " +"reader an idea of where the link goes. Remember that DocBook can be rendered " +"to multiple types of media. The reader might be looking at a printed book or " +"other form of media where there are no links. If the link text is not " +"descriptive enough, the reader might not be able to locate the linked " +"section." +msgstr "" +"O elemento link descrito aqui permite que o escritor defina o texto do link. " +"Quando o texto do link é usado, é muito importante ser descritivo para dar " +"ao leitor uma ideia de onde o link vai. Lembre-se que o DocBook pode ser " +"renderizado para vários tipos de mídia. O leitor pode estar olhando para um " +"livro impresso ou outra forma de mídia onde não há links. Se o texto do link " +"não for descritivo o suficiente, talvez o leitor não consiga localizar a " +"seção vinculada." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6671 +msgid "" +"The xlink:href attribute is the URL of " +"the page, and the content of the element is the text that will be displayed " +"for the user to activate." +msgstr "" +"O atributo xlink:href é a URL da " +"página, e o conteúdo do elemento é o texto que será exibido para o usuário " +"ativar." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6676 +msgid "" +"In many situations, it is preferable to show the actual URL rather than text. This can be done by leaving out the element text " +"entirely." +msgstr "" +"Em muitas situações, é preferível mostrar a URL real em " +"vez do texto. Isso pode ser feito deixando de fora o texto do elemento." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:6681 +msgid "link to a FreeBSD Documentation Web Page Example" +msgstr "" +"link para um Exemplo de Página Web de Documentação do FreeBSD" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:6684 +msgid "" +"Link to the book or article URL entity. To link to a " +"specific chapter in a book, add a slash and the chapter file name, followed " +"by an optional anchor within the chapter. For articles, link to the article " +"URL entity, followed by an optional anchor within the " +"article. URL entities can be found in doc/share/" +"xml/urls.ent." +msgstr "" +"Link para uma URL de uma entidade. de livro ou artigo " +"Para criar um link para um capítulo específico de um livro, adicione uma " +"barra e o nome do arquivo do capítulo, seguido por uma âncora opcional " +"dentro do capítulo. Para artigos, crie um link para a entidade URL do artigo, seguida por uma âncora opcional no artigo. As entidades " +"URL podem ser encontradas em doc/share/xml/urls." +"ent." + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:6693 +msgid "Usage for FreeBSD book links:" +msgstr "Uso para links de livros do FreeBSD:" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:6695 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"paraRead the link\n" +" xlink:href=\"&url.books.handbook;/svn.html#svn-intro\"SVN\n" +" introductionlink, then pick the nearest mirror from\n" +" the list of link\n" +" xlink:href=\"&url.books.handbook;/svn.html#svn-mirrors\"Subversion\n" +" mirror siteslink.para" +msgstr "" +"paraRead the link\n" +" xlink:href=\"&url.books.handbook;/svn.html#svn-intro\"SVN\n" +" introductionlink, then pick the nearest mirror from\n" +" the list of link\n" +" xlink:href=\"&url.books.handbook;/svn.html#svn-mirrors\"Subversion\n" +" mirror siteslink.para" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:6704 +msgid "" +"Read the SVN introduction, then pick the nearest " +"mirror from the list of Subversion mirror sites." +msgstr "" +"Leia a Introdução ao SVN, em seguida, escolha " +"o espelho mais próximo do lista de sites espelho do " +"Subversion." + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:6709 +msgid "Usage for FreeBSD article links:" +msgstr "Uso para links de artigos do FreeBSD:" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:6711 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"paraRead this\n" +" link xlink:href=\"&url.articles.bsdl-gpl;\"article\n" +" about the BSD licenselink, or just the\n" +" link xlink:href=\"&url.articles.bsdl-gpl;#intro\"introductionlink.para" +msgstr "" +"paraRead this\n" +" link xlink:href=\"&url.articles.bsdl-gpl;\"article\n" +" about the BSD licenselink, or just the\n" +" link xlink:href=\"&url.articles.bsdl-gpl;#intro\"introductionlink.para" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:6718 +msgid "" +"Read this article about the BSD license, or just the introduction." +msgstr "" +"Leia este artigo sobre a licença BSD, ou apenas a sua introdução." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:6724 +msgid "link to a FreeBSD Web Page Example" +msgstr "link para um Exemplo de Página Web do FreeBSD" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:6728 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"paraOf course, you could stop reading this document and go to the\n" +" link xlink:href=\"&url.base;/index.html\"FreeBSD home pagelink instead.para" +msgstr "" +"paraOf course, you could stop reading this document and go to the\n" +" link xlink:href=\"&url.base;/index.html\"FreeBSD home pagelink instead.para" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:6733 +msgid "" +"Of course, you could stop reading this document and go to the FreeBSD home page instead." +msgstr "" +"Claro, você pode parar de ler este documento e ir para a página inicial do FreeBSD." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:6739 +msgid "link to an External Web Page Example" +msgstr "link para um Exemplo de Página Web Externa" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:6744 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"paraWikipedia has an excellent reference on\n" +" link\n" +" xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\"GUID\n" +" Partition Tableslink.para" +msgstr "" +"paraWikipedia has an excellent reference on\n" +" link\n" +" xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\"GUID\n" +" Partition Tableslink.para" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:6751 +msgid "" +"Wikipedia has an excellent reference on GUID Partition Tables." +msgstr "" +"A Wikipedia tem uma excelente referência em Tabelas de Partição GUID." + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:6754 +msgid "The link text can be omitted to show the actual URL:" +msgstr "O texto do link pode ser omitido para mostrar a URL real:" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:6757 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"paraWikipedia has an excellent reference on\n" +" GUID Partition Tables: link\n" +" xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\"link.para" +msgstr "" +"paraWikipedia has an excellent reference on\n" +" GUID Partition Tables: link\n" +" xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\"link.para" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:6761 +msgid "" +"The same link can be entered using shorter notation instead of a separate " +"ending tag:" +msgstr "" +"O mesmo link pode ser inserido usando notação mais curta em vez de uma tag " +"de finalização separada:" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:6764 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"paraWikipedia has an excellent reference on\n" +" GUID Partition Tables: link\n" +" xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\".para" +msgstr "" +"paraWikipedia has an excellent reference on\n" +" GUID Partition Tables: link\n" +" xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\".para" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:6768 +msgid "The two methods are equivalent. Appearance:" +msgstr "Os dois métodos são equivalentes. Aparência:" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:6770 +msgid "" +"Wikipedia has an excellent reference on GUID Partition Tables: http://en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table." +msgstr "" +"A Wikipedia tem uma excelente referência em Tabelas de Partição GUID: http://en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table ." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: book.translate.xml:6809 +msgid "Style Sheets" +msgstr "Folhas de Estilo" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: book.translate.xml:6811 +msgid "" +"XML is concerned with content, and says nothing about how " +"that content should be presented to the reader or rendered on paper. " +"Multiple style sheet languages have been developed to " +"describe visual layout, including Extensible Stylesheet Language " +"Transformation (XSLT), Document Style Semantics and " +"Specification Language (DSSSL), and Cascading Style " +"Sheets (CSS)." +msgstr "" +"O XML se preocupa com o conteúdo e não diz nada sobre " +"como esse conteúdo deve ser apresentado ao leitor ou renderizado no papel. " +"Múltiplas linguagens de folha de estilo foram " +"desenvolvidas para descrever o layout visual, incluindo a Transformação de " +"Linguagem de Folha de Estilo Extensível (XSLT), Semântica " +"de Estilo de Documento e Linguagem de Especificação (DSSSL ) e Folhas de Estilo em Cascata (CSS)." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: book.translate.xml:6820 +msgid "" +"The FDP documents use XSLT stylesheets " +"to transform DocBook into XHTML, and then CSS formatting is applied to the XHTML pages. " +"Printable output is currently rendered with legacy DSSSL " +"stylesheets, but this will probably change in the future." +msgstr "" +"Os documentos do FDP usam folhas de estilo XSLT para transformar o DocBook em XHTML, e então a " +"formatação CSS é aplicada nas páginas XHTML. A saída imprimível é atualmente renderizada com folhas de estilo " +"legadas do DSSSL, mas isso provavelmente mudará no futuro." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:6829 +msgid "CSS" +msgstr "CSS" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:6831 +msgid "" +"Cascading Style Sheets (CSS) are a mechanism for " +"attaching style information (font, weight, size, color, and so forth) to " +"elements in an XHTML document without abusing " +"XHTML to do so." +msgstr "" +"Folhas de estilos em cascata (CSS) são um mecanismo para " +"anexar informações de estilo (font, weight, size, color e assim por diante) " +"a elementos em um documento XHTML sem abusar de " +"XHTML para o fazer." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:6838 +msgid "The DocBook Documents" +msgstr "Os Documentos DocBook" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:6840 +msgid "" +"The FreeBSD XSLT and DSSSL stylesheets " +"refer to docbook.css, which is expected to be present " +"in the same directory as the XHTML files. The project-" +"wide CSS file is copied from doc/share/misc/" +"docbook.css when documents are converted to XHTML, and is installed automatically." +msgstr "" +"As folhas de estilo XSLT e DSSSL do " +"FreeBSD se referem a docbook.css, que deve estar " +"presente no mesmo diretório que os arquivos XHTML. O " +"arquivo CSS de todo o projeto é copiado de doc/" +"share/misc/docbook.css quando os documentos são convertidos para " +"XHTML e são instalados automaticamente ." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: book.translate.xml:6884 +msgid "Translations" +msgstr "Traduções" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: book.translate.xml:6886 +msgid "" +"This is the FAQ for people translating the FreeBSD documentation (FAQ, " +"Handbook, tutorials, manual pages, and others) to different languages." +msgstr "" +"Este é o FAQ para pessoas que estão traduzindo a documentação do FreeBSD " +"(FAQ, Handbook, tutoriais, páginas de manual e outros) para diferentes " +"idiomas." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: book.translate.xml:6890 +msgid "" +"It is very heavily based on the translation FAQ from " +"the FreeBSD German Documentation Project, originally written by Frank " +"Gründer elwood@mc5sys.in-berlin.de and translated back to " +"English by Bernd Warken bwarken@mayn.de." +msgstr "" +"Ele é fortemente baseado na tradução do FAQ do Projeto " +"de Documentação Alemão do FreeBSD, originalmente escrito por Frank Gründer " +"elwood@mc5sys.in-berlin.de e traduzido de volta para o inglês " +"por Bernd Warken bwarken@mayn.de." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: book.translate.xml:6896 +msgid "" +"The FAQ is maintained by the Documentation Engineering Team " +"doceng@FreeBSD.org." +msgstr "" +"O FAQ é mantido pela Equipe de Engenharia de Documentação " +"doceng@FreeBSD.org." + +#. (itstool) path: question/para +#: book.translate.xml:6901 +msgid "What do i18n and l10n mean?" +msgstr "O que significa i18n e l10n?" + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:6906 +msgid "" +"i18n means internationalization and " +"l10n means localization. They are just a " +"convenient shorthand." +msgstr "" +"i18n significa internacionalização e " +"l10n significa localização. São apenas uma " +"abreviação." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:6911 +msgid "" +"i18n can be read as i followed by 18 " +"letters, followed by n. Similarly, l10n is " +"l followed by 10 letters, followed by n." +msgstr "" +"i18n pode ser lido como i seguido por 18 " +"letras, seguido por n. Da mesma forma, l10n " +"é l seguido por 10 letras, seguido por n." + +#. (itstool) path: question/para +#: book.translate.xml:6920 +msgid "Is there a mailing list for translators?" +msgstr "Existe uma lista de discussão para tradutores?" + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:6924 +msgid "" +"Yes. Different translation groups have their own mailing lists. The list of " +"translation projects has more information about the mailing lists and " +"web sites run by each translation project. In addition there is " +"freebsd-translators@freebsd.org for general translation " +"discussion." +msgstr "" +"Sim. Diferentes grupos de tradução têm suas próprias listas de discussão. A " +"lista " +"dos projetos de tradução possui mais informações sobre as listas de " +"discussão e sites web mantidos por cada projeto de tradução. Além disso, " +"existe a freebsd-translators@freebsd.org para discussão " +"geral de tradução." + +#. (itstool) path: question/para +#: book.translate.xml:6936 +msgid "Are more translators needed?" +msgstr "São necessários mais tradutores?" + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:6940 +msgid "" +"Yes. The more people work on translation the faster it gets done, and the " +"faster changes to the English documentation are mirrored in the translated " +"documents." +msgstr "" +"Sim. Quanto mais pessoas trabalham na tradução, mais rápido ela será " +"finalizada, e mais rapidamente as mudanças na documentação em Inglês serão " +"refletidas nos documentos traduzidos." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:6945 +msgid "You do not have to be a professional translator to be able to help." +msgstr "Você não precisa ser um tradutor profissional para poder ajudar." + +#. (itstool) path: question/para +#: book.translate.xml:6952 +msgid "What languages do I need to know?" +msgstr "Quais idiomas eu preciso saber?" + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:6956 +msgid "" +"Ideally, you will have a good knowledge of written English, and obviously " +"you will need to be fluent in the language you are translating to." +msgstr "" +"Idealmente, você deverá possuir um bom conhecimento de Inglês escrito, e " +"obviamente, precisará ser fluente no idioma para o qual está traduzindo." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:6960 +msgid "" +"English is not strictly necessary. For example, you could do a Hungarian " +"translation of the FAQ from the Spanish translation." +msgstr "" +"Inglês não é estritamente necessário. Por exemplo, você poderia fazer uma " +"tradução Húngara do FAQ da tradução em Espanhol." + +#. (itstool) path: question/para +#: book.translate.xml:6968 +msgid "What software do I need to know?" +msgstr "Quais softwares eu preciso conhecer?" + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:6972 +msgid "" +"It is strongly recommended that you maintain a local copy of the FreeBSD " +"Subversion repository (at least the documentation part). This can be done by " +"running:" +msgstr "" +"É fortemente recomendado que você mantenha uma cópia local do repositório " +"Subversion do FreeBSD (pelo menos a parte da documentação). Isso pode ser " +"feito executando:" + +#. (itstool) path: answer/screen +#: book.translate.xml:6976 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/head/ head" +msgstr "% svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/head/ head" + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:6978 +msgid "" +"svn.FreeBSD.org is a " +"public SVN server. Verify the server certificate from the " +"list of Subversion mirror sites." +msgstr "" +"svn.FreeBSD.org é um " +"servidor público SVN. Verifique o certificado do servidor " +"na lista de Mirrors de Subversion." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: book.translate.xml:6984 +msgid "" +"This will require the devel/subversion package to be " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"Será necessário que o pacote devel/subversion esteja " +"instalado." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:6989 +msgid "" +"You should be comfortable using svn. This will " +"allow you to see what has changed between different versions of the files " +"that make up the documentation." +msgstr "" +"Você deverá ter conhecimentos básicos de svn. Ele " +"permitirá que você veja o que mudou entre as diferentes versões dos arquivos " +"que compõem a documentação." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:6994 +msgid "" +"For example, to view the differences between revisions r33733 and r33734 of en_US.ISO8859-1/books/" +"fdp-primer/book.xml, run:" +msgstr "" +"Por exemplo, para ver as diferenças entre as revisões r33733 e r33734 do en_US.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-" +"primer/book.xml, execute:" + +#. (itstool) path: answer/screen +#: book.translate.xml:6999 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% svn diff -r33733:33734 en_US.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/book.xml" +msgstr "% svn diff -r33733:33734 en_US.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/book.xml" + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7001 +msgid "" +"Please see the complete explanation of using Subversion in FreeBSD in the FreeBSD Handbook." +msgstr "" +"Por favor, veja a explicação completa de como usar o " +"Subversion no FreeBSD no FreeBSD " +"Handbook." + +#. (itstool) path: question/para +#: book.translate.xml:7009 +msgid "How do I find out who else might be translating to the same language?" +msgstr "" +"Como eu faço para descobrir se já existem outras pessoas traduzindo " +"documentos para o meu idioma?" + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7014 +msgid "" +"The Documentation Project translations page lists the translation " +"efforts that are currently known about. If others are already working on " +"translating documentation to your language, please do not duplicate their " +"efforts. Instead, contact them to see how you can help." +msgstr "" +"A página do Projeto de Tradução da Documentação lista os trabalhos " +"de tradução que são conhecidos. Se outras pessoas já estiverem trabalhando " +"na tradução de documentação para o seu idioma, por favor, não duplique os " +"esforços. Em vez disso, entre em contato para saber como você pode ajudar." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7021 +msgid "" +"If no one is listed on that page as translating for your language, then send " +"a message to the FreeBSD documentation project mailing list in " +"case someone else is thinking of doing a translation, but has not announced " +"it yet." +msgstr "" +"Se não existir nenhum projeto de tradução para o seu idioma listado nesta " +"página, envie uma mensagem para lista de discussão do projeto de documentação " +"do FreeBSD para o caso de alguém estar pensando em fazer a tradução, " +"mas ainda não tiver anunciado nada." + +#. (itstool) path: question/para +#: book.translate.xml:7030 +msgid "No one else is translating to my language. What do I do?" +msgstr "Ninguém mais está traduzindo para o meu idioma. O que eu faço?" + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7035 +msgid "" +"Congratulations, you have just started the FreeBSD your-" +"language-here Documentation Translation Project. " +"Welcome aboard." +msgstr "" +"Parabéns, você acabou de iniciar o Projeto de Tradução da " +"Documentação do FreeBSD em seu idioma aqui . Bem vindo a bordo." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7040 +msgid "" +"First, decide whether or not you have got the time to spare. Since you are " +"the only person working on your language at the moment it is going to be " +"your responsibility to publicize your work and coordinate any volunteers " +"that might want to help you." +msgstr "" +"Primeiro, pense se você terá o tempo necessário. Uma vez que você é a única " +"pessoa trabalhando no seu idioma no momento, será sua a responsabilidade de " +"publicar o seu trabalho e coordenar qualquer voluntário que queira ajudá-lo." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7046 +msgid "" +"Write an email to the Documentation Project mailing list, announcing that " +"you are going to translate the documentation, so the Documentation Project " +"translations page can be maintained." +msgstr "" +"Escreva um email para a lista de discussão do Projeto de Documentação, " +"anunciando que você irá traduzir a documentação, assim a página do Projeto " +"de Traduções de Documentação poderá ser atualizada." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7051 +msgid "" +"If there is already someone in your country providing FreeBSD mirroring " +"services you should contact them and ask if you can have some webspace for " +"your project, and possibly an email address or mailing list services." +msgstr "" +"Se já existir alguém em seu país provendo o espelhamento de serviços do " +"FreeBSD, você deve contacta-lo e perguntar se você pode ter algum espaço web " +"para seu projeto, e se possível um endereço de email ou mesmo um serviço de " +"lista de discussão." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7056 +msgid "" +"Then pick a document and start translating. It is best to start with " +"something fairly small—either the FAQ, or one of the tutorials." +msgstr "" +"Então escolha um documento e comece a traduzir. É melhor começar com algo " +"razoavelmente pequeno—como o FAQ ou um dos tutoriais." + +#. (itstool) path: question/para +#: book.translate.xml:7064 +msgid "I have translated some documentation, where do I send it?" +msgstr "Eu já tenho alguns documentos traduzidos, para onde eu devo enviá-los?" + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7069 +msgid "" +"That depends. If you are already working with a translation team (such as " +"the Japanese team, or the German team) then they will have their own " +"procedures for handling submitted documentation, and these will be outlined " +"on their web pages." +msgstr "" +"Isso depende. Se você já está trabalhando com uma equipe de tradução (tal " +"como a equipe japonesa, ou a equipe alemã) então ela terá seus próprios " +"procedimentos para manipular a documentação submetida, e estes serão " +"descritos em seus web sites." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7075 +msgid "" +"If you are the only person working on a particular language (or you are " +"responsible for a translation project and want to submit your changes back " +"to the FreeBSD project) then you should send your translation to the FreeBSD " +"project (see the next question)." +msgstr "" +"Se você for a única pessoa trabalhando em um determinado idioma (ou se você " +"é o responsável pelo projeto de tradução e quer submeter suas mudanças de " +"volta para o projeto FreeBSD) então você deve enviar sua tradução ao Projeto " +"FreBSD (veja pergunta seguinte)." + +#. (itstool) path: question/para +#: book.translate.xml:7085 +msgid "" +"I am the only person working on translating to this language, how do I " +"submit my translation?" +msgstr "" +"Eu sou a única pessoa trabalhando na tradução para este idioma, como faço " +"para enviar minha tradução?" + +#. (itstool) path: question/para +#: book.translate.xml:7090 +msgid "" +"We are a translation team, and want to submit documentation that our members " +"have translated for us." +msgstr "" +"Somos uma equipe de tradução e queremos enviar a documentação que nossos " +"membros traduziram para nós." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7096 +msgid "" +"First, make sure your translation is organized properly. This means that it " +"should drop into the existing documentation tree and build straight away." +msgstr "" +"Primeiro, verifique se sua tradução está organizada corretamente. Isso " +"significa que ele deve cair na árvore de documentação existente e ser " +"compilada de maneira correta." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7100 +msgid "" +"Currently, the FreeBSD documentation is stored in a top level directory " +"called head/. Directories below this are named " +"according to the language code they are written in, as defined in ISO639 " +"(/usr/share/misc/iso639 on a version of FreeBSD newer " +"than 20th January 1999)." +msgstr "" +"Atualmente a documentação do FreeBSD é armazenada em um diretório de nível " +"superior chamado head/. Os diretórios abaixo desse são " +"nomeados de acordo com o código do idioma em que estão escritos, conforme " +"definido na ISO639 (/usr/share/misc/iso639 em uma " +"versão do FreeBSD mais recente que 20 de janeiro de 1999)." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7107 +msgid "" +"If your language can be encoded in different ways (for example, Chinese) " +"then there should be directories below this, one for each encoding format " +"you have provided." +msgstr "" +"Se o seu idioma puder ser codificado de maneiras diferentes (por exemplo, " +"Chinês), deve haver diretórios abaixo desse, um para cada formato de " +"codificação fornecido." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7111 +msgid "Finally, you should have directories for each document." +msgstr "Finalmente, você deve ter diretórios para cada documento." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7114 +msgid "For example, a hypothetical Swedish translation might look like:" +msgstr "Por exemplo, em uma hipotética tradução Sueca ficaria assim:" + +#. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:7117 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"head/\n" +" sv_SE.ISO8859-1/\n" +" Makefile\n" +" htdocs/\n" +" docproj/\n" +" books/\n" +" faq/\n" +" Makefile\n" +" book.xml" +msgstr "" +"head/\n" +" sv_SE.ISO8859-1/\n" +" Makefile\n" +" htdocs/\n" +" docproj/\n" +" books/\n" +" faq/\n" +" Makefile\n" +" book.xml" + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7127 +msgid "" +"sv_SE.ISO8859-1 is the name of the translation, in " +"lang.encoding form. Note the two Makefiles, which will be used to " +"build the documentation." +msgstr "" +"sv_SE.ISO8859-1 é o nome da tradução, no formato " +" lang.encoding . Repare nos dois Makefiles, que serão usados ​​para " +"compilar a documentação." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7133 +msgid "" +"Use tar1 and gzip1 to compress up your " +"documentation, and send it to the project." +msgstr "" +"Usetar1 e gzip1 para compactar sua " +"documentação e enviá-lo para o projeto." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/screen +#: book.translate.xml:7136 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% cd doc\n" +"% tar cf swedish-docs.tar sv_SE.ISO8859-1\n" +"% gzip -9 swedish-docs.tar" +msgstr "" +"% cd doc\n" +"% tar cf swedish-docs.tar sv_SE.ISO8859-1\n" +"% gzip -9 swedish-docs.tar" + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7140 +msgid "" +"Put swedish-docs.tar.gz somewhere. If you do not have " +"access to your own webspace (perhaps your ISP does not let you have any) " +"then you can email Documentation Engineering Team doceng@FreeBSD.org, and arrange to email the files when it is convenient." +msgstr "" +"Coloque swedish-docs.tar.gz em algum lugar. Se você não " +"tiver acesso ao seu próprio espaço web (talvez seu ISP não disponibilize " +"um), envie um email para a Equipe de Engenharia da Documentação " +"doceng@FreeBSD.org e combine o envio dos arquivos por email " +"conveniente quando for conveniente." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7146 +msgid "" +"Either way, you should use Bugzilla to submit a report indicating that you " +"have submitted the documentation. It would be very helpful if you could get " +"other people to look over your translation and double check it first, since " +"it is unlikely that the person committing it will be fluent in the language." +msgstr "" +"De qualquer maneira, você deve usar o Bugzilla para enviar um relatório " +"indicando que você enviou a documentação. Seria muito útil se você conseguir " +"outras pessoas para checar sua tradução primeiro, já que é improvável que a " +"pessoa que irá fazer o commit seja fluente no idioma." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7153 +msgid "" +"Someone (probably the Documentation Project Manager, currently Documentation " +"Engineering Team doceng@FreeBSD.org) will then take your " +"translation and confirm that it builds. In particular, the following things " +"will be looked at:" +msgstr "" +"Alguém (provavelmente o Gerente do Projeto de Documentação, atualmente " +"Equipe de Engenharia de Documentação doceng@FreeBSD.org) irá " +"então pegar sua tradução e checar se ela compila. Em particular, as " +"seguintes coisas serão analisadas:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:7160 +msgid "Do all your files use RCS strings (such as \"ID\")?" +msgstr "Todos os seus arquivos usam strings RCS (tais como \"ID\")?" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:7165 +msgid "" +"Does make all in the sv_SE.ISO8859-1 " +"directory work correctly?" +msgstr "" +"O make all no diretório sv_SE.ISO8859-1 funciona corretamente?" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:7171 +msgid "Does make install work correctly?" +msgstr "O make install funciona corretamente?" + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7176 +msgid "" +"If there are any problems then whoever is looking at the submission will get " +"back to you to work them out." +msgstr "" +"Se houver algum problema, quem estiver validando a submissão irá entrar em " +"contato para que seja feito as correções." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7179 +msgid "" +"If there are no problems your translation will be committed as soon as " +"possible." +msgstr "" +"Se não houver problemas, sua tradução será disponibilizada o mais rápido " +"possível." + +#. (itstool) path: question/para +#: book.translate.xml:7186 +msgid "Can I include language or country specific text in my translation?" +msgstr "" +"Posso incluir um texto específico do idioma ou do país em minha tradução?" + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7191 +msgid "We would prefer that you did not." +msgstr "Nós preferimos que você não faça isso." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7193 +msgid "" +"For example, suppose that you are translating the Handbook to Korean, and " +"want to include a section about retailers in Korea in your Handbook." +msgstr "" +"Por exemplo, suponha que você esteja traduzindo o Handbook para o Coreano e " +"queira incluir uma seção sobre varejistas na Coreia em seu Handbook." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7197 +msgid "" +"There is no real reason why that information should not be in the English " +"(or German, or Spanish, or Japanese, or …) versions as well. It is feasible " +"that an English speaker in Korea might try to pick up a copy of FreeBSD " +"whilst over there. It also helps increase FreeBSD's perceived presence " +"around the globe, which is not a bad thing." +msgstr "" +"Não há razão pela qual esta informação não deva estar nas versões em Inglês " +"(ou Alemão, ou Espanhol, ou Japonâs, ou …). É possível que uma pessoa que " +"fale Inglês na Coréia possa tentar obter uma cópia do FreeBSD enquanto " +"esteja ali. Isso também ajuda a aumentar a presença perceptível do FreeBSD " +"ao redor do mundo, o que não é uma coisa ruim." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7205 +msgid "" +"If you have country specific information, please submit it as a change to " +"the English Handbook (using Bugzilla) and then translate the change back to " +"your language in the translated Handbook." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver informações específicas do país, submeta-as como uma alteração " +"do Handbook em Inglês (usando o Bugzilla) e em seguida, traduza a alteração " +"de volta para o seu idioma no Handbook traduzido." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7210 +msgid "Thanks." +msgstr "Obrigado." + +#. (itstool) path: question/para +#: book.translate.xml:7216 +msgid "How should language specific characters be included?" +msgstr "Como os caracteres específicos do idioma podem ser incluídos?" + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7221 +msgid "" +"Non-ASCII characters in the documentation should be included using SGML " +"entities." +msgstr "" +"Caracteres não-ASCII na documentação devem ser incluídos usando entidades " +"SGML." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7224 +msgid "" +"Briefly, these look like an ampersand (&), the name of the entity, and a " +"semi-colon (;)." +msgstr "" +"Resumidamente, eles se parecem com um \"e\" comercial (&), o nome da " +"entidade e um ponto e vírgula (;)." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7227 +msgid "" +"The entity names are defined in ISO8879, which is in the ports tree as " +"textproc/iso8879." +msgstr "" +"Os nomes das entidades são definidos em ISO8879, que está na árvore de ports " +"em textproc/iso8879." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7230 +msgid "A few examples include:" +msgstr "Alguns exemplos incluem:" + +#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle +#: book.translate.xml:7233 +msgid "Entity" +msgstr "Entidade" + +#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle +#: book.translate.xml:7235 +msgid "Appearance" +msgstr "Aparência" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: book.translate.xml:7240 +msgid "&eacute;" +msgstr "&eacute;" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: book.translate.xml:7241 +msgid "é" +msgstr "é" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: book.translate.xml:7242 +msgid "Small e with an acute accent" +msgstr "e minúsculo com acento agudo" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: book.translate.xml:7246 +msgid "&Eacute;" +msgstr "&Eacute;" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: book.translate.xml:7247 +msgid "É" +msgstr "É" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: book.translate.xml:7248 +msgid "Large E with an acute accent" +msgstr "E maiúsculo com acento agudo" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: book.translate.xml:7252 +msgid "&uuml;" +msgstr "&uuml;" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: book.translate.xml:7253 +msgid "ü" +msgstr "ü" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: book.translate.xml:7254 +msgid "Small u with an umlaut" +msgstr "u minúsculo com trema" + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7258 +msgid "" +"After you have installed the iso8879 port, the files in /usr/local/" +"share/xml/iso8879 contain the complete list." +msgstr "" +"Depois de instalar o port iso8879, os arquivos em /usr/local/" +"share/xml/iso8879 conterão a lista completa." + +#. (itstool) path: question/para +#: book.translate.xml:7266 +msgid "Addressing the reader" +msgstr "Dirigindo-se ao leitor" + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7270 +msgid "" +"In the English documents, the reader is addressed as you, " +"there is no formal/informal distinction as there is in some languages." +msgstr "" +"Nos documentos em Inglês, o leitor é tratado por você, não há " +"distinção entre formal/informal como existe em alguns idiomas." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7274 +msgid "" +"If you are translating to a language which does distinguish, use whichever " +"form is typically used in other technical documentation in your language. If " +"in doubt, use a mildly polite form." +msgstr "" +"Se você estiver traduzindo para um idioma que tenha esta distinção, use " +"qualquer forma que normalmente é usada em outras documentações técnicas. Na " +"dúvida, use a forma mais educada." + +#. (itstool) path: question/para +#: book.translate.xml:7283 +msgid "Do I need to include any additional information in my translations?" +msgstr "Preciso incluir informações adicionais nas minhas traduções?" + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7288 +msgid "Yes." +msgstr "Sim." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7290 +msgid "" +"The header of the English version of each document will look something like " +"this:" +msgstr "" +"O cabeçalho da versão em Inglês de cada documento será algo parecido com " +"isto:" + +#. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:7293 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"<!--\n" +" The FreeBSD Documentation Project\n" +"\n" +" $FreeBSD$\n" +"-->" +msgstr "" +"<!--\n" +" The FreeBSD Documentation Project\n" +"\n" +" $FreeBSD$\n" +"-->" + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7299 +msgid "" +"The exact boilerplate may change, but it will always include a $FreeBSD$ " +"line and the phrase The FreeBSD Documentation Project. " +"Note that the $FreeBSD part is expanded automatically by Subversion, so it " +"should be empty (just $FreeBSD$) for new files." +msgstr "" +"O forma exata pode mudar, mas sempre incluirá uma linha $FreeBSD$ e a frase " +"The FreeBSD Documentation Project. Note que a parte do " +"$FreeBSD é expandida automaticamente pelo Subversion, portanto ela deve " +"estar vazia (apenas $FreeBSD$) para novos arquivos." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7307 +msgid "" +"Your translated documents should include their own $FreeBSD$ line, and " +"change the FreeBSD Documentation Project line to " +"The FreeBSD language Documentation " +"Project." +msgstr "" +"Seus documentos traduzidos devem incluir sua própria linha $FreeBSD$, e " +"mudar a linha FreeBSD Documentation Project para " +"The FreeBSD language Documentation " +"Project." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7313 +msgid "" +"In addition, you should add a third line which indicates which revision of " +"the English text this is based on." +msgstr "" +"Você deve ainda adicionar uma terceira linha que indicará qual revisão do " +"texto em inglês o texto é baseado." + +#. (itstool) path: answer/para +#: book.translate.xml:7316 +msgid "So, the Spanish version of this file might start:" +msgstr "Assim, a versão em Espanhol desse arquivo pode começar com:" + +#. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:7318 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"<!--\n" +" The FreeBSD Spanish Documentation Project\n" +"\n" +" $FreeBSD$\n" +" Original revision: r38674\n" +"-->" +msgstr "" +"<!--\n" +" The FreeBSD Spanish Documentation Project\n" +"\n" +" $FreeBSD$\n" +" Original revision: r38674\n" +"-->" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: book.translate.xml:7335 +msgid "PO Translations" +msgstr "Traduções PO" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:7340 +msgid "" +"The GNU gettext system offers translators " +"an easy way to create and maintain translations of documents. Translatable " +"strings are extracted from the original document into a PO (Portable Object) file. Translated versions of the strings are " +"entered with a separate editor. The strings can be used directly or built " +"into a complete translated version of the original document." +msgstr "" +"O GNU gettext oferece aos tradutores " +"uma maneira fácil de criar e manter traduções de documentos. Sequências " +"traduzíveis são extraídas do documento original em um arquivo PO (Portable Object). Versões traduzidas das strings são inseridas com " +"um editor separado. As strings podem ser usadas diretamente ou incorporadas " +"em uma versão traduzida completa do documento original." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:7353 +msgid "" +"The procedure shown in is assumed " +"to have already been performed, but the TRANSLATOR option " +"must be enabled in the textproc/docproj " +"port. If that option was not enabled, display the options menu and enable " +"it, then reinstall the port:" +msgstr "" +"Supõe-se que o procedimento mostrado em já tenha sido executado, mas a opção TRANSLATOR deve " +"estar ativada no port textproc/docproj. Se " +"essa opção não estiver ativada, exiba o menu de opções, ative-a e reinstale " +"o port:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen +#: book.translate.xml:7361 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# cd /usr/ports/textproc/docproj\n" +"# make config\n" +"# make clean deinstall install clean" +msgstr "" +"# cd /usr/ports/textproc/docproj\n" +"# make config\n" +"# make clean deinstall install clean" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:7365 +msgid "" +"This example shows the creation of a Spanish translation of the short Leap Seconds article." +msgstr "" +"Este exemplo mostra a criação de uma tradução em Espanhol do pequeno artigo " +"Leap Seconds." + +#. (itstool) path: procedure/title +#: book.translate.xml:7370 +msgid "Install a PO Editor" +msgstr "Instale um Editor PO" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:7373 +msgid "" +"A PO editor is needed to edit translation files. This " +"example uses editors/poedit." +msgstr "" +"É necessário um editor PO para editar os arquivos de " +"tradução. Este exemplo utiliza o editors/poedit." + +#. (itstool) path: step/screen +#: book.translate.xml:7377 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# cd /usr/ports/editors/poedit\n" +"# make install clean" +msgstr "" +"# cd /usr/ports/editors/poedit\n" +"# make install clean" + +#. (itstool) path: procedure/title +#: book.translate.xml:7383 +msgid "Initial Setup" +msgstr "Configuração Inicial" + +#. (itstool) path: procedure/para +#: book.translate.xml:7385 +msgid "" +"When a new translation is first created, the directory structure and " +"Makefile must be created or copied from the English " +"original:" +msgstr "" +"Quando uma nova tradução é criada pela primeira vez, a estrutura do " +"diretório e o Makefile devem ser criados ou copiados do " +"original em Inglês:" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:7390 +msgid "" +"Create a directory for the new translation. The English article source is in " +"~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/. The " +"Spanish translation will go in ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-" +"seconds/. The path is the same except for the name of the " +"language directory." +msgstr "" +"Crie um diretório para a nova tradução. O código fonte do artigo em Inglês " +"está em ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/. A " +"tradução em Espanhol estará em ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-" +"seconds/. O caminho é o mesmo, exceto pelo nome do diretório de " +"idiomas." + +#. (itstool) path: step/screen +#: book.translate.xml:7398 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% svn mkdir --parents ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/" +msgstr "% svn mkdir --parents ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:7402 +msgid "" +"Copy the Makefile from the original document into the " +"translation directory:" +msgstr "" +"Copie o Makefile do documento original para o diretório " +"de tradução:" + +#. (itstool) path: step/screen +#: book.translate.xml:7405 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% svn cp ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/Makefile \\\n" +" ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/" +msgstr "" +"% svn cp ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/Makefile \\\n" +" ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/" + +#. (itstool) path: procedure/title +#: book.translate.xml:7411 +msgid "Translation" +msgstr "Tradução" + +#. (itstool) path: procedure/para +#: book.translate.xml:7413 +msgid "" +"Translating a document consists of two steps: extracting translatable " +"strings from the original document, and entering translations for those " +"strings. These steps are repeated until the translator feels that enough of " +"the document has been translated to produce a usable translated document." +msgstr "" +"A tradução de um documento consiste em duas etapas: extrair strings " +"traduzíveis do documento original e inserir as traduções dessas strings. " +"Essas etapas são repetidas até que o tradutor sinta que o documento foi " +"traduzido o suficiente para produzir um documento traduzido que seja " +"utilizável." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:7421 +msgid "" +"Extract the translatable strings from the original English version into a " +"PO file:" +msgstr "" +"Extraia as strings traduzíveis da versão original em Inglês para um arquivo " +"PO:" + +#. (itstool) path: step/screen +#: book.translate.xml:7424 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/\n" +"% make po" +msgstr "" +"% cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/\n" +"% make po" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:7429 +msgid "" +"Use a PO editor to enter translations in the PO file. There are several different editors available. " +"poedit from editors/poedit is shown here." +msgstr "" +"Use um editor PO para inserir as traduções no arquivo " +"PO. Existem vários editores diferentes disponíveis. O " +"poedit do editors/poedit é mostrado aqui." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:7435 +msgid "" +"The PO file name is the two-character language code " +"followed by an underline and a two-character region code. For Spanish, the " +"file name is es_ES.po." +msgstr "" +"O nome do arquivo PO é o código de idioma de dois " +"caracteres seguido por um código de região de também dois caracteres, " +"seprados por um underline. Para espanhol, o nome do arquivo é " +"es_ES.po." + +#. (itstool) path: step/screen +#: book.translate.xml:7440 book.translate.xml:7888 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% poedit es_ES.po" +msgstr "% poedit es_ES.po" + +#. (itstool) path: procedure/title +#: book.translate.xml:7445 +msgid "Generating a Translated Document" +msgstr "Gerando um Documento Traduzido" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:7448 +msgid "Generate the translated document:" +msgstr "Gere o documento traduzido:" + +#. (itstool) path: step/screen +#: book.translate.xml:7450 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/\n" +"% make tran" +msgstr "" +"% cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/\n" +"% make tran" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:7453 +msgid "" +"The name of the generated document matches the name of the English original, " +"usually article.xml for articles or book.xml for books." +msgstr "" +"O nome do documento gerado corresponde ao nome do original em Inglês, " +"geralmente article.xml para artigos ou book." +"xml para livros." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:7460 +msgid "" +"Check the generated file by rendering it to HTML and " +"viewing it with a web browser:" +msgstr "" +"Verifique o arquivo gerado renderizando-o para HTML e " +"exibindo-o com um navegador web:" + +#. (itstool) path: step/screen +#: book.translate.xml:7464 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% make FORMATS=html\n" +"% firefox article.html" +msgstr "" +"% make FORMATS=html\n" +"% firefox article.html" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:7471 +msgid "Creating New Translations" +msgstr "Criando Novas Traduções" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:7473 +msgid "" +"The first step to creating a new translated document is locating or creating " +"a directory to hold it. FreeBSD puts translated documents in a subdirectory " +"named for their language and region in the format " +"lang_REGION. lang is a two-character lowercase " +"code. It is followed by an underscore character and then the two-character " +"uppercase REGION code." +msgstr "" +"O primeiro passo para criar um novo documento traduzido é localizar ou criar " +"um diretório para mantê-lo. O FreeBSD coloca documentos traduzidos em um " +"subdiretório nomeado para seu idioma e região no formato " +"lang_REGION " +". lang é um código minúsculo de dois " +"caracteres. Ele é seguido por um caractere underline, em seguida, pelo " +"código de duas letras maiúsculas REGION." + +#. (itstool) path: table/title +#: book.translate.xml:7484 +msgid "Language Names" +msgstr "Nomes de Idioma" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7489 +msgid "Language" +msgstr "Língua" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7490 +msgid "Region" +msgstr "Região" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7491 +msgid "Translated Directory Name" +msgstr "Nome do Diretório Traduzido" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7492 +msgid "PO File Name" +msgstr "Nome do Arquivo PO" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7493 +msgid "Character Set" +msgstr "Conjunto de Caracteres" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7499 +msgid "English" +msgstr "Inglês" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7500 +msgid "United States" +msgstr "Estados Unidos" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7501 +msgid "en_US.ISO8859-1" +msgstr "en_US.ISO8859-1" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7502 +msgid "en_US.po" +msgstr "en_US.po" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7503 book.translate.xml:7519 book.translate.xml:7527 +#: book.translate.xml:7543 book.translate.xml:7551 book.translate.xml:7599 +#: book.translate.xml:7615 +msgid "ISO 8859-1" +msgstr "ISO 8859-1" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7507 +msgid "Bengali" +msgstr "Bengali" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7508 +msgid "Bangladesh" +msgstr "Bangladesh" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7509 +msgid "bn_BD.UTF-8" +msgstr "bn_BD.UTF-8" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7510 +msgid "bn_BD.po" +msgstr "bn_BD.po" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7511 book.translate.xml:7583 book.translate.xml:7591 +#: book.translate.xml:7639 book.translate.xml:7647 +msgid "UTF-8" +msgstr "UTF-8" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7515 +msgid "Danish" +msgstr "Dinamarquês" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7516 +msgid "Denmark" +msgstr "Dinamarca" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7517 +msgid "da_DK.ISO8859-1" +msgstr "da_DK.ISO8859-1" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7518 +msgid "da_DK.po" +msgstr "da_DK.po" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7523 +msgid "German" +msgstr "Alemão" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7524 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Alemanha" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7525 +msgid "de_DE.ISO8859-1" +msgstr "de_DE.ISO8859-1" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7526 +msgid "de_DE.po" +msgstr "de_DE.po" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7531 +msgid "Greek" +msgstr "Grego" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7532 +msgid "Greece" +msgstr "Grécia" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7533 +msgid "el_GR.ISO8859-7" +msgstr "el_GR.ISO8859-7" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7534 +msgid "el_GR.po" +msgstr "el_GR.po" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7535 +msgid "ISO 8859-7" +msgstr "ISO 8859-7" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7539 +msgid "Spanish" +msgstr "Espanhol" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7540 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "Espanha" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7541 +msgid "es_ES.ISO8859-1" +msgstr "es_ES.ISO8859-1" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7542 +msgid "es_ES.po" +msgstr "es_ES.po" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7547 +msgid "French" +msgstr "Francês" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7548 +msgid "France" +msgstr "França" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7549 +msgid "fr_FR.ISO8859-1" +msgstr "fr_FR.ISO8859-1" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7550 +msgid "fr_FR.po" +msgstr "fr_FR.po" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7555 +msgid "Hungarian" +msgstr "Húngaro" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7556 +msgid "Hungary" +msgstr "Hungria" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7557 +msgid "hu_HU.ISO8859-2" +msgstr "hu_HU.ISO8859-2" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7558 +msgid "hu_HU.po" +msgstr "hu_HU.po" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7559 book.translate.xml:7607 +msgid "ISO 8859-2" +msgstr "ISO 8859-2" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7563 +msgid "Italian" +msgstr "Italiano" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7564 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "Itália" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7565 +msgid "it_IT.ISO8859-15" +msgstr "it_IT.ISO8859-15" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7566 +msgid "it_IT.po" +msgstr "it_IT.po" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7567 +msgid "ISO 8859-15" +msgstr "ISO 8859-15" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7571 +msgid "Japanese" +msgstr "Japonês" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7572 +msgid "Japan" +msgstr "Japão" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7573 +msgid "ja_JP.eucJP" +msgstr "ja_JP.eucJP" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7574 +msgid "ja_JP.po" +msgstr "ja_JP.po" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7575 +msgid "EUC JP" +msgstr "EUC JP" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7579 +msgid "Korean" +msgstr "Coreano" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7580 +msgid "Korea" +msgstr "Coréia" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7581 +msgid "ko_KR.UTF-8" +msgstr "ko_KR.UTF-8" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7582 +msgid "ko_KR.po" +msgstr "ko_KR.po" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7587 +msgid "Mongolian" +msgstr "Mongol" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7588 +msgid "Mongolia" +msgstr "Mongólia" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7589 +msgid "mn_MN.UTF-8" +msgstr "mn_MN.UTF-8" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7590 +msgid "mn_MN.po" +msgstr "mn_MN.po" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7595 +msgid "Dutch" +msgstr "Holandês" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7596 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Holanda" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7597 +msgid "nl_NL.ISO8859-1" +msgstr "nl_NL.ISO8859-1" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7598 +msgid "nl_NL.po" +msgstr "nl_NL.po" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7603 +msgid "Polish" +msgstr "Polonês" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7604 +msgid "Poland" +msgstr "Polônia" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7605 +msgid "pl_PL.ISO8859-2" +msgstr "pl_PL.ISO8859-2" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7606 +msgid "pl_PL.po" +msgstr "pl_PL.po" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7611 +msgid "Portuguese" +msgstr "Português" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7612 +msgid "Brazil" +msgstr "Brasil" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7613 +msgid "pt_BR.ISO8859-1" +msgstr "pt_BR.ISO8859-1" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7614 +msgid "pt_BR.po" +msgstr "pt_BR.po" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7619 +msgid "Russian" +msgstr "Russo" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7620 +msgid "Russia" +msgstr "Rússia" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7621 +msgid "ru_RU.KOI8-R" +msgstr "ru_RU.KOI8-R" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7622 +msgid "ru_RU.po" +msgstr "ru_RU.po" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7623 +msgid "KOI8-R" +msgstr "KOI8-R" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7627 +msgid "Turkish" +msgstr "Turco" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7628 +msgid "Turkey" +msgstr "Turquia" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7629 +msgid "tr_TR.ISO8859-9" +msgstr "tr_TR.ISO8859-9" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7630 +msgid "tr_TR.po" +msgstr "tr_TR.po" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7631 +msgid "ISO 8859-9" +msgstr "ISO 8859-9" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7635 book.translate.xml:7643 +msgid "Chinese" +msgstr "Chinês" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7636 +msgid "China" +msgstr "China" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7637 +msgid "zh_CN.UTF-8" +msgstr "zh_CN.UTF-8" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7638 +msgid "zh_CN.po" +msgstr "zh_CN.po" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7644 +msgid "Taiwan" +msgstr "Taiwan" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7645 +msgid "zh_TW.UTF-8" +msgstr "zh_TW.UTF-8" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:7646 +msgid "zh_TW.po" +msgstr "zh_TW.po" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:7653 +msgid "" +"The translations are in subdirectories of the main documentation directory, " +"here assumed to be ~/doc/ as shown in . For example, German translations are located in " +"~/doc/de_DE.ISO8859-1/, and French translations are in " +"~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/." +msgstr "" +"As traduções estão em subdiretórios do diretório principal da documentação, " +"aqui assumido como ~/doc/ como mostrado em . Por exemplo, as traduções em alemão " +"estão localizadas em ~/doc/de_DE.ISO8859-1/ e as " +"traduções em francês estão em ~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:7662 +msgid "" +"Each language directory contains separate subdirectories named for the type " +"of documents, usually articles/ and books/." +msgstr "" +"Cada diretório de idiomas contém subdiretórios separados para os tipos de " +"documentos, geralmente articles/ e books/." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:7667 +msgid "" +"Combining these directory names gives the complete path to an article or " +"book. For example, the French translation of the NanoBSD article is in " +"~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/nanobsd/, and the " +"Mongolian translation of the Handbook is in ~/doc/mn_MN.UTF-8/" +"books/handbook/." +msgstr "" +"A combinação desses nomes de diretórios fornece o caminho completo para um " +"artigo ou livro. Por exemplo, a tradução Francesa do artigo NanoBSD está em " +"~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/nanobsd/, e a tradução " +"em Mongol do manual está em ~/doc/mn_MN.UTF-8/books/handbook/." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:7674 +msgid "" +"A new language directory must be created when translating a document to a " +"new language. If the language directory already exists, only a subdirectory " +"in the articles/ or books/ " +"directory is needed." +msgstr "" +"Um novo diretório de idioma deve ser criado ao traduzir um documento para um " +"novo idioma. Se o diretório de idiomas já existir, somente um subdiretório " +"no diretório articles/ ou books/ " +"será necessário." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:7680 +msgid "" +"FreeBSD documentation builds are controlled by a Makefile in the same directory. With simple articles, the " +"Makefile can often just be copied verbatim from the " +"original English directory. The translation process combines multiple " +"separate book.xml and chapter.xml " +"files in books into a single file, so the Makefile for " +"book translations must be copied and modified." +msgstr "" +"As compilações da documentação do FreeBSD são controladas por um " +"Makefile no mesmo diretório. Com artigos simples, o " +"Makefile muitas vezes pode ser copiado literalmente do diretório " +"original em inglês. O processo de tradução combina vários arquivos " +"book.xml e chapter.xml de livros " +"em um único arquivo, portanto, o Makefile para as " +"traduções de livros deve ser copiado e modificado." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:7691 +msgid "Creating a Spanish Translation of the Porter's Handbook" +msgstr "Criando uma Tradução em Espanhol do Porter's Handbook" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:7694 +msgid "" +"Create a new Spanish translation of the Porter's Handbook. The " +"original is a book in ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/" +"." +msgstr "" +"Crie uma nova tradução em Espanhol do Porter's Handbook. O " +"original é um livro em ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-" +"handbook/." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:7701 +msgid "" +"The Spanish language books directory ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/ already exists, so only a new subdirectory for the Porter's " +"Handbook is needed:" +msgstr "" +"O diretório de livros em Espanhol ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/ já existe, portanto, apenas um novo subdiretório para o Porter's " +"Handbook é necessário:" + +#. (itstool) path: step/screen +#: book.translate.xml:7705 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/\n" +"% svn mkdir porters-handbook\n" +"A porters-handbook" +msgstr "" +"% cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/\n" +"% svn mkdir porters-handbook\n" +"A porters-handbook" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:7711 +msgid "Copy the Makefile from the original book:" +msgstr "Copie o Makefile do livro original:" + +#. (itstool) path: step/screen +#: book.translate.xml:7714 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook\n" +"% svn cp ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/Makefile .\n" +"A Makefile" +msgstr "" +"% cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook\n" +"% svn cp ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/Makefile .\n" +"A Makefile" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:7718 +msgid "" +"Modify the contents of the Makefile to only expect a " +"single book.xml:" +msgstr "" +"Modifique o conteúdo do Makefile para esperar apenas um " +"único book.xml:" + +#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:7722 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"#\n" +"# $FreeBSD$\n" +"#\n" +"# Build the FreeBSD Porter's Handbook.\n" +"#\n" +"\n" +"MAINTAINER=doc@FreeBSD.org\n" +"\n" +"DOC?= book\n" +"\n" +"FORMATS?= html-split\n" +"\n" +"INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz\n" +"INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?=\n" +"\n" +"# XML content\n" +"SRCS= book.xml\n" +"\n" +"# Images from the cross-document image library\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/1.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/2.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/3.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/4.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/5.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/6.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/7.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/8.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/9.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/10.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/11.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/12.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/13.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/14.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/15.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/16.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/17.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/18.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/19.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/20.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/21.png\n" +"\n" +"URL_RELPREFIX?= ../../../..\n" +"DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../..\n" +"\n" +".include \"${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk\"" +msgstr "" +"#\n" +"# $FreeBSD$\n" +"#\n" +"# Build the FreeBSD Porter's Handbook.\n" +"#\n" +"\n" +"MAINTAINER=doc@FreeBSD.org\n" +"\n" +"DOC?= book\n" +"\n" +"FORMATS?= html-split\n" +"\n" +"INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz\n" +"INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?=\n" +"\n" +"# XML content\n" +"SRCS= book.xml\n" +"\n" +"# Images from the cross-document image library\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/1.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/2.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/3.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/4.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/5.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/6.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/7.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/8.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/9.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/10.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/11.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/12.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/13.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/14.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/15.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/16.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/17.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/18.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/19.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/20.png\n" +"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/21.png\n" +"\n" +"URL_RELPREFIX?= ../../../..\n" +"DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../..\n" +"\n" +".include \"${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk\"" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:7768 +msgid "" +"Now the document structure is ready for the translator to begin translating " +"with make po." +msgstr "" +"Agora a estrutura do documento está pronta para o tradutor começar a " +"tradução com make po." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:7776 +msgid "" +"Creating a French Translation of the PGP Keys Article" +msgstr "" +"Criando uma tradução em Francês do Artigo Chaves Open PGP" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:7779 +msgid "" +"Create a new French translation of the PGP Keys article. The original is an article in ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/" +"articles/pgpkeys/." +msgstr "" +"Crie uma nova tradução em Francês do artigo Chaves Open PGP. O original é um artigo em ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/" +"articles/pgpkeys/." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:7786 +msgid "" +"The French language article directory ~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/" +"articles/ already exists, so only a new subdirectory for the " +"PGP Keys article is needed:" +msgstr "" +"O diretório de artigos em Francês ~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/ já existe, portanto, apenas um novo subdiretório para o artigo " +"Chaves Open PGP é necessário:" + +#. (itstool) path: step/screen +#: book.translate.xml:7790 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% cd ~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/\n" +"% svn mkdir pgpkeys\n" +"A pgpkeys" +msgstr "" +"% cd ~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/\n" +"% svn mkdir pgpkeys\n" +"A pgpkeys" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:7796 +msgid "Copy the Makefile from the original article:" +msgstr "Copie o Makefile do artigo original:" + +#. (itstool) path: step/screen +#: book.translate.xml:7799 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% cd ~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/pgpkeys\n" +"% svn cp ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/pgpkeys/Makefile .\n" +"A Makefile" +msgstr "" +"% cd ~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/pgpkeys\n" +"% svn cp ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/pgpkeys/Makefile .\n" +"A Makefile" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:7803 +msgid "" +"Check the contents of the Makefile. Because this is a " +"simple article, in this case the Makefile can be used " +"unchanged. The $FreeBSD...$ version string on the second " +"line will be replaced by the version control system when this file is " +"committed." +msgstr "" +"Verifique o conteúdo do Makefile. Este é um artigo " +"simples e neste caso, o Makefile pode ser usado sem " +"altaração. A string $FreeBSD...$ na segunda linha será " +"substituída pelo sistema de controle de versão quando este arquivo sofrer um " +"commit." + +#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:7810 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"#\n" +"# $FreeBSD$\n" +"#\n" +"# Article: PGP Keys\n" +"\n" +"DOC?= article\n" +"\n" +"FORMATS?= html\n" +"WITH_ARTICLE_TOC?= YES\n" +"\n" +"INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz\n" +"INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?=\n" +"\n" +"SRCS= article.xml\n" +"\n" +"# To build with just key fingerprints, set FINGERPRINTS_ONLY.\n" +"\n" +"URL_RELPREFIX?= ../../../..\n" +"DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../..\n" +"\n" +".include \"${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk\"" +msgstr "" +"#\n" +"# $FreeBSD$\n" +"#\n" +"# Article: PGP Keys\n" +"\n" +"DOC?= article\n" +"\n" +"FORMATS?= html\n" +"WITH_ARTICLE_TOC?= YES\n" +"\n" +"INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz\n" +"INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?=\n" +"\n" +"SRCS= article.xml\n" +"\n" +"# To build with just key fingerprints, set FINGERPRINTS_ONLY.\n" +"\n" +"URL_RELPREFIX?= ../../../..\n" +"DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../..\n" +"\n" +".include \"${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk\"" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:7832 +msgid "" +"With the document structure complete, the PO file can be " +"created with make po." +msgstr "" +"Com a estrutura do documento completa, o arquivo PO pode " +"ser criado com make po." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:7841 +msgid "Translating" +msgstr "Traduzindo" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:7843 +msgid "" +"The gettext system greatly reduces the number of " +"things that must be tracked by a translator. Strings to be translated are " +"extracted from the original document into a PO file. Then " +"a PO editor is used to enter the translated versions of " +"each string." +msgstr "" +"O sistema gettext reduz bastante o número de " +"itens que devem ser rastreados por um tradutor. As strings a serem " +"traduzidas são extraídas do documento original em um arquivo PO. Em seguida, um editor PO é usado para inserir " +"as traduções de cada string." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:7850 +msgid "" +"The FreeBSD PO translation system does not overwrite " +"PO files, so the extraction step can be run at any time " +"to update the PO file." +msgstr "" +"O sistema de tradução PO do FreeBSD não sobrescreve os " +"arquivos PO, portanto a etapa de extração pode ser " +"executada a qualquer momento para atualizar o arquivo PO." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:7855 +msgid "" +"A PO editor is used to edit the file. editors/poedit is shown in these examples because it is simple " +"and has minimal requirements. Other PO editors offer " +"features to make the job of translating easier. The Ports Collection offers " +"several of these editors, including devel/" +"gtranslator." +msgstr "" +"Um editor PO é usado para editar o arquivo. editores/poedit é usado nestes exemplos porque é simples " +"e tem requisitos mínimos. Outros editores PO oferecem " +"recursos para facilitar o trabalho de tradução. A Coleção de Ports oferece " +"vários desses editores, incluindo o devel/" +"gtranslator." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:7863 +msgid "" +"It is important to preserve the PO file. It contains all " +"of the work that translators have done." +msgstr "" +"É importante preservar o arquivo PO. Ele contém todo o " +"trabalho que os tradutores fizeram." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:7867 +msgid "Translating the Porter's Handbook to Spanish" +msgstr "Traduzindo o Porter's Handbook para o Espanhol" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:7869 +msgid "Enter Spanish translations of the contents of the Porter's Handbook." +msgstr "Digite as traduções para o Espanhol do conteúdo do Porter's Handbook." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:7874 +msgid "" +"Change to the Spanish Porter's Handbook directory and update the " +"PO file. The generated PO file is " +"called es_ES.po as shown in ." +msgstr "" +"Mude para o diretório Espanhol do Porter's Handbook e atualize o arquivo " +"PO. O arquivo PO gerado é chamado " +"es_ES.po como mostrado em ." + +#. (itstool) path: step/screen +#: book.translate.xml:7880 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook\n" +"% make po" +msgstr "" +"% cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook\n" +"% make po" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:7885 +msgid "Enter translations using a PO editor:" +msgstr "Realize as traduções usando um editor de PO:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:7895 +msgid "Tips for Translators" +msgstr "Dicas para Tradutores" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:7898 book.translate.xml:7904 +msgid "Preserving XML Tags" +msgstr "Preservando Tags XML" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:7900 +msgid "" +"Preserve XML tags that are shown in the English original." +msgstr "" +"Preserve as tags XML mostradas no original em Inglês." + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:7906 +msgid "English original:" +msgstr "Inglês original:" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:7908 +#, no-wrap +msgid "If acronymNTPacronym is not being used" +msgstr "If acronymNTPacronym is not being used" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:7910 +msgid "Spanish translation:" +msgstr "Tradução para o Espanhol:" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:7912 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Si acronymNTPacronym no se utiliza" +msgstr "Si acronymNTPacronym no se utiliza" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:7917 +msgid "Preserving Spaces" +msgstr "Preservando Espaços" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:7919 +msgid "" +"Preserve existing spaces at the beginning and end of strings to be " +"translated. The translated version must have these spaces also." +msgstr "" +"Preserve os espaços existentes no início e no final das strings a serem " +"traduzidas. A versão traduzida também deve ter esses espaços." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:7925 +msgid "Verbatim Tags" +msgstr "Tags" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:7927 +msgid "The contents of some tags should be copied verbatim, not translated:" +msgstr "" +"O conteúdo de algumas tags devem ser copiadas igualmente, sem realizar " +"tradução:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:7932 +msgid "citerefentry" +msgstr "citerefentry" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:7936 +msgid "command" +msgstr "command" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:7940 +msgid "filename" +msgstr "filename" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:7944 +msgid "literal" +msgstr "literal" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:7948 +msgid "manvolnum" +msgstr "manvolnum" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:7952 +msgid "orgname" +msgstr "orgname" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:7956 +msgid "package" +msgstr "package" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:7960 +msgid "programlisting" +msgstr "programlisting" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:7964 +msgid "prompt" +msgstr "prompt" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:7968 +msgid "refentrytitle" +msgstr "refentrytitle" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:7972 +msgid "screen" +msgstr "screen" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:7976 +msgid "userinput" +msgstr "userinput" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:7980 +msgid "varname" +msgstr "varname" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:7986 +msgid "$FreeBSD$ Strings" +msgstr "$FreeBSD$ Strings" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:7989 +msgid "" +"The $FreeBSD$ version strings used in files require special handling. In " +"examples like , these " +"strings are not meant to be expanded. The English documents use " +"&dollar; entities to avoid including actual literal " +"dollar signs in the file:" +msgstr "" +"As strings da versão $FreeBSD$ usadas nos arquivos requerem tratamento " +"especial. Nos exemplos como , essas strings não devem ser expandidas. Os documentos em inglês usam " +"entidades &dollar; para evitar a inclusão de sinais " +"reais de dólar no arquivo:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:7996 book.translate.xml:8014 +#, no-wrap +msgid "&dollar;FreeBSD&dollar;" +msgstr "&dollar;FreeBSD&dollar;" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:7998 +msgid "" +"The &dollar; entities are not seen as dollar signs by " +"the version control system and so the string is not expanded into a version " +"string." +msgstr "" +"As entidades &dollar; não são vistas como cifrões " +"pelo sistema de controle de versão e, portanto, a string não é expandida em " +"uma string de versão." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:8002 +msgid "" +"When a PO file is created, the &dollar; entities used in examples are replaced with actual dollar signs. " +"The resulting literal $FreeBSD$ string will be wrongly " +"expanded by the version control system when the file is committed." +msgstr "" +"Quando um arquivo PO é criado, as entidades &" +"dollar; usadas nos exemplos são substituídas por cifrões reais. A " +"sequência literal $FreeBSD$ será expandida incorretamente " +"pelo sistema de controle de versão quando o arquivo sofrer algum commit." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:8009 +msgid "" +"The same technique as used in the English documents can be used in the " +"translation. The &dollar; is used to replace the " +"dollar sign in the translation entered into the PO editor:" +msgstr "" +"A mesma técnica usada nos documentos em Inglês pode ser usada na tradução. O " +"&dollar; é usado para substituir o sinal de dólar na " +"tradução inserida no editor PO:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:8057 +msgid "Building a Translated Document" +msgstr "Compilando um Documento Traduzido" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:8059 +msgid "" +"A translated version of the original document can be created at any time. " +"Any untranslated portions of the original will be included in English in the " +"resulting document. Most PO editors have an indicator " +"that shows how much of the translation has been completed. This makes it " +"easy for the translator to see when enough strings have been translated to " +"make building the final document worthwhile." +msgstr "" +"Uma versão traduzida do documento original pode ser criada a qualquer " +"momento. Quaisquer porções não traduzidas do original serão incluídas em " +"Inglês no documento resultante. A maioria dos editores PO " +"tem um indicador que mostra quanto da tradução foi realizada. Isso torna " +"mais fácil para o tradutor ver quantas strings foram traduzidas para tornar " +"a compilação do documento final utiilizável." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:8069 +msgid "Building the Spanish Porter's Handbook" +msgstr "Construindo o Porter's Handbook Espanhol" + +#. (itstool) path: example/para +#: book.translate.xml:8071 +msgid "" +"Build and preview the Spanish version of the Porter's Handbook that was " +"created in an earlier example." +msgstr "" +"Compile e visualize a versão em Espanhol do Porter's Handbook criado em um " +"exemplo anterior." + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:8076 +msgid "" +"Build the translated document. Because the original is a book, the generated " +"document is book.xml." +msgstr "" +"Compile o documento traduzido. Como o original é um livro, o documento " +"gerado é book.xml." + +#. (itstool) path: step/screen +#: book.translate.xml:8080 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook\n" +"% make tran" +msgstr "" +"% cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook\n" +"% make tran" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:8085 +msgid "" +"Render the translated book.xml to HTML and view it with Firefox. This is the " +"same procedure used with the English version of the documents, and other " +"FORMATS can be used here in the same way. See ." +msgstr "" +"Renderize o book.xml traduzido para HTML e visualize-o com o Firefox. Este é o " +"mesmo procedimento usado com a versão em Inglês dos documentos, e outros " +"FORMATS podem ser usados ​​aqui da mesma maneira. Veja " +"." + +#. (itstool) path: step/screen +#: book.translate.xml:8092 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% make FORMATS=html\n" +"% firefox book.html" +msgstr "" +"% make FORMATS=html\n" +"% firefox book.html" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:8100 +msgid "Submitting the New Translation" +msgstr "Submetendo a Nova Tradução" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:8102 +msgid "" +"Prepare the new translation files for submission. This includes adding the " +"files to the version control system, setting additional properties on them, " +"then creating a diff for submission." +msgstr "" +"Prepare os novos arquivos de tradução para envio. Isso inclui adicionar os " +"arquivos ao sistema de controle de versão, definir propriedades adicionais e " +"criar um diff para a submissão." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:8107 +msgid "" +"The diff files created by these examples can be attached to a documentation bug report or code review." +msgstr "" +"Os arquivos diff criados por esses exemplos podem ser anexados a um relatório de bug de documentação ou revisão de código." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:8113 +msgid "Spanish Translation of the NanoBSD Article" +msgstr "Tradução Espanhola do Artigo NanoBSD" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:8117 book.translate.xml:8184 +msgid "" +"Add a FreeBSD version string comment as the first line of the PO file:" +msgstr "" +"Adicione a string FreeBSD na primeira linha do arquivo PO:" + +#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:8120 book.translate.xml:8187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "#$FreeBSD$" +msgstr "#$FreeBSD$" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:8124 book.translate.xml:8191 +msgid "" +"Add the Makefile, the PO file, and " +"the generated XML translation to version control:" +msgstr "" +"Adicione o Makefile, o arquivo PO e " +"o arquivo traduzido XML que foi gerado para o controle de " +"versão:" + +#. (itstool) path: step/screen +#: book.translate.xml:8129 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/nanobsd/\n" +"% ls\n" +"Makefile\tarticle.xml\tes_ES.po\n" +"% svn add Makefile article.xml es_ES.po\n" +"A Makefile\n" +"A article.xml\n" +"A es_ES.po" +msgstr "" +"% cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/nanobsd/\n" +"% ls\n" +"Makefile\tarticle.xml\tes_ES.po\n" +"% svn add Makefile article.xml es_ES.po\n" +"A Makefile\n" +"A article.xml\n" +"A es_ES.po" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:8139 book.translate.xml:8206 +msgid "" +"Set the Subversion svn:keywords properties on these files to FreeBSD=%H so " +"$FreeBSD$ strings are expanded into the path, revision, " +"date, and author when committed:" +msgstr "" +"Configure as propriedades Subversion svn:" +"keywords nesses arquivos para FreeBSD=%H para " +"que as strings $FreeBSD$ sejam expandidas com o caminho, " +"revisão, data e autor quando o arquivo sofrer o commit:" + +#. (itstool) path: step/screen +#: book.translate.xml:8147 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% svn propset svn:keywords FreeBSD=%H Makefile article.xml es_ES.po\n" +"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'Makefile'\n" +"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'article.xml'\n" +"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'es_ES.po'" +msgstr "" +"% svn propset svn:keywords FreeBSD=%H Makefile article.xml es_ES.po\n" +"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'Makefile'\n" +"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'article.xml'\n" +"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'es_ES.po'" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:8154 +msgid "" +"Set the MIME types of the files. These are text/" +"xml for books and articles, and text/x-gettext-" +"translation for the PO file." +msgstr "" +"Defina os tipos MIME dos arquivos. Estes são " +"text/xml para livros e artigos, e text/x-gettext-" +"translation para o arquivo PO." + +#. (itstool) path: step/screen +#: book.translate.xml:8160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% svn propset svn:mime-type text/x-gettext-translation es_ES.po\n" +"property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'es_ES.po'\n" +"% svn propset svn:mime-type text/xml article.xml\n" +"property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'article.xml'" +msgstr "" +"% svn propset svn:mime-type text/x-gettext-translation es_ES.po\n" +"property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'es_ES.po'\n" +"% svn propset svn:mime-type text/xml article.xml\n" +"property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'article.xml'" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:8167 +msgid "" +"Create a diff of the new files from the ~/doc/ base " +"directory so the full path is shown with the filenames. This helps " +"committers identify the target language directory." +msgstr "" +"Crie um diff dos novos arquivos a partir do diretório base ~/doc/ para que o caminho completo seja mostrado com os nomes dos " +"arquivos. Isso ajuda os committers a identificar o diretório do idioma de " +"destino." + +#. (itstool) path: step/screen +#: book.translate.xml:8172 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% cd ~/doc\n" +"svn diff es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/nanobsd/ > /tmp/es_nanobsd.diff" +msgstr "" +"% cd ~/doc\n" +"svn diff es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/nanobsd/ > /tmp/es_nanobsd.diff" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:8179 +msgid "" +"Korean UTF-8 Translation of the Explaining-BSD Article" +msgstr "Tradução Coreana UTF-8 do Artigo Explicando o BSD" + +#. (itstool) path: step/screen +#: book.translate.xml:8196 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% cd ~/doc/ko_KR.UTF-8/articles/explaining-bsd/\n" +"% ls\n" +"Makefile\tarticle.xml\tko_KR.po\n" +"% svn add Makefile article.xml ko_KR.po\n" +"A Makefile\n" +"A article.xml\n" +"A ko_KR.po" +msgstr "" +"% cd ~/doc/ko_KR.UTF-8/articles/explaining-bsd/\n" +"% ls\n" +"Makefile\tarticle.xml\tko_KR.po\n" +"% svn add Makefile article.xml ko_KR.po\n" +"A Makefile\n" +"A article.xml\n" +"A ko_KR.po" + +#. (itstool) path: step/screen +#: book.translate.xml:8213 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% svn propset svn:keywords FreeBSD=%H Makefile article.xml ko_KR.po\n" +"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'Makefile'\n" +"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'article.xml'\n" +"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'ko_KR.po'" +msgstr "" +"% svn propset svn:keywords FreeBSD=%H Makefile article.xml ko_KR.po\n" +"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'Makefile'\n" +"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'article.xml'\n" +"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'ko_KR.po'" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:8220 +msgid "" +"Set the MIME types of the files. Because these files use " +"the UTF-8 character set, that is also specified. To " +"prevent the version control system from mistaking these files for binary " +"data, the fbsd:notbinary property is also set:" +msgstr "" +"Defina os tipos MIME dos arquivos. Como esses arquivos " +"usam o conjunto de caracteres UTF-8, isso também é " +"especificado. Para evitar que o sistema de controle de versão confunda esses " +"arquivos com arquivos binários, a propriedade fbsd:notbinary também é configurada:" + +#. (itstool) path: step/screen +#: book.translate.xml:8227 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% svn propset svn:mime-type 'text/x-gettext-translation; charset=UTF-8' ko_KR.po\n" +"property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'ko_KR.po'\n" +"% svn propset fbsd:notbinary yes ko_KR.po\n" +"property 'fbsd:notbinary' set on 'ko_KR.po'\n" +"% svn propset svn:mime-type 'text/xml; charset=UTF-8' article.xml\n" +"property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'article.xml'\n" +"% svn propset fbsd:notbinary yes article.xml\n" +"property 'fbsd:notbinary' set on 'article.xml'" +msgstr "" +"% svn propset svn:mime-type 'text/x-gettext-translation; charset=UTF-8' ko_KR.po\n" +"property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'ko_KR.po'\n" +"% svn propset fbsd:notbinary yes ko_KR.po\n" +"property 'fbsd:notbinary' set on 'ko_KR.po'\n" +"% svn propset svn:mime-type 'text/xml; charset=UTF-8' article.xml\n" +"property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'article.xml'\n" +"% svn propset fbsd:notbinary yes article.xml\n" +"property 'fbsd:notbinary' set on 'article.xml'" + +#. (itstool) path: step/para +#: book.translate.xml:8238 +msgid "" +"Create a diff of these new files from the ~/doc/ base " +"directory:" +msgstr "" +"Crie um diff desses novos arquivos no diretório base ~/doc/:" + +#. (itstool) path: step/screen +#: book.translate.xml:8241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% cd ~/doc\n" +"svn diff ko_KR.UTF-8/articles/explaining-bsd > /tmp/ko-explaining.diff" +msgstr "" +"% cd ~/doc\n" +"svn diff ko_KR.UTF-8/articles/explaining-bsd > /tmp/ko-explaining.diff" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: book.translate.xml:8255 +msgid "Manual Pages" +msgstr "Páginas de Manual" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:8260 +msgid "" +"Manual pages, commonly shortened to man " +"pages, were conceived as readily-available reminders for command " +"syntax, device driver details, or configuration file formats. They have " +"become an extremely valuable quick-reference from the command line for " +"users, system administrators, and programmers." +msgstr "" +"Páginas de manual, geralmente abreviadas como " +"man pages, foram concebidas como lembretes prontamente " +"disponíveis para sintaxe de comandos, detalhes de drivers de dispositivos ou " +"formatos de arquivos de configuração. Elas se tornaram uma referência rápida " +"extremamente valiosa de linha de comando para usuários, administradores de " +"sistema e programadores." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:8267 +msgid "" +"Although intended as reference material rather than tutorials, the EXAMPLES " +"sections of manual pages often provide detailed use case." +msgstr "" +"Embora tenham sido planejados como material de referência em vez de " +"tutoriais, as seções EXEMPLOS das páginas de manual geralmente fornecem " +"casos de uso detalhados." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:8271 +msgid "" +"Manual pages are generally shown interactively by the " +"man1 command. When the user types man ls, a " +"search is performed for a manual page matching ls. The " +"first matching result is displayed." +msgstr "" +"Páginas de manual são geralmente mostradas interativamente pelo comando " +"man1. Quando o usuário digita man ls, uma " +"pesquisa é executada para uma página de manual que corresponde a " +"ls. O primeiro resultado correspondente é exibido." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:8279 +msgid "Sections" +msgstr "Seções" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:8281 +msgid "" +"Manual pages are grouped into sections. Each section " +"contains manual pages for a specific category of documentation:" +msgstr "" +"As páginas de manual são agrupadas em seções. Cada " +"seção contém páginas de manual para uma categoria específica de documentação:" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8289 +msgid "Section Number" +msgstr "Número da Seção" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8290 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Categoria" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8296 +msgid "1" +msgstr "1" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8297 +msgid "General Commands" +msgstr "Comandos Gerais" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8301 +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8302 +msgid "System Calls" +msgstr "System Calls" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8306 +msgid "3" +msgstr "3" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8307 +msgid "Library Functions" +msgstr "Library Functions" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8311 +msgid "4" +msgstr "4" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8312 +msgid "Kernel Interfaces" +msgstr "Interfaces de Kernel" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8316 +msgid "5" +msgstr "5" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8317 +msgid "File Formats" +msgstr "Formatos de Arquivo" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8321 +msgid "6" +msgstr "6" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8322 +msgid "Games" +msgstr "Jogos" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8326 +msgid "7" +msgstr "7" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8327 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "Diversos" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8331 +msgid "8" +msgstr "8" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8332 +msgid "System Manager" +msgstr "System Manager" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8336 +msgid "9" +msgstr "9" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8337 +msgid "Kernel Developer" +msgstr "Desenvolvedor Kernel" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:8345 +msgid "Markup" +msgstr "Marcação" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:8347 +msgid "" +"Various markup forms and rendering programs have been used for manual pages. " +"FreeBSD has used groff7 and the newer " +"mandoc1. Most existing FreeBSD manual pages, and all new ones, use the " +"mdoc7 form of markup. This is a simple line-based markup that is " +"reasonably expressive. It is mostly semantic: parts of text are marked up " +"for what they are, rather than for how they should appear when rendered. " +"There is some appearance-based markup which is usually best avoided." +msgstr "" +"Vários formulários de marcação e programas de renderização foram usados ​​para " +"páginas de manual. O FreeBSD usou groff7 e o mais recente " +"mandoc1. A maioria das páginas de manual do FreeBSD, e todas as novas, " +"usam o formulário mdoc7 de marcação. Esta é " +"uma marcação simples baseada em linhas que é razoavelmente expressiva. É " +"principalmente semântico: partes do texto são marcadas para o que são, em " +"vez de como devem aparecer quando renderizadas. Existe alguma marcação " +"baseada em aparência que geralmente é melhor evitar." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:8356 +msgid "" +"Manual page source is usually interpreted and displayed to the screen " +"interactively. The source files can be ordinary text files or compressed " +"with gzip1 to save space." +msgstr "" +"O código fonte de página de manual geralmente é interpretada e exibido na " +"tela interativamente. Os arquivos fontes podem ser arquivos de texto comuns " +"ou compactados com gzip1 para economizar espaço." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:8360 +msgid "" +"Manual pages can also be rendered to other formats, including PostScript for " +"printing or PDF generation. See " +"man1." +msgstr "" +"As páginas de manual também podem ser renderizadas para outros formatos, " +"incluindo PostScript para impressão ou geração de PDF. " +"Veja man1." + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: book.translate.xml:8365 +msgid "" +"Testing a new manual page can be challenging when it is not located in the " +"normal manual page search path. man1 also does not look in " +"the current directory. If the new manual page is in the current directory, " +"prefix the filename with a ./:" +msgstr "" +"O teste de uma nova página de manual pode ser um desafio quando o arquivo " +"não está localizado no caminho de pesquisa normal da páginas de manual. " +"man1 também não procura no diretório atual. Se a nova página de " +"manual estiver no diretório atual, prefixe o nome do arquivo com um " +"./:" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/screen +#: book.translate.xml:8371 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% man ./mynewmanpage.8" +msgstr "% man ./mynewmanpage.8" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: book.translate.xml:8373 +msgid "An absolute path can also be used:" +msgstr "Um caminho absoluto também pode ser usado:" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/screen +#: book.translate.xml:8375 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% man /home/xsmith/mynewmanpage.8" +msgstr "% man /home/xsmith/mynewmanpage.8" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:8380 +msgid "Manual Page Sections" +msgstr "Seções de Página de Manual" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:8382 +msgid "" +"Manual pages are composed of several standard sections. Each section has a " +"title in upper case, and the sections for a particular type of manual page " +"appear in a specific order. For a category 1 General Command manual page, " +"the sections are:" +msgstr "" +"Páginas de manual são compostas por várias seções padrão. Cada seção tem um " +"título em letras maiúsculas e as seções de um determinado tipo de página de " +"manual aparecem em uma ordem específica. Para uma página de manual do " +"Comando Geral da categoria 1, as seções são:" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8392 +msgid "Section Name" +msgstr "Nome da Seção" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8399 +msgid "NAME" +msgstr "NAME" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8400 +msgid "Name of the command" +msgstr "Nome do Comando" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8404 +msgid "SYNOPSIS" +msgstr "SYNOPSIS" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8405 +msgid "Format of options and arguments" +msgstr "Formato das opções e argumentos" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8409 +msgid "DESCRIPTION" +msgstr "DESCRIPTION" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8410 +msgid "Description of purpose and usage" +msgstr "Descrição da finalidade e uso" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8414 +msgid "ENVIRONMENT" +msgstr "ENVIRONMENT" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8415 +msgid "Environment settings that affect operation" +msgstr "Configurações de ambiente que afetam a operação" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8420 +msgid "EXIT STATUS" +msgstr "EXIT STATUS" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8421 +msgid "Error codes returned on exit" +msgstr "Códigos de erro retornados na saída" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8425 +msgid "EXAMPLES" +msgstr "EXAMPLES" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8426 +msgid "Examples of usage" +msgstr "Exemplos de uso" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8430 +msgid "COMPATIBILITY" +msgstr "COMPATIBILITY" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8431 +msgid "Compatibility with other implementations" +msgstr "Compatibilidade com outras implementações" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8435 +msgid "SEE ALSO" +msgstr "SEE ALSO" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8436 +msgid "Cross-reference to related manual pages" +msgstr "Referência cruzada para páginas de manual relacionadas" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8440 +msgid "STANDARDS" +msgstr "STANDARDS" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8441 +msgid "Compatibility with standards like POSIX" +msgstr "Compatibilidade com padrões como o POSIX" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8445 +msgid "HISTORY" +msgstr "HISTORY" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8446 +msgid "History of implementation" +msgstr "História de implementação" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8450 +msgid "BUGS" +msgstr "BUGS" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8451 +msgid "Known bugs" +msgstr "Bugs conhecidos" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8455 +msgid "AUTHORS" +msgstr "AUTHORS" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8456 +msgid "People who created the command or wrote the manual page." +msgstr "Pessoas que criaram o comando ou escreveram a página de manual." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:8463 +msgid "" +"Some sections are optional, and the combination of sections for a specific " +"type of manual page vary. Examples of the most common types are shown later " +"in this chapter." +msgstr "" +"Algumas seções são opcionais e a combinação de seções para um tipo " +"específico de página manual pode variar. Exemplos dos tipos mais comuns são " +"mostrados mais adiante neste capítulo." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:8469 +msgid "Macros" +msgstr "Macros" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:8471 +msgid "" +"mdoc7 markup is based on macros. Lines that " +"begin with a dot contain macro commands, each two or three letters long. For " +"example, consider this portion of the ls1 manual page:" +msgstr "" +"A marcação mdoc7 é baseada em macros. As " +"linhas que começam com um ponto contêm comandos de macro, com duas ou três " +"letras. Por exemplo, veja esta parte da página de manual do " +"ls1:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#manpages-markup-macros-example-ls +#: book.translate.xml:8477 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +".Dd December 1, 2015 \n" +".Dt LS 1\n" +".Sh NAME \n" +".Nm ls\n" +".Nd list directory contents\n" +".Sh SYNOPSIS \n" +".Nm \n" +".Op Fl -libxo \n" +".Op Fl ABCFGHILPRSTUWZabcdfghiklmnopqrstuwxy1, \n" +".Op Fl D Ar format \n" +".Op Ar \n" +".Sh DESCRIPTION \n" +"For each operand that names a\n" +".Ar file\n" +"of a type other than\n" +"directory,\n" +".Nm\n" +"displays its name as well as any requested,\n" +"associated information.\n" +"For each operand that names a\n" +".Ar file\n" +"of type directory,\n" +".Nm\n" +"displays the names of files contained\n" +"within that directory, as well as any requested, associated\n" +"information." +msgstr "" +"\n" +".Dd December 1, 2015 \n" +".Dt LS 1\n" +".Sh NAME \n" +".Nm ls\n" +".Nd list directory contents\n" +".Sh SYNOPSIS \n" +".Nm \n" +".Op Fl -libxo \n" +".Op Fl ABCFGHILPRSTUWZabcdfghiklmnopqrstuwxy1, \n" +".Op Fl D Ar format \n" +".Op Ar \n" +".Sh DESCRIPTION \n" +"For each operand that names a\n" +".Ar file\n" +"of a type other than\n" +"directory,\n" +".Nm\n" +"displays its name as well as any requested,\n" +"associated information.\n" +"For each operand that names a\n" +".Ar file\n" +"of type directory,\n" +".Nm\n" +"displays the names of files contained\n" +"within that directory, as well as any requested, associated\n" +"information." + +#. (itstool) path: callout/para +#: book.translate.xml:8507 +msgid "" +"A Document date and Document title " +"are defined." +msgstr "" +"O Document date e Document title " +"são definidos." + +#. (itstool) path: callout/para +#: book.translate.xml:8512 +msgid "" +"A Section header for the NAME section is defined. Then " +"the Name of the command and a one-line Name " +"description are defined." +msgstr "" +"O Cabeçalho da Seção para a seção NAME é definido. Em " +"seguida, são definidos o Nome do comando e uma " +"Descrição do Nome de uma linha." + +#. (itstool) path: callout/para +#: book.translate.xml:8519 +msgid "" +"The SYNOPSIS section begins. This section describes the command-line options " +"and arguments accepted." +msgstr "" +"A seção SYNOPSIS começa. Esta seção descreve as opções e argumentos de linha " +"de comando que são aceitos." + +#. (itstool) path: callout/para +#: book.translate.xml:8524 +msgid "" +"Name (.Nm) has already been defined, " +"and repeating it here just displays the defined value in the text." +msgstr "" +"Nome (.Nm) já foi definido, e repeti-" +"lo aqui apenas exibe o valor definido no texto." + +#. (itstool) path: callout/para +#: book.translate.xml:8530 +msgid "" +"An Optional Flag called -" +"libxo is shown. The Fl macro adds a dash to the " +"beginning of flags, so this appears in the manual page as --libxo." +msgstr "" +"Uma Optional Flag chamada " +"-libxo é mostrada. A macro Fl adiciona " +"um traço ao início das flags, portanto, isso aparece na página de manual " +"como --libxo." + +#. (itstool) path: callout/para +#: book.translate.xml:8538 +msgid "A long list of optional single-character flags are shown." +msgstr "" +"Uma longa lista de sinalizadores opcionais de caracteres únicos é " +"apresentada." + +#. (itstool) path: callout/para +#: book.translate.xml:8543 +msgid "" +"An optional -D flag is defined. If the -D flag is given, it must be followed by an Argument. The argument is a format, a string that " +"tells ls1 what to display and how to display it. Details on " +"the format string are given later in the manual page." +msgstr "" +"Uma flag opcional -D é definida. Se a flag -D for informada, ela deve ser seguida por um Argumento. O argumento é um format, uma string que diz " +"ls1 o que exibir e como exibi-lo. Detalhes sobre a string de " +"formato são fornecidos posteriormente na página de manual." + +#. (itstool) path: callout/para +#: book.translate.xml:8553 +msgid "" +"A final optional argument is defined. Because no name is specified for the " +"argument, the default of file ... is used." +msgstr "" +"Um argumento opcional final é definido. Como nenhum nome é especificado para " +"o argumento, o padrão file ... é usado." + +#. (itstool) path: callout/para +#: book.translate.xml:8559 +msgid "" +"The Section header for the DESCRIPTION section is " +"defined." +msgstr "" +"O Cabeçalho da Seção para a seção DESCRIPTION é " +"definido." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:8564 +msgid "" +"When rendered with the command man ls, the result " +"displayed on the screen looks like this:" +msgstr "" +"Quando renderizado com o comando man ls, o resultado " +"exibido na tela é semelhante ao seguinte:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:8567 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"LS(1) FreeBSD General Commands Manual LS(1)\n" +"\n" +"NAME\n" +" ls — list directory contents\n" +"\n" +"SYNOPSIS\n" +" ls [--libxo] [-ABCFGHILPRSTUWZabcdfghiklmnopqrstuwxy1,] [-D format]\n" +" [file ...]\n" +"\n" +"DESCRIPTION\n" +" For each operand that names a file of a type other than directory, ls\n" +" displays its name as well as any requested, associated information. For\n" +" each operand that names a file of type directory, ls displays the names\n" +" of files contained within that directory, as well as any requested,\n" +" associated information." +msgstr "" +"LS(1) FreeBSD General Commands Manual LS(1)\n" +"\n" +"NAME\n" +" ls — list directory contents\n" +"\n" +"SYNOPSIS\n" +" ls [--libxo] [-ABCFGHILPRSTUWZabcdfghiklmnopqrstuwxy1,] [-D format]\n" +" [file ...]\n" +"\n" +"DESCRIPTION\n" +" For each operand that names a file of a type other than directory, ls\n" +" displays its name as well as any requested, associated information. For\n" +" each operand that names a file of type directory, ls displays the names\n" +" of files contained within that directory, as well as any requested,\n" +" associated information." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:8583 +msgid "Optional values are shown inside square brackets." +msgstr "Valores opcionais são mostrados entre colchetes." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:8587 +msgid "Markup Guidelines" +msgstr "Diretrizes de Marcação" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:8589 +msgid "" +"The mdoc7 markup language is not very strict. For clarity " +"and consistency, the FreeBSD Documentation project adds some additional " +"style guidelines:" +msgstr "" +"A linguagem de marcação mdoc7 não é muito rigorosa. " +"Para maior clareza e consistência, o projeto Documentação do FreeBSD " +"adiciona algumas diretrizes de estilo adicionais:" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:8595 +msgid "Only the first letter of macros is upper case" +msgstr "Apenas a primeira letra das macros é maiúscula" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:8598 +msgid "" +"Always use upper case for the first letter of a macro and lower case for the " +"remaining letters." +msgstr "" +"Sempre use maiúsculas para a primeira letra de uma macro e minúscula para as " +"letras restantes." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:8604 +msgid "Begin new sentences on new lines" +msgstr "Comece novas frases em novas linhas" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:8607 +msgid "" +"Start a new sentence on a new line, do not begin it on the same line as an " +"existing sentence." +msgstr "" +"Inicie uma nova frase em uma nova linha, não a inicie na mesma linha de uma " +"frase existente." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:8613 +msgid "" +"Update .Dd when making non-trivial changes to a manual " +"page" +msgstr "" +"Atualizar .Dd ao fazer alterações não triviais em uma " +"página de manual" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:8617 +msgid "" +"The Document date informs the reader about the last " +"time the manual page was updated. It is important to update whenever non-" +"trivial changes are made to the manual pages. Trivial changes like spelling " +"or punctuation fixes that do not affect usage can be made without updating " +".Dd." +msgstr "" +"A Data do documento informa o leitor sobre a última vez " +"que a página de manual foi atualizada. É importante atualizar sempre que " +"alterações não triviais forem feitas nas páginas de manual. Alterações " +"triviais, como correções ortográficas ou de pontuação que não afetam o uso, " +"podem ser feitas sem atualizar .Dd." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:8628 +msgid "Give examples" +msgstr "Apresentando exemplos" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:8631 +msgid "" +"Show the reader examples when possible. Even trivial examples are valuable, " +"because what is trivial to the writer is not necessarily trivial to the " +"reader. Three examples are a good goal. A trivial example shows the minimal " +"requirements, a serious example shows actual use, and an in-depth example " +"demonstrates unusual or non-obvious functionality." +msgstr "" +"Apresente exemplos ao leitor sempre que possível. Mesmo exemplos triviais " +"são valiosos, porque o que é trivial para o escritor não é necessariamente " +"trivial para o leitor. Três exemplos são um bom objetivo. Um exemplo trivial " +"mostra os requisitos mínimos, um exemplo afundo mostra o uso real e um " +"exemplo detalhado demonstra uma funcionalidade incomum ou não óbvia." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:8642 +msgid "Include the BSD license" +msgstr "Inclua a licença BSD" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:8645 +msgid "" +"Include the BSD license on new manual pages. The preferred license is " +"available from the Committer's Guide." +msgstr "" +"Inclua a licença BSD em novas páginas de manual. A licença preferencial está " +"disponível no Guia dos Committer's." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:8654 +msgid "Markup Tricks" +msgstr "Truques de Marcação" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:8656 +msgid "Add a space before punctuation on a line with macros. Example:" +msgstr "" +"Adicione um espaço antes da pontuação em uma linha com macros. Exemplo:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:8659 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +".Sh SEE ALSO\n" +".Xr geom 4 ,\n" +".Xr boot0cfg 8 ,\n" +".Xr geom 8 ,\n" +".Xr gptboot 8" +msgstr "" +".Sh SEE ALSO\n" +".Xr geom 4 ,\n" +".Xr boot0cfg 8 ,\n" +".Xr geom 8 ,\n" +".Xr gptboot 8" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:8665 +msgid "" +"Note how the commas at the end of the .Xr lines have been " +"placed after a space. The .Xr macro expects two " +"parameters to follow it, the name of an external manual page, and a section " +"number. The space separates the punctuation from the section number. Without " +"the space, the external links would incorrectly point to section 4," +" or 8,." +msgstr "" +"Observe como as vírgulas no final das linhas .Xr foram " +"colocadas após um espaço. A macro .Xr espera dois " +"parâmetros, o nome de uma página de manual externa e um número de seção. O " +"espaço separa a pontuação do número da seção. Sem o espaço, os links " +"externos apontariam incorretamente para a seção 4, ou " +"8,." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:8676 +msgid "Important Macros" +msgstr "Macros Importantes" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:8678 +msgid "" +"Some very common macros will be shown here. For more usage examples, see " +"mdoc7, groff_mdoc7, or search for actual " +"use in /usr/share/man/man* directories. For example, to " +"search for examples of the .Bd Begin display macro:" +msgstr "" +"Algumas macros muito comuns serão mostradas aqui. Para obter mais exemplos " +"de uso, consulte mdoc7, " +"groff_mdoc7, ou procure por uso real no diretório /" +"usr/share/man/man*. Por exemplo, para procurar exemplos da macro " +".Bd Begin display:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen +#: book.translate.xml:8685 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% find /usr/share/man/man* | xargs zgrep '.Bd'" +msgstr "% find /usr/share/man/man* | xargs zgrep '.Bd'" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: book.translate.xml:8688 +msgid "Organizational Macros" +msgstr "Macros Organizacionais" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:8690 +msgid "Some macros are used to define logical blocks of a manual page." +msgstr "" +"Algumas macros são usadas para definir blocos lógicos de uma página de " +"manual." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8697 +msgid "Organizational Macro" +msgstr "Macro Organizacional" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:8698 book.translate.xml:8753 book.translate.xml:9608 +#: book.translate.xml:9788 +msgid "Use" +msgstr "Uso" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8704 +msgid ".Sh" +msgstr ".Sh" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8705 +msgid "" +"Section header. Followed by the name of the section, traditionally all upper " +"case. Think of these as chapter titles." +msgstr "" +"Section header (Cabeçalho da seção). Seguido pelo nome da seção, " +"tradicionalmente com os caracteres todos em maiúsculas. Pense neles como " +"títulos de capítulos." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8711 +msgid ".Ss" +msgstr ".Ss" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8712 +msgid "" +"Subsection header. Followed by the name of the subsection. Used to divide a " +".Sh section into subsections." +msgstr "" +"Subsection header (Cabeçalho da subseção). Seguido pelo nome da subseção. " +"Usado para dividir uma seção .Sh em subseções." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8719 +msgid ".Bl" +msgstr ".Bl" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8720 +msgid "Begin list. Start a list of items." +msgstr "Begin list. Comece uma lista de itens." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8724 +msgid ".El" +msgstr ".El" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8725 +msgid "End a list." +msgstr "End a list (Finalize uma lista)." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8729 +msgid ".Bd" +msgstr ".Bd" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8730 +msgid "Begin display. Begin a special area of text, like an indented area." +msgstr "" +"Begin display (Comece a exibição). Comece em uma área especial de texto, " +"como uma área recuada." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8735 +msgid ".Ed" +msgstr ".Ed" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8736 +msgid "End display." +msgstr "End display (Termine a exibição)." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: book.translate.xml:8744 +msgid "Inline Macros" +msgstr "Macros Inline" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:8746 +msgid "Many macros are used to mark up inline text." +msgstr "Muitas macros são usadas para marcar texto embutido." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8752 +msgid "Inline Macro" +msgstr "Macro Inline" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8759 +msgid ".Nm" +msgstr ".Nm" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8760 +msgid "" +"Name. Called with a name as a parameter on the first use, then used later " +"without the parameter to display the name that has already been defined." +msgstr "" +"Name. Chamado com um nome como parâmetro no primeiro uso, usado depois sem o " +"parâmetro para exibir o nome que já foi definido." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8767 +msgid ".Pa" +msgstr ".Pa" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8768 +msgid "Path to a file. Used to mark up filenames and directory paths." +msgstr "" +"Path to a file (Caminho para um arquivo). Usado para marcar nomes de " +"arquivos e caminhos de diretório." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:8779 +msgid "Sample Manual Page Structures" +msgstr "Exemplo de Estruturas de Página de Manual" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:8781 +msgid "" +"This section shows minimal desired man page contents for several common " +"categories of manual pages." +msgstr "" +"Esta seção mostra o conteúdo mínimo desejável para um página de manual para " +"várias categorias comuns de páginas de manual." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:8785 +msgid "Section 1 or 8 Command" +msgstr "Seção 1 ou 8 sobre um comando" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:8787 +msgid "The preferred basic structure for a section 1 or 8 command:" +msgstr "A estrutura básica preferida para uma seção 1 ou 8 sobre um comando:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#manpages-sample-structures-section-1-8-sample +#: book.translate.xml:8790 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +".Dd August 25, 2017\n" +".Dt EXAMPLECMD 8\n" +".Os\n" +".Sh NAME\n" +".Nm examplecmd\n" +".Nd \"command to demonstrate section 1 and 8 man pages\"\n" +".Sh SYNOPSIS\n" +".Nm\n" +".Op Fl v\n" +".Sh DESCRIPTION\n" +"The\n" +".Nm\n" +"utility does nothing except demonstrate a trivial but complete\n" +"manual page for a section 1 or 8 command.\n" +".Sh SEE ALSO\n" +".Xr exampleconf 5\n" +".Sh AUTHORS\n" +".An Firstname Lastname Aq Mt flastname@example.com" +msgstr "" +".Dd August 25, 2017\n" +".Dt EXAMPLECMD 8\n" +".Os\n" +".Sh NAME\n" +".Nm examplecmd\n" +".Nd \"command to demonstrate section 1 and 8 man pages\"\n" +".Sh SYNOPSIS\n" +".Nm\n" +".Op Fl v\n" +".Sh DESCRIPTION\n" +"The\n" +".Nm\n" +"utility does nothing except demonstrate a trivial but complete\n" +"manual page for a section 1 or 8 command.\n" +".Sh SEE ALSO\n" +".Xr exampleconf 5\n" +".Sh AUTHORS\n" +".An Firstname Lastname Aq Mt flastname@example.com" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:8811 +msgid "Section 4 Device Driver" +msgstr "Seção 4 sobre um Driver de Dispositivo" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:8813 +msgid "The preferred basic structure for a section 4 device driver:" +msgstr "" +"A estrutura básica preferida para a seção 4 sobre um driver de dispositivo:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#manpages-sample-structures-section-4-sample +#: book.translate.xml:8816 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +".Dd August 25, 2017\n" +".Dt EXAMPLEDRIVER 4\n" +".Os\n" +".Sh NAME\n" +".Nm exampledriver\n" +".Nd \"driver to demonstrate section 4 man pages\"\n" +".Sh SYNOPSIS\n" +"To compile this driver into the kernel, add this line to the\n" +"kernel configuration file:\n" +".Bd -ragged -offset indent\n" +".Cd \"device exampledriver\"\n" +".Ed\n" +".Pp\n" +"To load the driver as a module at boot, add this line to\n" +".Xr loader.conf 5 :\n" +".Bd -literal -offset indent\n" +"exampledriver_load=\"YES\"\n" +".Ed\n" +".Sh DESCRIPTION\n" +"The\n" +".Nm\n" +"driver provides an opportunity to show a skeleton or template\n" +"file for section 4 manual pages.\n" +".Sh HARDWARE\n" +"The\n" +".Nm\n" +"driver supports these cards from the aptly-named Nonexistent\n" +"Technologies:\n" +".Pp\n" +".Bl -bullet -compact\n" +".It\n" +"NT X149.2 (single and dual port)\n" +".It\n" +"NT X149.8 (single port)\n" +".El\n" +".Sh DIAGNOSTICS\n" +".Bl -diag\n" +".It \"flashing green light\"\n" +"Something bad happened.\n" +".It \"flashing red light\"\n" +"Something really bad happened.\n" +".It \"solid black light\"\n" +"Power cord is unplugged.\n" +".El\n" +".Sh SEE ALSO\n" +".Xr example 8\n" +".Sh HISTORY\n" +"The\n" +".Nm\n" +"device driver first appeared in\n" +".Fx 49.2 .\n" +".Sh AUTHORS\n" +".An Firstname Lastname Aq Mt flastname@example.com" +msgstr "" +".Dd August 25, 2017\n" +".Dt EXAMPLEDRIVER 4\n" +".Os\n" +".Sh NAME\n" +".Nm exampledriver\n" +".Nd \"driver to demonstrate section 4 man pages\"\n" +".Sh SYNOPSIS\n" +"To compile this driver into the kernel, add this line to the\n" +"kernel configuration file:\n" +".Bd -ragged -offset indent\n" +".Cd \"device exampledriver\"\n" +".Ed\n" +".Pp\n" +"To load the driver as a module at boot, add this line to\n" +".Xr loader.conf 5 :\n" +".Bd -literal -offset indent\n" +"exampledriver_load=\"YES\"\n" +".Ed\n" +".Sh DESCRIPTION\n" +"The\n" +".Nm\n" +"driver provides an opportunity to show a skeleton or template\n" +"file for section 4 manual pages.\n" +".Sh HARDWARE\n" +"The\n" +".Nm\n" +"driver supports these cards from the aptly-named Nonexistent\n" +"Technologies:\n" +".Pp\n" +".Bl -bullet -compact\n" +".It\n" +"NT X149.2 (single and dual port)\n" +".It\n" +"NT X149.8 (single port)\n" +".El\n" +".Sh DIAGNOSTICS\n" +".Bl -diag\n" +".It \"flashing green light\"\n" +"Something bad happened.\n" +".It \"flashing red light\"\n" +"Something really bad happened.\n" +".It \"solid black light\"\n" +"Power cord is unplugged.\n" +".El\n" +".Sh SEE ALSO\n" +".Xr example 8\n" +".Sh HISTORY\n" +"The\n" +".Nm\n" +"device driver first appeared in\n" +".Fx 49.2 .\n" +".Sh AUTHORS\n" +".An Firstname Lastname Aq Mt flastname@example.com" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:8872 +msgid "Section 5 Configuration File" +msgstr "Seção 5 sobre um Arquivo de Configuração" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:8874 +msgid "The preferred basic structure for a section 5 configuration file:" +msgstr "" +"A estrutura básica preferida para a seção 5 sobre um arquivo de configuração:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#manpages-sample-structures-section-5-sample +#: book.translate.xml:8877 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +".Dd August 25, 2017\n" +".Dt EXAMPLECONF 5\n" +".Os\n" +".Sh NAME\n" +".Nm example.conf\n" +".Nd \"config file to demonstrate section 5 man pages\"\n" +".Sh DESCRIPTION\n" +".Nm\n" +"is an example configuration file.\n" +".Sh SEE ALSO\n" +".Xr example 8\n" +".Sh AUTHORS\n" +".An Firstname Lastname Aq Mt flastname@example.com" +msgstr "" +".Dd August 25, 2017\n" +".Dt EXAMPLECONF 5\n" +".Os\n" +".Sh NAME\n" +".Nm example.conf\n" +".Nd \"config file to demonstrate section 5 man pages\"\n" +".Sh DESCRIPTION\n" +".Nm\n" +"is an example configuration file.\n" +".Sh SEE ALSO\n" +".Xr example 8\n" +".Sh AUTHORS\n" +".An Firstname Lastname Aq Mt flastname@example.com" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:8894 +msgid "Example Manual Pages to Use as Templates" +msgstr "Exemplos de páginas de manuais para usar como modelos" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:8896 +msgid "Some manual pages are suitable as in-depth examples." +msgstr "" +"Algumas destas páginas de manual são adequadas para serem usadas como " +"exemplos detalhados." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8902 +msgid "Manual Page" +msgstr "Página Manual" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8903 +msgid "Path to Source Location" +msgstr "Caminho para o local de origem" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8910 +msgid "/usr/src/bin/cp/cp.1" +msgstr "/usr/src/bin/cp/cp.1" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8914 +msgid "" +"vt4" +msgstr "" +"vt4" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8915 +msgid "/usr/src/share/man/man4/vt.4" +msgstr "/usr/src/share/man/man4/vt.4" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8919 +msgid "" +"crontab5" +msgstr "" +"crontab5" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8920 +msgid "/usr/src/usr.sbin/cron/crontab/crontab.5" +msgstr "/usr/src/usr.sbin/cron/crontab/crontab.5" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8924 +msgid "" +"gpart8" +msgstr "" +"gpart8" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:8925 +msgid "/usr/src/sbin/geom/class/part/gpart.8" +msgstr "/usr/src/sbin/geom/class/part/gpart.8" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:8933 +msgid "Resources" +msgstr "Recursos" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:8935 +msgid "Resources for manual page writers:" +msgstr "Recursos para escritores de páginas manuais:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:8939 +msgid "" +"man1" +msgstr "" +"man1" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:8943 +msgid "" +"mandoc1" +msgstr "" +"mandoc1" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:8947 +msgid "" +"groff_mdoc7" +msgstr "" +"groff_mdoc7" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:8951 +msgid "" +"Practical UNIX " +"Manuals: mdoc" +msgstr "" +"Manuais Práticos do " +"UNIX: mdoc" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:8956 +msgid "" +"History of UNIX " +"Manpages" +msgstr "" +"História das Man " +"pages do UNIX" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: book.translate.xml:8995 +msgid "Writing Style" +msgstr "Estilo de escrita" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:8998 +msgid "Tips" +msgstr "Dicas" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:9000 +msgid "" +"Technical documentation can be improved by consistent use of several " +"principles. Most of these can be classified into three goals: be " +"clear, be complete, and be " +"concise. These goals can conflict with each other. Good writing " +"consists of a balance between them." +msgstr "" +"A documentação técnica pode ser melhorada pelo uso consistente de vários " +"princípios. A maioria destes pode ser classificada em três objetivos: " +"ser claro, ser completo e " +"ser conciso. Essas metas podem entrar em conflito umas " +"com as outras. Uma boa escrita consiste em um equilíbrio entre eles." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:9009 +msgid "Be Clear" +msgstr "Seja claro" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9011 +msgid "" +"Clarity is extremely important. The reader may be a novice, or reading the " +"document in a second language. Strive for simple, uncomplicated text that " +"clearly explains the concepts." +msgstr "" +"A clareza é extremamente importante. O leitor pode ser um novato ou ler o " +"documento em um segundo idioma. Esforce-se por um texto simples e " +"descomplicado que explique claramente os conceitos." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9016 +msgid "" +"Avoid flowery or embellished speech, jokes, or colloquial expressions. Write " +"as simply and clearly as possible. Simple text is easier to understand and " +"translate." +msgstr "" +"Evite discurso florido ou embelezado, piadas ou expressões coloquiais. " +"Escreva da maneira mais simples e clara possível. Um texto simples é mais " +"fácil de se entender e de se traduzir." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9020 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Keep explanations as short, simple, and clear as possible. Avoid empty " +"phrases like in order to, which usually just means to. Avoid potentially patronizing words like basically. " +"Avoid Latin terms like i.e., or cf., which may " +"be unknown outside of academic or scientific groups." +msgstr "" +"Mantenha as explicações o mais curtas, simples e claras possível. Evite " +"frases vazias como a fim de as quais normalmente significam " +"apenas um para. Evite palavras potencialmente paternalistas " +"tais como basicamente. Evite termos latinos como i.e. ou cf., os quais podem ser desconhecidos fora de " +"grupos acadêmicos ou científicos." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9028 +msgid "" +"Write in a formal style. Avoid addressing the reader as you. " +"For example, say copy the file to /tmp " +"rather than you can copy the file to /tmp." +msgstr "" +"Escreva em um estilo formal. Evite dirigir-se ao leitor como você. Por exemplo, digamos copie o arquivo para /tmp em vez de você pode copiar o arquivo para " +"/tmp." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9034 +msgid "" +"Give clear, correct, tested examples. A trivial example " +"is better than no example. A good example is better yet. Do not give bad " +"examples, identifiable by apologies or sentences like but really it " +"should never be done that way. Bad examples are worse than no " +"examples. Give good examples, because even when warned not to use " +"the example as shown, the reader will usually just use the " +"example as shown." +msgstr "" +"Dê exemplos claros, corretos, e testados. Um exemplo " +"trivial é melhor do que nenhum exemplo. Um bom exemplo é ainda melhor. Não " +"dê exemplos ruins, identificáveis ​​por desculpas ou frases como mas " +"realmente isso nunca deve ser feito dessa forma. Exemplos ruins são " +"piores que nenhum exemplo. Dê bons exemplos, porque mesmo quando " +"avisado para não usar o exemplo como mostrado , o leitor " +"normalmente só usa o exemplo como mostrado." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9043 +msgid "" +"Avoid weasel words like should, " +"might, try, or could. These " +"words imply that the speaker is unsure of the facts, and create doubt in the " +"reader." +msgstr "" +"Evite palavras vazias como deveria, " +"poderia, tentaria, ou podia. " +"Estas palavras implicam que o autor não tem certeza dos fatos e cria dúvidas " +"no leitor." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9049 +msgid "" +"Similarly, give instructions as imperative commands: not you should " +"do this, but merely do this." +msgstr "" +"Da mesma forma, dê instruções como comandos imperativos: não utilize " +"você deve fazer isso, mas apenas faça isso." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:9055 +msgid "Be Complete" +msgstr "Seja completo" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9057 +msgid "" +"Do not make assumptions about the reader's abilities or skill level. Tell " +"them what they need to know. Give links to other documents to provide " +"background information without having to recreate it. Put yourself in the " +"reader's place, anticipate the questions they will ask, and answer them." +msgstr "" +"Não faça suposições sobre as habilidades do leitor. Diga-lhes o que precisam " +"saber. Dê links para outros documentos para fornecer informações básicas sem " +"precisar recriá-las. Coloque-se no lugar do leitor, antecipe as perguntas " +"que eles farão e responda-os." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:9066 +msgid "Be Concise" +msgstr "Seja conciso" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9068 +msgid "" +"While features should be documented completely, sometimes there is so much " +"information that the reader cannot easily find the specific detail needed. " +"The balance between being complete and being concise is a challenge. One " +"approach is to have an introduction, then a quick start " +"section that describes the most common situation, followed by an in-depth " +"reference section." +msgstr "" +"Embora as funcionalidades devam ser documentadas completamente, às vezes " +"existe tanta informação que o leitor não consegue encontrar facilmente os " +"detalhes específicos de que necessita. O equilíbrio entre ser completo e ser " +"conciso é um desafio. Uma abordagem é ter uma introdução e, em seguida, uma " +"seção de início rápido que descreve a situação mais comum, " +"seguida por uma seção de referência aprofundada." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:9079 +msgid "Guidelines" +msgstr "Diretrizes" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:9081 +msgid "" +"To promote consistency between the myriad authors of the FreeBSD " +"documentation, some guidelines have been drawn up for authors to follow." +msgstr "" +"Para promover a consistência entre os inúmeros autores da documentação do " +"FreeBSD, algumas diretrizes foram elaboradas para os autores seguirem." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:9087 +msgid "Use American English Spelling" +msgstr "Use a Ortografia do Inglês Americano" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:9090 +msgid "" +"There are several variants of English, with different spellings for the same " +"word. Where spellings differ, use the American English variant. " +"color, not colour, rationalize, " +"not rationalise, and so on." +msgstr "" +"Existem várias variantes do inglês, com grafias diferentes para a mesma " +"palavra. Onde as grafias diferem, use a variante do inglês americano. " +"color, não colour, rationalize, " +"não rationalise, e assim por diante." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: book.translate.xml:9097 +msgid "" +"The use of British English may be accepted in the case of a contributed " +"article, however the spelling must be consistent within the whole document. " +"The other documents such as books, web site, manual pages, etc. will have to " +"use American English." +msgstr "" +"O uso do inglês britânico pode ser aceito no caso de um artigo contribuído, " +"no entanto, a ortografia deve ser consistente em todo o documento. Os outros " +"documentos, como livros, site, páginas de manual, etc., terão que usar o " +"inglês americano." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:9107 +msgid "Do not use contractions" +msgstr "Não use contrações" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:9110 +msgid "" +"Do not use contractions. Always spell the phrase out in full. Don't " +"use contractions is wrong." +msgstr "" +"Não use contrações. Sempre soletre a frase na íntegra. Do not " +"é a forma correta, Don't é a errada." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:9114 +msgid "" +"Avoiding contractions makes for a more formal tone, is more precise, and is " +"slightly easier for translators." +msgstr "" +"Evitar contrações contribui para um tom mais formal, é mais preciso e é um " +"pouco mais fácil para os tradutores." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:9121 +msgid "Use the serial comma" +msgstr "Use a vírgula serial" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:9124 +msgid "" +"In a list of items within a paragraph, separate each item from the others " +"with a comma. Separate the last item from the others with a comma and the " +"word and." +msgstr "" +"Em uma lista de itens dentro de um parágrafo, separe cada item dos outros " +"com uma vírgula. Separe o último item dos outros com uma vírgula e a letra " +"e." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:9129 +msgid "For example:" +msgstr "Por exemplo:" + +#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para +#: book.translate.xml:9132 +msgid "This is a list of one, two and three items." +msgstr "Esta é uma lista de um, dois e três itens." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:9135 +msgid "" +"Is this a list of three items, one, two, and " +"three, or a list of two items, one and " +"two and three?" +msgstr "" +"É uma lista de três itens, um, dois e " +"três, ou uma lista de dois itens, um e " +"dois e três?" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:9140 +msgid "It is better to be explicit and include a serial comma:" +msgstr "É melhor ser explícito e incluir uma vírgula serial:" + +#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para +#: book.translate.xml:9144 +msgid "This is a list of one, two, and three items." +msgstr "Esta é uma lista de um, dois, e três itens." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:9150 +msgid "Avoid redundant phrases" +msgstr "Evite frases redundantes" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:9153 +msgid "" +"Do not use redundant phrases. In particular, the command, " +"the file, and man command are often redundant." +msgstr "" +"Não use frases redundantes. Em particular, o comando, " +"o arquivo e o comando man são frequentemente " +"redundantes." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:9157 +msgid "For example, commands:" +msgstr "Por exemplo, comandos:" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/para +#: book.translate.xml:9160 +msgid "Wrong: Use the svn command to update sources." +msgstr "" +"Errado: Use o comando svn para atualizar o código fonte." + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/para +#: book.translate.xml:9165 +msgid "Right: Use svn to update sources." +msgstr "Correto: Use o svn para atualizar o código fonte." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:9169 +msgid "Filenames:" +msgstr "Nomes de arquivo:" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/para +#: book.translate.xml:9172 +msgid "Wrong: … in the filename /etc/rc.local…" +msgstr "Errado:… no nome do arquivo /etc/rc.local…" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/para +#: book.translate.xml:9177 +msgid "Right: … in /etc/rc.local…" +msgstr "Correto:… no /etc/rc.local…" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:9181 +msgid "" +"Manual page references (the second example uses citerefentry with " +"the &man.csh.1; entity):." +msgstr "" +"Referências de páginas de manual (o segundo exemplo usa citerefentry com a entidade &man.csh.1;):" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/para +#: book.translate.xml:9186 +msgid "Wrong: See man csh for more information." +msgstr "Errado: Veja man csh para mais informações." + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/para +#: book.translate.xml:9191 +msgid "" +"Right: See csh1." +msgstr "" +"Correto: Veja csh1." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: book.translate.xml:9197 +msgid "Two spaces between sentences" +msgstr "Dois espaços entre frases" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:9200 +msgid "" +"Always use two spaces between sentences, as it improves readability and " +"eases use of tools such as Emacs." +msgstr "" +"Sempre use dois espaços entre as sentenças, pois isso melhora a legibilidade " +"e facilita o uso de ferramentas como o Emacs." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:9204 +msgid "" +"A period and spaces followed by a capital letter does not always mark a new " +"sentence, especially in names. Jordan K. Hubbard is a good " +"example. It has a capital H following a period and a " +"space, and is certainly not a new sentence." +msgstr "" +"Um período e espaços seguidos por uma letra maiúscula nem sempre marcam uma " +"nova sentença, especialmente em nomes. Jordan K. Hubbard é um " +"bom exemplo. Ele tem um capital H após um período e um " +"espaço, e certamente não é uma nova sentença." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:9213 +msgid "" +"For more information about writing style, see Elements of Style, by William Strunk." +msgstr "" +"Para mais informações sobre o estilo de escrita, consulte Elementos de Estilo, de William " +"Strunk." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:9218 +msgid "Style Guide" +msgstr "Guia de estilo" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:9220 +msgid "" +"To keep the source for the documentation consistent when many different " +"people are editing it, please follow these style conventions." +msgstr "" +"Para manter o código fonte da documentação consistente quando muitas pessoas " +"diferentes a estiverem editando, siga estas convenções de estilo." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:9225 +msgid "Letter Case" +msgstr "Letter Case" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9227 +msgid "" +"Tags are entered in lower case, para, not " +"PARA." +msgstr "" +"As tags são digitadas em minúsculas, para, não PARA." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9230 +msgid "" +"Text that appears in SGML contexts is generally written in upper case, " +"<!ENTITY…>, and <!DOCTYPE…>, not <!entity…> and " +"<!doctype…>." +msgstr "" +"O texto que aparece em contextos SGML é geralmente escrito em letras " +"maiúsculas, <! ENTITY ... >, e <! " +"DOCTYPE… >, não <! entity… >" +" e <! doctype… >." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9241 +msgid "" +"Acronyms should be defined the first time they appear in a document, as in: " +"Network Time Protocol (NTP). After the " +"acronym has been defined, use the acronym alone unless it makes more sense " +"contextually to use the whole term. Acronyms are usually defined only once " +"per chapter or per document." +msgstr "" +"Os acrônimos devem ser definidos na primeira vez que aparecerem em um " +"documento, como em: Network Time Protocol (NTP). Depois que o acrônimo tiver sido definido, use apenas o acrônimo, a " +"menos que faça mais sentido contextualmente usar todo o termo. Acrônimos " +"geralmente são definidos apenas uma vez por capítulo ou por documento." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9249 +msgid "All acronyms should be enclosed in acronym tags." +msgstr "Todos os acrônimos devem ser colocados em tags acronym." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:9254 +msgid "Indentation" +msgstr "Indentação" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9256 +msgid "" +"The first line in each file starts with no indentation, " +"regardless of the indentation level of the file which " +"might contain the current file." +msgstr "" +"A primeira linha em cada arquivo começa sem recuo, " +"independentemente do nível de recuo do arquivo que pode " +"conter o arquivo atual." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9260 +msgid "" +"Opening tags increase the indentation level by two spaces. Closing tags " +"decrease the indentation level by two spaces. Blocks of eight spaces at the " +"start of a line should be replaced with a tab. Do not use spaces in front of " +"tabs, and do not add extraneous whitespace at the end of a line. Content " +"within elements should be indented by two spaces if the content runs over " +"more than one line." +msgstr "" +"Tags de abertura aumentam o nível de recuo por dois espaços. Tags de " +"fechamento diminuem o nível de recuo por dois espaços. Blocos de oito " +"espaços no início de uma linha devem ser substituídos por um tab. Não use " +"espaços na frente das tabs e não adicione espaço em branco extra no final de " +"uma linha. O conteúdo nos elementos deve ser indentado por dois espaços se o " +"conteúdo for executado em mais de uma linha." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9268 +msgid "For example, the source for this section looks like this:" +msgstr "Por exemplo, a fonte desta seção é assim:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:9271 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"chapter\n" +" title...title\n" +"\n" +" sect1\n" +" title...title\n" +"\n" +" sect2\n" +" titleIndentationtitle\n" +"\n" +" paraThe first line in each file starts with no indentation,\n" +"\temphasisregardlessemphasis of the indentation level of\n" +"\tthe file which might contain the current file.para\n" +"\n" +" ...\n" +" sect2\n" +" sect1\n" +"chapter" +msgstr "" +"chapter\n" +" title...title\n" +"\n" +" sect1\n" +" title...title\n" +"\n" +" sect2\n" +" titleIndentationtitle\n" +"\n" +" paraThe first line in each file starts with no indentation,\n" +"\temphasisregardlessemphasis of the indentation level of\n" +"\tthe file which might contain the current file.para\n" +"\n" +" ...\n" +" sect2\n" +" sect1\n" +"chapter" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9289 +msgid "" +"Tags containing long attributes follow the same rules. Following the " +"indentation rules in this case helps editors and writers see which content " +"is inside the tags:" +msgstr "" +"Tags contendo atributos longos seguem as mesmas regras. Seguir as regras de " +"recuo neste caso ajuda editores e escritores a ver qual conteúdo está dentro " +"das tags:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:9294 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"paraSee the link\n" +" linkend=\"gmirror-troubleshooting\"Troubleshootinglink\n" +" section if there are problems booting. Powering down and\n" +" disconnecting the original filenameada0filename disk\n" +" will allow it to be kept as an offline backup.para\n" +"\n" +"paraIt is also possible to journal the boot disk of a &os;\n" +" system. Refer to the article link\n" +" xlink:href=\"&url.articles.gjournal-desktop;\"Implementing UFS\n" +" Journaling on a Desktop PClink for detailed\n" +" instructions.para" +msgstr "" +"paraSee the link\n" +" linkend=\"gmirror-troubleshooting\"Troubleshootinglink\n" +" section if there are problems booting. Powering down and\n" +" disconnecting the original filenameada0filename disk\n" +" will allow it to be kept as an offline backup.para\n" +"\n" +"paraIt is also possible to journal the boot disk of a &os;\n" +" system. Refer to the article link\n" +" xlink:href=\"&url.articles.gjournal-desktop;\"Implementing UFS\n" +" Journaling on a Desktop PClink for detailed\n" +" instructions.para" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9306 +msgid "" +"When an element is too long to fit on the remainder of a line without " +"wrapping, moving the start tag to the next line can make the source easier " +"to read. In this example, the systemitem element has been " +"moved to the next line to avoid wrapping and indenting:" +msgstr "" +"Quando um elemento é muito longo para caber no restante de uma linha sem " +"quebrá-la, mover a tag inicial para a próxima linha pode facilitar a leitura " +"do código. Neste exemplo, o elemento systemitem foi " +"movido para a próxima linha para evitar a quebra e o recuo:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:9312 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"paraWith file flags, even\n" +" systemitem class=\"username\"rootsystemitem can be\n" +" prevented from removing or altering files.para" +msgstr "" +"paraWith file flags, even\n" +" systemitem class=\"username\"rootsystemitem can be\n" +" prevented from removing or altering files.para" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9316 +msgid "" +"Configurations to help various text editors conform to these guidelines can " +"be found in ." +msgstr "" +"Configurações para ajudar vários editores de texto a operar em conformidade " +"com estas diretrizes podem ser encontradas em ." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:9322 +msgid "Tag Style" +msgstr "Estilo de Tag" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: book.translate.xml:9325 +msgid "Tag Spacing" +msgstr "Espaçamento de tag" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:9327 +msgid "" +"Tags that start at the same indent as a previous tag should be separated by " +"a blank line, and those that are not at the same indent as a previous tag " +"should not:" +msgstr "" +"Tags que começam no mesmo recuo como uma tag anterior devem ser separadas " +"por uma linha em branco, e aquelas que não estão no mesmo recuo como uma tag " +"anterior não devem:" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:9332 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"article lang='en'\n" +" articleinfo\n" +" titleNIStitle\n" +"\n" +" pubdateOctober 1999pubdate\n" +"\n" +" abstract\n" +" para...\n" +"\t...\n" +"\t...para\n" +" abstract\n" +" articleinfo\n" +"\n" +" sect1\n" +" title...title\n" +"\n" +" para...para\n" +" sect1\n" +"\n" +" sect1\n" +" title...title\n" +"\n" +" para...para\n" +" sect1\n" +"article" +msgstr "" +"article lang='en'\n" +" articleinfo\n" +" titleNIStitle\n" +"\n" +" pubdateOctober 1999pubdate\n" +"\n" +" abstract\n" +" para...\n" +"\t...\n" +"\t...para\n" +" abstract\n" +" articleinfo\n" +"\n" +" sect1\n" +" title...title\n" +"\n" +" para...para\n" +" sect1\n" +"\n" +" sect1\n" +" title...title\n" +"\n" +" para...para\n" +" sect1\n" +"article" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: book.translate.xml:9361 +msgid "Separating Tags" +msgstr "Separando Tags" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:9363 +msgid "" +"Tags like itemizedlist which will always have further tags inside " +"them, and in fact do not take character data themselves, are always on a " +"line by themselves." +msgstr "" +"Tags como itemizedlist, que sempre terão outras tags dentro " +"delas, e de fato não pegam dados de caractere, estão sempre sozinhas em uma " +"linha." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:9368 +msgid "" +"Tags like para and term do not need other tags to " +"contain normal character data, and their contents begin immediately after " +"the tag, on the same line." +msgstr "" +"Tags como para e term não precisam de outras tags para " +"conter dados de caracteres normais, e seus conteúdos começam imediatamente " +"após a tag, na mesma linha ." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:9373 +msgid "The same applies to when these two types of tags close." +msgstr "O mesmo se aplica quando esses dois tipos de tags fecham." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:9376 +msgid "This leads to an obvious problem when mixing these tags." +msgstr "Isso leva a um problema óbvio ao misturar essas tags." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:9379 +msgid "" +"When a starting tag which cannot contain character data directly follows a " +"tag of the type that requires other tags within it to use character data, " +"they are on separate lines. The second tag should be properly indented." +msgstr "" +"Quando uma tag inicial que não pode conter dados de caractere segue " +"diretamente uma tag do tipo que requer outras tags dentro dela para usar " +"dados de caractere, elas estão em linhas separadas. A segunda tag deve estar " +"corretamente recuada." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: book.translate.xml:9384 +msgid "" +"When a tag which can contain character data closes directly after a tag " +"which cannot contain character data closes, they co-exist on the same line." +msgstr "" +"Quando uma tag que pode conter dados de caractere é fechada diretamente após " +"uma tag que não pode conter dados de caractere fechados, eles coexistem na " +"mesma linha." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:9391 +msgid "Whitespace Changes" +msgstr "Mudanças no espaço em branco" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9393 +msgid "" +"Do not commit changes to content at the same time as changes to " +"formatting." +msgstr "" +"Não faça commit de mudanças no conteúdo ao mesmo tempo em que faz " +"mudanças na formatação." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9397 +msgid "" +"When content and whitespace changes are kept separate, translation teams can " +"easily see whether a change was content that must be translated or only " +"whitespace." +msgstr "" +"Quando as alterações de conteúdo e espaço em branco são mantidas separadas, " +"as equipes de tradução podem ver facilmente se uma alteração foi de um " +"conteúdo que deve ser traduzido ou apenas espaço em branco." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9401 +msgid "" +"For example, if two sentences have been added to a paragraph so that the " +"line lengths now go over 80 columns, first commit the change with the too-" +"long lines. Then fix the line wrapping, and commit this second change. In " +"the commit message for the second change, indicate that this is a whitespace-" +"only change that can be ignored by translators." +msgstr "" +"Por exemplo, se duas sentenças foram adicionadas a um parágrafo para que os " +"comprimentos de linha passem de 80 colunas, primeiro faça commit da " +"alteração com as linhas longas demais. Em seguida, corrija a quebra de linha " +"e confirme essa segunda alteração. Na mensagem de confirmação da segunda " +"alteração, indique que esta é uma alteração somente de espaço em branco a " +"qual pode ser ignorada pelos tradutores." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:9411 +msgid "Non-Breaking Space" +msgstr "Espaços Não Separáveis (Non-Breaking Space)" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9413 +msgid "" +"Avoid line breaks in places where they look ugly or make it difficult to " +"follow a sentence. Line breaks depend on the width of the chosen output " +"medium. In particular, viewing the HTML documentation with a text browser " +"can lead to badly formatted paragraphs like the next one:" +msgstr "" +"Evite quebras de linha em locais onde elas pareçam feias ou dificultem o " +"entendimento de uma frase. Quebras de linha dependem da largura do meio de " +"saída escolhido. Em particular, a visualização da documentação em HTML com " +"um navegador de texto pode levar a parágrafos mal formatados como o seguinte:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/literallayout +#: book.translate.xml:9419 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Data capacity ranges from 40 MB to 15\n" +"GB. Hardware compression …" +msgstr "" +"A capacidade de dados varia de 40 MB a 15\n" +"GB Compressão de hardware…" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9422 +msgid "" +"The general entity &nbsp; prohibits line breaks " +"between parts belonging together. Use non-breaking spaces in the following " +"places:" +msgstr "" +"A entidade geral &nbsp; proíbe as quebras de linha " +"entre as partes que estão juntas. Use espaços não separáveis ​​nos seguintes " +"locais:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:9428 +msgid "between numbers and units:" +msgstr "entre números e unidades:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:9429 +#, no-wrap +msgid "57600&nbsp;bps" +msgstr "57600&nbsp;bps" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:9433 +msgid "between program names and version numbers:" +msgstr "entre nomes de programas e números de versão:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:9434 +#, no-wrap +msgid "&os;&nbsp;9.2" +msgstr "&os;&nbsp;9.2" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:9438 +msgid "" +"between multiword names (use with caution when applying this to more than " +"3-4 word names like The FreeBSD Brazilian Portuguese Documentation " +"Project):" +msgstr "" +"entre nomes com várias palavras (use com cautela ao aplicar isso em nomes de " +"mais de 3-4 palavras como The FreeBSD Portuguese Portuguese " +"Documentation Project):" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:9442 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Sun&nbsp;Microsystems" +msgstr "Sun &Microsystems" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:9449 +msgid "Word List" +msgstr "Lista de palavras" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:9451 +msgid "" +"This list of words shows the correct spelling and capitalization when used " +"in FreeBSD documentation. If a word is not on this list, ask about it on the " +"FreeBSD documentation project mailing list." +msgstr "" +"Esta lista de palavras mostra a ortografia e letras maiúsculas corretas " +"quando usadas na documentação do FreeBSD. Se uma palavra não estiver nesta " +"lista, pergunte sobre isso na lista de discussão do projeto de documentação " +"do FreeBSD." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:9459 +msgid "Word" +msgstr "Palavra" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:9460 +msgid "XML Code" +msgstr "Código XML" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:9461 +msgid "Notes" +msgstr "Notas" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:9467 +msgid "CD-ROM" +msgstr "CD-ROM" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:9469 +msgid "" +"acronymCD-ROMacronym" +msgstr "" +"acronymCD-ROMacronym" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:9473 +msgid "DoS (Denial of Service)" +msgstr "DoS (negação de serviço)" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:9474 +msgid "" +"acronymDoSacronym" +msgstr "" +"acronymDoSacronym" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:9478 +msgid "email" +msgstr "email" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:9482 +msgid "file system" +msgstr "sistema de arquivo" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:9486 +msgid "IPsec" +msgstr "IPsec" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:9490 +msgid "Internet" +msgstr "Internet" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:9494 +msgid "manual page" +msgstr "página de manual" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:9498 +msgid "mail server" +msgstr "servidor de email" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:9502 +msgid "name server" +msgstr "nome do servidor" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:9506 +msgid "Ports Collection" +msgstr "Coleção de Ports" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:9510 +msgid "read-only" +msgstr "somente leitura" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:9514 +msgid "Soft Updates" +msgstr "Soft Updates" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:9518 +msgid "stdin" +msgstr "stdin" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:9519 +msgid "" +"varnamestdinvarname" +msgstr "" +"varnamestdinvarname" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:9523 +msgid "stdout" +msgstr "stdout" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:9524 +msgid "" +"varnamestdoutvarname" +msgstr "" +"varnamestdoutvarname" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:9528 +msgid "stderr" +msgstr "stderr" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:9529 +msgid "" +"varnamestderrvarname" +msgstr "" +"varnamestderrvarname" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:9533 +msgid "Subversion" +msgstr "Subversion" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:9535 +msgid "" +"applicationSubversionapplication" +msgstr "" +"applicationSubversionapplication" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:9536 +msgid "" +"Do not refer to the Subversion application as SVN in " +"upper case. To refer to the command, use commandsvncommand." +msgstr "" +"Não se refira ao aplicativo Subversion como SVN em letras " +"maiúsculas. Para se referir ao comando, use commandsvncommand." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:9547 +msgid "userland" +msgstr "userland" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:9549 +msgid "things that apply to user space, not the kernel" +msgstr "coisas que se aplicam ao espaço do usuário, não ao kernel" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: book.translate.xml:9554 +msgid "web server" +msgstr "servidor web" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: book.translate.xml:9592 +msgid "Editor Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração do Editor" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: book.translate.xml:9594 +msgid "" +"Adjusting text editor configuration can make working on document files " +"quicker and easier, and help documents conform to FDP " +"guidelines." +msgstr "" +"Ajustar a configuração do editor de texto pode tornar o trabalho nos " +"arquivos da documentação mais rápido e fácil, além de ajudar os documentos a " +"ficarem em conformidade com as diretrizes do FDP." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:9599 +msgid "Vim" +msgstr "Vim" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:9601 +msgid "" +"Install from editors/vim, editors/vim-console, or editors/vim-tiny then follow the " +"configuration instructions in ." +msgstr "" +"Instale-o a partir de editors/vim, editors/vim-" +"console, ou editors/vim-tiny e siga as " +"instruções de configuração em ." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9610 +msgid "" +"Press P to reformat paragraphs or text that has been " +"selected in Visual mode. Press T to replace groups of eight " +"spaces with a tab." +msgstr "" +"Pressione P para reformatar parágrafos ou texto selecionado " +"no modo Visual. Pressione T para substituir grupos de oito " +"espaços por um tab." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:9617 book.translate.xml:9758 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9619 +msgid "" +"Edit ~/.vimrc, adding these lines to the end of the " +"file:" +msgstr "" +"Edite o ~/.vimrc, adicionando estas linhas ao final do " +"arquivo:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:9622 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"if has(\"autocmd\")\n" +" au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sgml,*.ent,*.xsl,*.xml call Set_SGML()\n" +" au BufNewFile,BufRead *.[1-9] call ShowSpecial()\n" +"endif \" has(autocmd)\n" +"\n" +"function Set_Highlights()\n" +" \"match ExtraWhitespace /^\\s* \\s*\\|\\s\\+$/\n" +" highlight default link OverLength ErrorMsg\n" +" match OverLength /\\%71v.\\+/\n" +" return 0\n" +"endfunction\n" +"\n" +"function ShowSpecial()\n" +" setlocal list listchars=tab:>>,trail:*,eol:$\n" +" hi def link nontext ErrorMsg\n" +" return 0\n" +"endfunction \" ShowSpecial()\n" +"\n" +"function Set_SGML()\n" +" setlocal number\n" +" syn match sgmlSpecial \"&[^;]*;\"\n" +" setlocal syntax=sgml\n" +" setlocal filetype=xml\n" +" setlocal shiftwidth=2\n" +" setlocal textwidth=70\n" +" setlocal tabstop=8\n" +" setlocal softtabstop=2\n" +" setlocal formatprg=\"fmt -p\"\n" +" setlocal autoindent\n" +" setlocal smartindent\n" +" \" Rewrap paragraphs\n" +" noremap P gqj\n" +" \" Replace spaces with tabs\n" +" noremap T :s/ /\\t/<CR>\n" +" call ShowSpecial()\n" +" call Set_Highlights()\n" +" return 0\n" +"endfunction \" Set_SGML()" +msgstr "" +"if has(\"autocmd\")\n" +" au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sgml,*.ent,*.xsl,*.xml call Set_SGML()\n" +" au BufNewFile,BufRead *.[1-9] call ShowSpecial()\n" +"endif \" has(autocmd)\n" +"\n" +"function Set_Highlights()\n" +" \"match ExtraWhitespace /^\\s* \\s*\\|\\s\\+$/\n" +" highlight default link OverLength ErrorMsg\n" +" match OverLength /\\%71v.\\+/\n" +" return 0\n" +"endfunction\n" +"\n" +"function ShowSpecial()\n" +" setlocal list listchars=tab:>>,trail:*,eol:$\n" +" hi def link nontext ErrorMsg\n" +" return 0\n" +"endfunction \" ShowSpecial()\n" +"\n" +"function Set_SGML()\n" +" setlocal number\n" +" syn match sgmlSpecial \"&[^;]*;\"\n" +" setlocal syntax=sgml\n" +" setlocal filetype=xml\n" +" setlocal shiftwidth=2\n" +" setlocal textwidth=70\n" +" setlocal tabstop=8\n" +" setlocal softtabstop=2\n" +" setlocal formatprg=\"fmt -p\"\n" +" setlocal autoindent\n" +" setlocal smartindent\n" +" \" Rewrap paragraphs\n" +" noremap P gqj\n" +" \" Replace spaces with tabs\n" +" noremap T :s/ /\\t/<CR>\n" +" call ShowSpecial()\n" +" call Set_Highlights()\n" +" return 0\n" +"endfunction \" Set_SGML()" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:9664 +msgid "Emacs" +msgstr "Emacs" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:9666 +msgid "" +"Install from editors/emacs or editors/emacs-" +"devel." +msgstr "" +"Instale-o a partir de editors/emacs ou editors/" +"emacs-devel." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:9670 +msgid "Validation" +msgstr "Validação" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9672 +msgid "" +"Emacs's nxml-mode uses compact relax NG schemas for validating XML. A " +"compact relax NG schema for FreeBSD's extension to DocBook 5.0 is included " +"in the documentation repository. To configure nxml-mode to validate using " +"this schema, create ~/.emacs.d/schema/schemas.xml and " +"add these lines to the file:" +msgstr "" +"O modo nxml do Emacs usa esquemas NG relax compacto para validar o XML. Um " +"esquema NG relax compacto para a extensão do FreeBSD para DocBook 5.0 está " +"incluído no repositório de documentação. Para configurar o modo nxml para " +"validar usando este esquema, crie ~/.emacs.d/schema/schemas.xml e adicione estas linhas ao arquivo:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:9680 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"locatingRules xmlns=\"http://thaiopensource.com/ns/locating-rules/1.0\"\n" +" documentElement localName=\"section\" typeId=\"DocBook\"\n" +" documentElement localName=\"chapter\" typeId=\"DocBook\"\n" +" documentElement localName=\"article\" typeId=\"DocBook\"\n" +" documentElement localName=\"book\" typeId=\"DocBook\"\n" +" typeId id=\"DocBook\" uri=\"/usr/local/share/xml/docbook/5.0/rng/docbook.rnc\"\n" +"locatingRules" +msgstr "" +"locatingRules xmlns=\"http://thaiopensource.com/ns/locating-rules/1.0\"\n" +" documentElement localName=\"section\" typeId=\"DocBook\"\n" +" documentElement localName=\"chapter\" typeId=\"DocBook\"\n" +" documentElement localName=\"article\" typeId=\"DocBook\"\n" +" documentElement localName=\"book\" typeId=\"DocBook\"\n" +" typeId id=\"DocBook\" uri=\"/usr/local/share/xml/docbook/5.0/rng/docbook.rnc\"\n" +"locatingRules" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:9691 +msgid "Automated Proofreading with Flycheck and Igor" +msgstr "Revisão Automatizada com Flycheck e Igor" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9693 +msgid "" +"The Flycheck package is available from Milkypostman's Emacs Lisp Package " +"Archive (MELPA). If MELPA is not " +"already in Emacs's packages-archives, it can be added by evaluating" +msgstr "" +"O pacote Flycheck está disponível no Emacs Lisp Package Archive da " +"Milkypostman (MELPA). Se a MELPA ainda " +"não estiver nos repositórios de pacotes do Emacs, ele pode ser adicionado " +"executando" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:9698 +#, no-wrap +msgid "(add-to-list 'package-archives '(\"melpa\" . \"http://stable.melpa.org/packages/\") t)" +msgstr "(add-to-list 'package-archives '(\"melpa\" . \"http://stable.melpa.org/packages/\") t)" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9700 +msgid "" +"Add the line to Emacs's initialization file (one of ~/.emacs, ~/.emacs.el, or ~.emacs.d/init.el) to make this change permanent." +msgstr "" +"Adicione a linha ao arquivo de inicialização do Emacs (qualquer um deles, " +"~/.emacs, ~/.emacs.el, ou " +"~.emacs.d/init.el) para tornar esta alteração " +"permanente." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9706 +msgid "To install Flycheck, evaluate" +msgstr "Para instalar o Flycheck, execute" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:9708 +#, no-wrap +msgid "(package-install 'flycheck)" +msgstr "(package-install 'flycheck)" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9710 +msgid "" +"Create a Flycheck checker for textproc/igor by evaluating" +msgstr "" +"Crie um verificador Flycheck para textproc/igor executando" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:9713 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"(flycheck-define-checker igor\n" +" \"FreeBSD Documentation Project sanity checker.\n" +"\n" +"See URLs https://www.freebsd.org/docproj/ and\n" +"http://www.freshports.org/textproc/igor/.\"\n" +" :command (\"igor\" \"-X\" source-inplace)\n" +" :error-parser flycheck-parse-checkstyle\n" +" :modes (nxml-mode)\n" +" :standard-input t)\n" +"\n" +" (add-to-list 'flycheck-checkers 'igor 'append)" +msgstr "" +"(flycheck-define-checker igor\n" +" \"FreeBSD Documentation Project sanity checker.\n" +"\n" +"See URLs https://www.freebsd.org/docproj/ and\n" +"http://www.freshports.org/textproc/igor/.\"\n" +" :command (\"igor\" \"-X\" source-inplace)\n" +" :error-parser flycheck-parse-checkstyle\n" +" :modes (nxml-mode)\n" +" :standard-input t)\n" +"\n" +" (add-to-list 'flycheck-checkers 'igor 'append)" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9725 +msgid "" +"Again, add these lines to Emacs's initialization file to make the changes " +"permanent." +msgstr "" +"Novamente, adicione essas linhas ao arquivo de inicialização do Emacs para " +"tornar as mudanças permanentes." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: book.translate.xml:9730 +msgid "FreeBSD Documentation Specific Settings" +msgstr "Configurações Específicas da Documentação do FreeBSD" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9732 +msgid "" +"To apply settings specific to the FreeBSD documentation project, create " +".dir-locals.el in the root directory of the " +"documentation repository and add these lines to the file:" +msgstr "" +"Para aplicar configurações específicas para o projeto de documentação do " +"FreeBSD, crie o arquivo .dir-locals.el no diretório " +"raiz do repositório de documentação e adicione estas linhas ao arquivo:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:9737 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +";;; Directory Local Variables\n" +";;; For more information see (info \"(emacs) Directory Variables\")\n" +"\n" +"((nxml-mode\n" +" (eval . (turn-on-auto-fill))\n" +" (fill-column . 70)\n" +" (eval . (require 'flycheck))\n" +" (eval . (flycheck-mode 1))\n" +" (flycheck-checker . igor)\n" +" (eval . (add-to-list 'rng-schema-locating-files \"~/.emacs.d/schema/schemas.xml\"))))" +msgstr "" +";;; Directory Local Variables\n" +";;; For more information see (info \"(emacs) Directory Variables\")\n" +"\n" +"((nxml-mode\n" +" (eval . (turn-on-auto-fill))\n" +" (fill-column . 70)\n" +" (eval . (require 'flycheck))\n" +" (eval . (flycheck-mode 1))\n" +" (flycheck-checker . igor)\n" +" (eval . (add-to-list 'rng-schema-locating-files \"~/.emacs.d/schema/schemas.xml\"))))" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:9751 +msgid "nano" +msgstr "nano" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: book.translate.xml:9753 +msgid "" +"Install from editors/nano or editors/nano-devel." +msgstr "" +"Instale o aplicativo partir de editors/nano ou " +"editors/nano-devel." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9760 +msgid "" +"Copy the sample XML syntax highlight file to the user's " +"home directory:" +msgstr "" +"Copie o arquivo com a amostra da regra para realce da sintaxe XML para o diretório inicial do usuário:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen +#: book.translate.xml:9763 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% cp /usr/local/share/nano/xml.nanorc ~/.nanorc" +msgstr "% cp /usr/local/share/nano/xml.nanorc ~/.nanorc" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9765 +msgid "" +"Use an editor to replace the lines in the ~/.nanorc " +"syntax \"xml\" block with these rules:" +msgstr "" +"Use um editor para substituir as linhas do ~/.nanorc " +"referentes ao bloco syntax \"xml\" por estas regras:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:9769 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"syntax \"xml\" \"\\.([jrs]html?|xml|xslt?)$\"\n" +"# trailing whitespace\n" +"color ,blue \"[[:space:]]+$\"\n" +"# multiples of eight spaces at the start a line\n" +"# (after zero or more tabs) should be a tab\n" +"color ,blue \"^([TAB]*[ ]{8})+\"\n" +"# tabs after spaces\n" +"color ,yellow \"( )+TAB\"\n" +"# highlight indents that have an odd number of spaces\n" +"color ,red \"^(([ ]{2})+|(TAB+))*[ ]{1}[^ ]{1}\"\n" +"# lines longer than 70 characters\n" +"color ,yellow \"^(.{71})|(TAB.{63})|(TAB{2}.{55})|(TAB{3}.{47}).+$\"" +msgstr "" +"syntax \"xml\" \"\\.([jrs]html?|xml|xslt?)$\"\n" +"# trailing whitespace\n" +"color ,blue \"[[:space:]]+$\"\n" +"# multiples of eight spaces at the start a line\n" +"# (after zero or more tabs) should be a tab\n" +"color ,blue \"^([TAB]*[ ]{8})+\"\n" +"# tabs after spaces\n" +"color ,yellow \"( )+TAB\"\n" +"# highlight indents that have an odd number of spaces\n" +"color ,red \"^(([ ]{2})+|(TAB+))*[ ]{1}[^ ]{1}\"\n" +"# lines longer than 70 characters\n" +"color ,yellow \"^(.{71})|(TAB.{63})|(TAB{2}.{55})|(TAB{3}.{47}).+$\"" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9782 +msgid "Process the file to create embedded tabs:" +msgstr "Processe o arquivo para criar guias incorporadas:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen +#: book.translate.xml:9784 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% perl -i'' -pe 's/TAB/\\t/g' ~/.nanorc" +msgstr "% perl -i'' -pe 's/TAB/\\t/g' ~/.nanorc" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9790 +msgid "Specify additional helpful options when running the editor:" +msgstr "Especifique opções úteis adicionais ao executar o editor:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen +#: book.translate.xml:9793 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% nano -AKipwz -r 70 -T8 chapter.xml" +msgstr "% nano -AKipwz -r 70 -T8 chapter.xml" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9795 +msgid "" +"Users of csh1 can define an alias in ~/.cshrc to automate these options:" +msgstr "" +"Usuários do csh1 podem definir um alias em ~/.cshrc para automatizar estas opções:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:9799 +#, no-wrap +msgid "alias nano \"nano -AKipwz -r 70 -T8\"" +msgstr "alias nano \"nano -AKipwz -r 70 -T8\"" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: book.translate.xml:9801 +msgid "After the alias is defined, the options will be added automatically:" +msgstr "" +"Depois que o alias é definido, as opções serão adicionadas automaticamente:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen +#: book.translate.xml:9804 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% nano chapter.xml" +msgstr "% nano chapter.xml" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: book.translate.xml:9841 +msgid "See Also" +msgstr "Veja também" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: book.translate.xml:9843 +msgid "" +"This document is deliberately not an exhaustive discussion of XML, the DTDs " +"listed, and the FreeBSD Documentation Project. For more information about " +"these, you are encouraged to see the following web sites." +msgstr "" +"Este documento não é deliberadamente uma discussão exaustiva de XML, das " +"DTDs listadas e o Projeto de Documentação do FreeBSD. Para mais informações " +"sobre estes, você é encorajado a consultar os seguintes sites." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:9849 +msgid "The FreeBSD Documentation Project" +msgstr "O projeto de documentação do FreeBSD" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:9853 +msgid "" +"The FreeBSD " +"Documentation Project web pages" +msgstr "" +"As Páginas Web do " +"Projeto de Documentação do FreeBSD" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:9858 +msgid "" +"The FreeBSD Handbook" +msgstr "" +"O Handbook do FreeBSD" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:9865 +msgid "XML" +msgstr "XML" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:9869 +msgid "" +"W3C's XML page SGML/XML web " +"page" +msgstr "" +"Página W3C's XML Página Web SGML/" +"XML" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:9876 +msgid "HTML" +msgstr "HTML" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:9880 +msgid "" +"The World Wide Web Consortium" +msgstr "" +"O Consórcio World Wide Web" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:9885 +msgid "" +"The HTML 4.0 " +"specification" +msgstr "" +"A especificação HTML " +"4.0" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: book.translate.xml:9892 +msgid "DocBook" +msgstr "DocBook" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:9896 +msgid "" +"The DocBook " +"Technical Committee, maintainers of the DocBook DTD" +msgstr "" +"O Comitê Técnico do " +"DocBook , mantenedores do DocBook DTD" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:9902 +msgid "" +"DocBook: The Definitive Guide, the online documentation for the DocBook DTD" +msgstr "" +"DocBook: O Guia Definitivo , a documentação online do DocBook DTD" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: book.translate.xml:9908 +msgid "" +"The DocBook Open " +"Repository contains DSSSL stylesheets and other resources for people " +"using DocBook" +msgstr "" +"O DocBook Open " +"Repository contém folhas de estilo DSSSL e outros recursos para " +"pessoas que usam DocBook" + +#. (itstool) path: appendix/para +#: book.translate.xml:9953 +msgid "" +"These examples are not exhaustive—they do not contain all the elements that " +"might be desirable to use, particularly in a document's front matter. For " +"more examples of DocBook markup, examine the XML source " +"for this and other documents available in the Subversion doc repository, or available online starting " +"at http://svnweb.FreeBSD." +"org/doc/." +msgstr "" +"Estes exemplos não são exaustivos - eles não contêm todos os elementos que " +"podem ser desejáveis ​​de usar, particularmente em relação ao inicio dos " +"documentos (Front Matter). Para mais exemplos de marcação DocBook, examine o " +"código XML para este e outros documentos disponíveis no " +"repositório Subversion doc ou " +"disponível on-line a partir de http://svnweb.FreeBSD.org/doc/." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:9962 book.translate.xml:9965 +msgid "DocBook book" +msgstr "Livro DocBook" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:9967 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook XML V5.0-Based Extension//EN\"\n" +"\t\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/XML/share/xml/freebsd50.dtd\">\n" +"\n" +"book xmlns=\"http://docbook.org/ns/docbook\"\n" +" xmlns:xlink=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink\" version=\"5.0\"\n" +" xml:lang=\"en\"\n" +"\n" +" info\n" +" titleAn Example Booktitle\n" +"\n" +" author\n" +" personname\n" +" firstnameYour first namefirstname\n" +" surnameYour surnamesurname\n" +" personname\n" +"\n" +" affiliation\n" +"\taddress\n" +"\t emailfoo@example.comemail\n" +"\taddress\n" +" affiliation\n" +" author\n" +"\n" +" copyright\n" +" year2000year\n" +" holderCopyright string hereholder\n" +" copyright\n" +"\n" +" abstract\n" +" paraIf your book has an abstract then it should go here.para\n" +" abstract\n" +" info\n" +"\n" +" preface\n" +" titlePrefacetitle\n" +"\n" +" paraYour book may have a preface, in which case it should be placed\n" +" here.para\n" +" preface\n" +"\n" +" chapter\n" +" titleMy First Chaptertitle\n" +"\n" +" paraThis is the first chapter in my book.para\n" +"\n" +" sect1\n" +" titleMy First Sectiontitle\n" +"\n" +" paraThis is the first section in my book.para\n" +" sect1\n" +" chapter\n" +"book" +msgstr "" +"<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook XML V5.0-Based Extension//EN\"\n" +"\t\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/XML/share/xml/freebsd50.dtd\">\n" +"\n" +"book xmlns=\"http://docbook.org/ns/docbook\"\n" +" xmlns:xlink=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink\" version=\"5.0\"\n" +" xml:lang=\"en\"\n" +"\n" +" info\n" +" titleAn Example Booktitle\n" +"\n" +" author\n" +" personname\n" +" firstnameYour first namefirstname\n" +" surnameYour surnamesurname\n" +" personname\n" +"\n" +" affiliation\n" +"\taddress\n" +"\t emailfoo@example.comemail\n" +"\taddress\n" +" affiliation\n" +" author\n" +"\n" +" copyright\n" +" year2000year\n" +" holderCopyright string hereholder\n" +" copyright\n" +"\n" +" abstract\n" +" paraIf your book has an abstract then it should go here.para\n" +" abstract\n" +" info\n" +"\n" +" preface\n" +" titlePrefacetitle\n" +"\n" +" paraYour book may have a preface, in which case it should be placed\n" +" here.para\n" +" preface\n" +"\n" +" chapter\n" +" titleMy First Chaptertitle\n" +"\n" +" paraThis is the first chapter in my book.para\n" +"\n" +" sect1\n" +" titleMy First Sectiontitle\n" +"\n" +" paraThis is the first section in my book.para\n" +" sect1\n" +" chapter\n" +"book" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: book.translate.xml:10023 book.translate.xml:10026 +msgid "DocBook article" +msgstr "Artigo DocBook" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: book.translate.xml:10028 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook XML V5.0-Based Extension//EN\"\n" +"\t\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/XML/share/xml/freebsd50.dtd\">\n" +"\n" +"article xmlns=\"http://docbook.org/ns/docbook\"\n" +" xmlns:xlink=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink\" version=\"5.0\"\n" +" xml:lang=\"en\"\n" +"\n" +" info\n" +" titleAn Example Articletitle\n" +"\n" +" author\n" +" personname\n" +" firstnameYour first namefirstname\n" +" surnameYour surnamesurname\n" +" personname\n" +"\n" +" affiliation\n" +"\taddress\n" +"\t emailfoo@example.comemail\n" +"\taddress\n" +" affiliation\n" +" author\n" +"\n" +" copyright\n" +" year2000year\n" +" holderCopyright string hereholder\n" +" copyright\n" +"\n" +" abstract\n" +" paraIf your article has an abstract then it should go here.para\n" +" abstract\n" +" info\n" +"\n" +" sect1\n" +" titleMy First Sectiontitle\n" +"\n" +" paraThis is the first section in my article.para\n" +"\n" +" sect2\n" +" titleMy First Sub-Sectiontitle\n" +"\n" +" paraThis is the first sub-section in my article.para\n" +" sect2\n" +" sect1\n" +"article" +msgstr "" +"<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook XML V5.0-Based Extension//EN\"\n" +"\t\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/XML/share/xml/freebsd50.dtd\">\n" +"\n" +"article xmlns=\"http://docbook.org/ns/docbook\"\n" +" xmlns:xlink=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink\" version=\"5.0\"\n" +" xml:lang=\"en\"\n" +"\n" +" info\n" +" titleAn Example Articletitle\n" +"\n" +" author\n" +" personname\n" +" firstnameYour first namefirstname\n" +" surnameYour surnamesurname\n" +" personname\n" +"\n" +" affiliation\n" +"\taddress\n" +"\t emailfoo@example.comemail\n" +"\taddress\n" +" affiliation\n" +" author\n" +"\n" +" copyright\n" +" year2000year\n" +" holderCopyright string hereholder\n" +" copyright\n" +"\n" +" abstract\n" +" paraIf your article has an abstract then it should go here.para\n" +" abstract\n" +" info\n" +"\n" +" sect1\n" +" titleMy First Sectiontitle\n" +"\n" +" paraThis is the first section in my article.para\n" +"\n" +" sect2\n" +" titleMy First Sub-Sectiontitle\n" +"\n" +" paraThis is the first sub-section in my article.para\n" +" sect2\n" +" sect1\n" +"article" Index: pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/working-copy/chapter.xml =================================================================== --- /dev/null +++ pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/working-copy/chapter.xml @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ + + + + The Working Copy + + The working copy is a copy of the &os; + repository documentation tree downloaded onto the local computer. + Changes are made to the local working copy, tested, and then + submitted as patches to be committed to the main + repository. + + A full copy of the documentation tree can occupy 700 megabytes + of disk space. Allow for a full gigabyte of space to have room + for temporary files and test versions of various output + formats. + + Subversion + is used to manage the &os; documentation files. It is obtained by + installing the Subversion + package: + + &prompt.root; pkg install subversion + + + Documentation and Manual Pages + + &os; documentation is not just books and articles. Manual + pages for all the commands and configuration files are also part + of the documentation, and part of the FDP's + territory. Two repositories are involved: + doc for the books and articles, and + base for the operating system and manual + pages. To edit manual pages, the base + repository must be checked out separately. + + Repositories may contain multiple versions of documentation + and source code. New modifications are almost always made only + to the latest version, called head. + + + + Choosing a Directory + + &os; documentation is traditionally stored in + /usr/doc/, and system + source code with manual pages in + /usr/src/. These + directory trees are relocatable, and users may want to put the + working copies in other locations to avoid interfering with + existing information in the main directories. The examples + that follow use ~/doc + and ~/src, both + subdirectories of the user's home directory. + + + + Checking Out a Copy + + A download of a working copy from the repository is called + a checkout, and done with + svn checkout. This example checks out a + copy of the latest version (head) of + the main documentation tree: + + &prompt.user; svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/head ~/doc + + A checkout of the source code to work on manual pages is + very similar: + + &prompt.user; svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/base/head ~/src + + + + Updating a Working Copy + + The documents and files in the &os; repository change daily. + People modify files and commit changes frequently. Even a short + time after an initial checkout, there will already be + differences between the local working copy and the main &os; + repository. To update the local version with the changes that + have been made to the main repository, use + svn update on the directory containing the + local working copy: + + &prompt.user; svn update ~/doc + + Get in the protective habit of using + svn update before editing document files. + Someone else may have edited that file very recently, and the + local working copy will not include the latest changes until it + has been updated. Editing the newest version of a file is much + easier than trying to combine an older, edited local file with + the newer version from the repository. + + + + Reverting Changes + + Sometimes it turns out that changes were + not necessary after all, or the writer just wants to start over. + Files can be reset to their unchanged form with + svn revert. For example, to erase the edits + made to chapter.xml and reset it to + unmodified form: + + &prompt.user; svn revert chapter.xml + + + + Making a Diff + + After edits to a file or group of files are completed, the + differences between the local working copy and the version on + the &os; repository must be collected into a single file for + submission. These diff files are produced + by redirecting the output of svn diff into a + file: + + &prompt.user; cd ~/doc +&prompt.user; svn diff > doc-fix-spelling.diff + + Give the file a meaningful name that identifies the + contents. The example above is for spelling fixes to the whole + documentation tree. + + If the diff file is to be submitted with the web + Submit + a &os; problem report interface, add a + .txt extension to give the earnest and + simple-minded web form a clue that the contents are plain + text. + + Be careful: svn diff includes all changes + made in the current directory and any subdirectories. If there + are files in the working copy with edits that are not ready to + be submitted yet, provide a list of only the files that are to + be included: + + &prompt.user; cd ~/doc +&prompt.user; svn diff disks/chapter.xml printers/chapter.xml > disks-printers.diff + + + + <application>Subversion</application> References + + These examples show very basic usage of + Subversion. More detail is available + in the Subversion + Book and the Subversion + documentation. + + Index: pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/xhtml-markup/chapter.xml =================================================================== --- /dev/null +++ pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/xhtml-markup/chapter.xml @@ -0,0 +1,604 @@ + + + + <acronym>XHTML</acronym> Markup + + + Introduction + + This chapter describes usage of the XHTML + markup language used for the &os; web site. + + XHTML is the XML + version of the HyperText Markup Language, the markup language of + choice on the World Wide Web. More information can be found at + http://www.w3.org/. + + XHTML is used to mark up pages on the + &os; web site. It is usually not used to mark up other + documentation, since DocBook offers a far richer set of elements + from which to choose. Consequently, XHTML + pages will normally only be encountered when writing for the web + site. + + HTML has gone through a number of + versions. The XML-compliant version + described here is called XHTML. The latest + widespread version is XHTML 1.0, available in + both strict and + transitional variants. + + The XHTML DTDs are + available from the Ports Collection in + textproc/xhtml. They are automatically + installed by the textproc/docproj + port. + + + This is not an exhaustive list of + elements, since that would just repeat the documentation for + XHTML. The aim is to list those elements + most commonly used. Please post questions about elements or + uses not covered here to the &a.doc;. + + + + Inline Versus Block + + In the remainder of this document, when describing + elements, inline means that the element + can occur within a block element, and does not cause a line + break. A block element, by comparison, + will cause a line break (and other processing) when it is + encountered. + + + + + Formal Public Identifier (<acronym>FPI</acronym>) + + There are a number of XHTML + FPIs, depending upon the version, or + level of XHTML to which + a document conforms. Most XHTML documents on + the &os; web site comply with the transitional version of + XHTML 1.0. + + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" + + + + Sectional Elements + + An XHTML document is normally split into + two sections. The first section, called the + head, contains meta-information about the + document, such as its title, the name of the author, the parent + document, and so on. The second section, the + body, contains content that will be + displayed to the user. + + These sections are indicated with head + and body elements respectively. These + elements are contained within the top-level + html element. + + + Normal <acronym>XHTML</acronym> Document + Structure + + html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + head + titleThe Document's Titletitle + head + + body + + … + + body +html + + + + + Block Elements + + + Headings + + XHTML has tags to denote headings in + the document at up to six different levels. + + The largest and most prominent heading is + h1, then h2, + continuing down to h6. + + The element's content is the text of the heading. + + + <tag>h1</tag>, <tag>h2</tag>, + and Other Header Tags + + Usage: + + h1First sectionh1 + +<!-- Document introduction goes here --> + +h2This is the heading for the first sectionh2 + +<!-- Content for the first section goes here --> + +h3This is the heading for the first sub-sectionh3 + +<!-- Content for the first sub-section goes here --> + +h2This is the heading for the second sectionh2 + +<!-- Content for the second section goes here --> + + + Generally, an XHTML page should have + one first level heading (h1). This can + contain many second level headings (h2), + which can in turn contain many third level headings. Do not + leave gaps in the numbering. + + + + Paragraphs + + XHTML supports a single paragraph + element, p. + + + <tag>p</tag> Example + + Usage: + + pThis is a paragraph. It can contain just about any + other element.p + + + + + Block Quotations + + A block quotation is an extended quotation from another + document that will appear in a separate paragraph. + + + <tag>blockquote</tag> Example + + Usage: + + pA small excerpt from the US Constitution:p + +blockquoteWe the People of the United States, in Order to form + a more perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic + Tranquility, provide for the common defence, promote the general + Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our + Posterity, do ordain and establish this Constitution for the + United States of America.blockquote + + + + + Lists + + XHTML can present the user with three + types of lists: ordered, unordered, and definition. + + Entries in an ordered list will be numbered, while entries + in an unordered list will be preceded by bullet points. + Definition lists have two sections for each entry. The first + section is the term being defined, and the second section is + the definition. + + Ordered lists are indicated by the ol + element, unordered lists by the ul + element, and definition lists by the dl + element. + + Ordered and unordered lists contain listitems, indicated + by the li element. A listitem can + contain textual content, or it may be further wrapped in one + or more p elements. + + Definition lists contain definition terms + (dt) and definition descriptions + (dd). A definition term can only contain + inline elements. A definition description can contain other + block elements. + + + <tag>ul</tag> and + <tag>ol</tag> Example + + Usage: + + pAn unordered list. Listitems will probably be + preceded by bullets.p + +ul + liFirst itemli + + liSecond itemli + + liThird itemli +ul + +pAn ordered list, with list items consisting of multiple + paragraphs. Each item (note: not each paragraph) will be + numbered.p + +ol + lipThis is the first item. It only has one paragraph.pli + + lipThis is the first paragraph of the second item.p + + pThis is the second paragraph of the second item.pli + + lipThis is the first and only paragraph of the third + item.pli +ol + + + + Definition Lists with <tag>dl</tag> + + Usage: + + dl + dtTerm 1dt + + ddpParagraph 1 of definition 1.p + + pParagraph 2 of definition 1.pdd + + dtTerm 2dt + + ddpParagraph 1 of definition 2.pdd + + dtTerm 3dt + + ddpParagraph 1 of definition 3.pdd +dl + + + + + Pre-formatted Text + + Pre-formatted text is shown to the user exactly as it is + in the file. Text is shown in a fixed font. Multiple spaces + and line breaks are shown exactly as they are in the + file. + + Wrap pre-formatted text in the pre + element. + + + <tag>pre</tag> Example + + For example, the pre tags could be + used to mark up an email message: + + pre From: nik@FreeBSD.org + To: freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org + Subject: New documentation available + + There is a new copy of my primer for contributors to the FreeBSD + Documentation Project available at + + &lt;URL:https://people.FreeBSD.org/~nik/primer/index.html&gt; + + Comments appreciated. + + Npre + + Keep in mind that < and + & still are recognized as special + characters in pre-formatted text. This is why the example + shown had to use &lt; instead of + <. For consistency, + &gt; was used in place of + >, too. Watch out for the special + characters that may appear in text copied from a plain-text + source, like an email message or program code. + + + + + Tables + + Mark up tabular information using the + table element. A table consists of one or + more table rows (tr), each containing one + or more cells of table data (td). Each + cell can contain other block elements, such as paragraphs or + lists. It can also contain another table (this nesting can + repeat indefinitely). If the cell only contains one paragraph + then the pelement is not needed. + + + Simple Use of <tag>table</tag> + + Usage: + + pThis is a simple 2x2 table.p + +table + tr + tdTop left celltd + + tdTop right celltd + tr + + tr + tdBottom left celltd + + tdBottom right celltd + tr +table + + + A cell can span multiple rows and columns by adding the + rowspan or + colspan attributes with + values for the number of rows or columns to be spanned. + + + Using + <tag class="attribute">rowspan</tag> + + Usage: + + pOne tall thin cell on the left, two short cells next to + it on the right.p + +table + tr + td rowspan="2"Long and thintd + tr + + tr + tdTop celltd + + tdBottom celltd + tr +table + + + + Using + <tag class="attribute">colspan</tag> + + Usage: + + pOne long cell on top, two short cells below it.p + +table + tr + td colspan="2"Top celltd + tr + + tr + tdBottom left celltd + + tdBottom right celltd + tr +table + + + + Using <tag class="attribute">rowspan</tag> and + <tag class="attribute">colspan</tag> + Together + + Usage: + + pOn a 3x3 grid, the top left block is a 2x2 set of + cells merged into one. The other cells are normal.p + +table + tr + td colspan="2" rowspan="2"Top left large celltd + + tdTop right celltd + tr + + tr + <!-- Because the large cell on the left merges into + this row, the first <td> will occur on its + right --> + + tdMiddle right celltd + tr + + tr + tdBottom left celltd + + tdBottom middle celltd + + tdBottom right celltd + tr +table + + + + + + In-line Elements + + + Emphasizing Information + + Two levels of emphasis are available in + XHTML, em and + strong. em is for a + normal level of emphasis and strong + indicates stronger emphasis. + + em is typically rendered in italic + and strong is rendered in bold. This is + not always the case, and should not be relied upon. According + to best practices, web pages only hold structural and + semantical information, and stylesheets are later applied to + them. Think of semantics, not formatting, when using these + tags. + + + <tag>em</tag> and + <tag>strong</tag> Example + + Usage: + + pemThisem has been emphasized, while + strongthisstrong has been strongly emphasized.p + + + + + Indicating Fixed-Pitch Text + + Content that should be rendered in a fixed pitch + (typewriter) typeface is tagged with tt + (for teletype). + + + <tag>tt</tag> Example + + Usage: + + pMany system settings are stored in + tt/etctt.p + + + + + Links + + + Links are also inline elements. + + + + Linking to Other Documents on the Web + + A link points to the URL of a + document on the web. The link is indicated with + a, and the + href attribute contains + the URL of the target document. The + content of the element becomes the link, indicated to the + user by showing it in a different color or with an + underline. + + + Using + <tag class="starttag">a href="..."</tag> + + Usage: + + pMore information is available at the + a href="http://www.&os;.org/"&os; web sitea.p + + + This link always takes the user to the top of the linked + document. + + + + Linking to Specific Parts of Documents + + To link to a specific point within a document, that + document must include an anchor at the + desired point. Anchors are included by setting the + id attribute of an + element to a name. This example creates an anchor by + setting the id + attribute of a p + element. + + + Creating an Anchor + + Usage: + + p id="samplepara"This paragraph can be referenced + in other links with the name ttsampleparatt.p + + + Links to anchors are similar to plain links, but include + a # symbol and the anchor's + ID at the end of the + URL. + + + Linking to a Named Part of a Different + Document + + The samplepara example is part of a + document called foo.html. A link to + that specific paragraph in the document is constructed in + this example. + + pMore information can be found in the + a href="foo.html#samplepara"sample paragrapha of + ttfoo.htmltt.p + + + To link to a named anchor within the same document, omit + the document's URL, and just use the + # symbol followed by the name of the + anchor. + + + Linking to a Named Part of the Same Document + + The samplepara example + resides in this document. To link to it: + + pMore information can be found in the + a href="#samplepara"sample paragrapha of this + document.p + + + + + Index: pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/xml-primer/chapter.xml =================================================================== --- /dev/null +++ pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/xml-primer/chapter.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1423 @@ + + + + XML Primer + + Most FDP documentation is written with + markup languages based on XML. This chapter + explains what that means, how to read and understand the + documentation source, and the XML techniques + used. + + Portions of this section were inspired by Mark Galassi's Get + Going With DocBook. + + + Overview + + In the original days of computers, electronic text was + simple. There were a few character sets like + ASCII or EBCDIC, but that + was about it. Text was text, and what you saw really was what + you got. No frills, no formatting, no intelligence. + + Inevitably, this was not enough. When text is in a + machine-usable format, machines are expected to be able to use + and manipulate it intelligently. Authors want to indicate that + certain phrases should be emphasized, or added to a glossary, or + made into hyperlinks. Filenames could be shown in a + typewriter style font for viewing on screen, but + as italics when printed, or any of a myriad of + other options for presentation. + + It was once hoped that Artificial Intelligence (AI) would + make this easy. The computer would read the document and + automatically identify key phrases, filenames, text that the + reader should type in, examples, and more. Unfortunately, real + life has not happened quite like that, and computers still + require assistance before they can meaningfully process + text. + + More precisely, they need help identifying what is what. + Consider this text: + +
+ To remove /tmp/foo, use + &man.rm.1;. + + &prompt.user; rm /tmp/foo +
+ + It is easy to see which parts are filenames, which are + commands to be typed in, which parts are references to manual + pages, and so on. But the computer processing the document + cannot. For this we need markup. + + Markup is commonly used to describe + adding value or increasing cost. + The term takes on both these meanings when applied to text. + Markup is additional text included in the document, + distinguished from the document's content in some way, so that + programs that process the document can read the markup and use + it when making decisions about the document. Editors can hide + the markup from the user, so the user is not distracted by + it. + + The extra information stored in the markup + adds value to the document. Adding the + markup to the document must typically be done by a + person—after all, if computers could recognize the text + sufficiently well to add the markup then there would be no need + to add it in the first place. This + increases the cost (the effort required) to + create the document. + + The previous example is actually represented in this + document like this: + + paraTo remove filename/tmp/foofilename, use &man.rm.1;.para + +screen&prompt.user; userinputrm /tmp/foouserinputscreen + + The markup is clearly separate from the content. + + Markup languages define what the markup means and how it + should be interpreted. + + Of course, one markup language might not be enough. A + markup language for technical documentation has very different + requirements than a markup language that is intended for cookery + recipes. This, in turn, would be very different from a markup + language used to describe poetry. What is really needed is a + first language used to write these other markup languages. A + meta markup language. + + This is exactly what the eXtensible Markup + Language (XML) is. Many markup languages + have been written in XML, including the two + most used by the FDP, + XHTML and DocBook. + + Each language definition is more properly called a grammar, + vocabulary, schema or Document Type Definition + (DTD). There are various languages to + specify an XML grammar, or + schema. + + A schema is a + complete specification of all the elements + that are allowed to appear, the order in which they should + appear, which elements are mandatory, which are optional, and so + forth. This makes it possible to write an + XML parser which reads + in both the schema and a document which claims to conform to the + schema. The parser can then confirm whether or not all the + elements required by the vocabulary are in the document in the + right order, and whether there are any errors in the markup. + This is normally referred to as + validating the document. + + + Validation confirms that the choice of + elements, their ordering, and so on, conforms to that listed + in the grammar. It does not check + whether appropriate markup has been used + for the content. If all the filenames in a document were + marked up as function names, the parser would not flag this as + an error (assuming, of course, that the schema defines + elements for filenames and functions, and that they are + allowed to appear in the same place). + + + Most contributions to the Documentation + Project will be content marked up in either + XHTML or DocBook, rather than alterations to + the schemas. For this reason, this book will not touch on how + to write a vocabulary. + + + + Elements, Tags, and Attributes + + All the vocabularies written in XML share + certain characteristics. This is hardly surprising, as the + philosophy behind XML will inevitably show + through. One of the most obvious manifestations of this + philosophy is that of content and + elements. + + Documentation, whether it is a single web page, or a lengthy + book, is considered to consist of content. This content is then + divided and further subdivided into elements. The purpose of + adding markup is to name and identify the boundaries of these + elements for further processing. + + For example, consider a typical book. At the very top + level, the book is itself an element. This book + element obviously contains chapters, which can be considered to + be elements in their own right. Each chapter will contain more + elements, such as paragraphs, quotations, and footnotes. Each + paragraph might contain further elements, identifying content + that was direct speech, or the name of a character in the + story. + + It may be helpful to think of this as + chunking content. At the very top level is one + chunk, the book. Look a little deeper, and there are more + chunks, the individual chapters. These are chunked further into + paragraphs, footnotes, character names, and so on. + + Notice how this differentiation between different elements + of the content can be made without resorting to any + XML terms. It really is surprisingly + straightforward. This could be done with a highlighter pen and + a printout of the book, using different colors to indicate + different chunks of content. + + Of course, we do not have an electronic highlighter pen, so + we need some other way of indicating which element each piece of + content belongs to. In languages written in + XML (XHTML, DocBook, et + al) this is done by means of tags. + + A tag is used to identify where a particular element starts, + and where the element ends. The tag is not part of + the element itself. Because each grammar was + normally written to mark up specific types of information, each + one will recognize different elements, and will therefore have + different names for the tags. + + For an element called + element-name the start tag will + normally look like element-name. + The corresponding closing tag for this element is element-name. + + + Using an Element (Start and End Tags) + + XHTML has an element for indicating + that the content enclosed by the element is a paragraph, + called p. + + pThis is a paragraph. It starts with the start tag for + the 'p' element, and it will end with the end tag for the 'p' + element.p + +pThis is another paragraph. But this one is much shorter.p + + + Some elements have no content. For example, in + XHTML, a horizontal line can be included in + the document. For these empty elements, + XML introduced a shorthand form that is + completely equivalent to the two-tag version: + + + Using an Element Without Content + + XHTML has an element for indicating a + horizontal rule, called hr. This element + does not wrap content, so it looks like this: + + pOne paragraph.p +hrhr + +pThis is another paragraph. A horizontal rule separates this + from the previous paragraph.p + + The shorthand version consists of a single tag: + + pOne paragraph.p +hr + +pThis is another paragraph. A horizontal rule separates this + from the previous paragraph.p + + + As shown above, elements can contain other elements. In the + book example earlier, the book element contained all the chapter + elements, which in turn contained all the paragraph elements, + and so on. + + + Elements Within Elements; <tag>em</tag> + + pThis is a simple emparagraphem where some + of the emwordsem have been ememphasizedem.p + + + The grammar consists of rules that describe which elements + can contain other elements, and exactly what they can + contain. + + + People often confuse the terms tags and elements, and use + the terms as if they were interchangeable. They are + not. + + An element is a conceptual part of your document. An + element has a defined start and end. The tags mark where the + element starts and ends. + + When this document (or anyone else knowledgeable about + XML) refers to + the p tag + they mean the literal text consisting of the three characters + <, p, and + >. But the phrase + the p element refers to the + whole element. + + This distinction is very subtle. But + keep it in mind. + + + Elements can have attributes. An attribute has a name and a + value, and is used for adding extra information to the element. + This might be information that indicates how the content should + be rendered, or might be something that uniquely identifies that + occurrence of the element, or it might be something else. + + An element's attributes are written + inside the start tag for that element, and + take the form + attribute-name="attribute-value". + + In XHTML, the p + element has an attribute called + align, which suggests an + alignment (justification) for the paragraph to the program + displaying the XHTML. + + The align attribute can + take one of four defined values, left, + center, right and + justify. If the attribute is not specified + then the default is left. + + + Using an Element with an Attribute + + p align="left"The inclusion of the align attribute + on this paragraph was superfluous, since the default is left.p + +p align="center"This may appear in the center.p + + + Some attributes only take specific values, such as + left or justify. Others + allow any value. + + + Single Quotes Around Attributes + + p align='right'I am on the right!p + + + Attribute values in XML must be enclosed + in either single or double quotes. Double quotes are + traditional. Single quotes are useful when the attribute value + contains double quotes. + + Information about attributes, elements, and tags is stored + in catalog files. The Documentation Project uses standard + DocBook catalogs and includes additional catalogs for + &os;-specific features. Paths to the catalog files are defined + in an environment variable so they can be found by the document + build tools. + + + To Do… + + Before running the examples in this document, install + textproc/docproj from the &os; Ports + Collection. This is a meta-port that + downloads and installs the standard programs and supporting + files needed by the Documentation Project. &man.csh.1; users + must use rehash for the shell to recognize + new programs after they have been installed, or log out and + then log back in again. + + + + Create example.xml, and enter + this text: + + !DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd" + +html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + head + titleAn Example XHTML Filetitle + head + + body + pThis is a paragraph containing some text.p + + pThis paragraph contains some more text.p + + p align="right"This paragraph might be right-justified.p + body +html + + + + Try to validate this file using an + XML parser. + + textproc/docproj + includes the xmllint + validating + parser. + + Use xmllint to validate the + document: + + &prompt.user; xmllint --valid --noout example.xml + + xmllint returns without displaying + any output, showing that the document validated + successfully. + + + + See what happens when required elements are omitted. + Delete the line with the + title and + title tags, and re-run + the validation. + + &prompt.user; xmllint --valid --noout example.xml +example.xml:5: element head: validity error : Element head content does not follow the DTD, expecting ((script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)* , ((title , (script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)* , (base , (script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)*)?) | (base , (script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)* , title , (script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)*))), got () + + This shows that the validation error comes from the + fifth line of the + example.xml file and that the + content of the head is + the part which does not follow the rules of the + XHTML grammar. + + Then xmllint shows the line where + the error was found and marks the exact character position + with a ^ sign. + + + + Replace the title element. + + + + + + + The DOCTYPE Declaration + + The beginning of each document can specify the name of the + DTD to which the document conforms. This + DOCTYPE declaration is used by XML parsers to + identify the DTD and ensure that the document + does conform to it. + + A typical declaration for a document written to conform with + version 1.0 of the XHTML + DTD looks like this: + + !DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd" + + That line contains a number of different components. + + + + <! + + + The indicator shows + this is an XML declaration. + + + + + DOCTYPE + + + Shows that this is an XML + declaration of the document type. + + + + + html + + + Names the first + element that + will appear in the document. + + + + + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 + Transitional//EN" + + + Lists the Formal Public Identifier + (FPI) + + Formal Public Identifier + + for the DTD to which this document + conforms. The XML parser uses this to + find the correct DTD when processing + this document. + + PUBLIC is not a part of the + FPI, but indicates to the + XML processor how to find the + DTD referenced in the + FPI. Other ways of telling the + XML parser how to find the + DTD are shown later. + + + + + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd" + + + A local filename or a URL to find + the DTD. + + + + + > + + + Ends the declaration and returns to the + document. + + + + + + Formal Public Identifiers + (<acronym>FPI</acronym>s) + + + Formal Public Identifier + + + + It is not necessary to know this, but it is useful + background, and might help debug problems when the + XML processor cannot locate the + DTD. + + + FPIs must follow a specific + syntax: + + "Owner//Keyword Description//Language" + + + + Owner + + + The owner of the FPI. + + The beginning of the string identifies the owner of + the FPI. For example, the + FPI + "ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Greek + Symbols//EN" lists + ISO 8879:1986 as being the owner for + the set of entities for Greek symbols. + ISO 8879:1986 is the International + Organization for Standardization + (ISO) number for the + SGML standard, the predecessor (and a + superset) of XML. + + Otherwise, this string will either look like + -//Owner + or + +//Owner + (notice the only difference is the leading + + or -). + + If the string starts with - then + the owner information is unregistered, with a + + identifying it as + registered. + + ISO 9070:1991 defines how + registered names are generated. It might be derived + from the number of an ISO + publication, an ISBN code, or an + organization code assigned according to + ISO 6523. Additionally, a + registration authority could be created in order to + assign registered names. The ISO + council delegated this to the American National + Standards Institute (ANSI). + + Because the &os; Project has not been registered, + the owner string is -//&os;. As seen + in the example, the W3C are not a + registered owner either. + + + + + Keyword + + + There are several keywords that indicate the type of + information in the file. Some of the most common + keywords are DTD, + ELEMENT, ENTITIES, + and TEXT. DTD is + used only for DTD files, + ELEMENT is usually used for + DTD fragments that contain only + entity or element declarations. TEXT + is used for XML content (text and + tags). + + + + + Description + + + Any description can be given for the contents + of this file. This may include version numbers or any + short text that is meaningful and unique for the + XML system. + + + + + Language + + + An ISO two-character code that + identifies the native language for the file. + EN is used for English. + + + + + + <filename>catalog</filename> Files + + With the syntax above, an XML + processor needs to have some way of turning the + FPI into the name of the file containing + the DTD. A catalog file (typically + called catalog) contains lines that map + FPIs to filenames. For example, if the + catalog file contained the line: + + + + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "1.0/transitional.dtd" + + The XML processor knows that the + DTD is called + transitional.dtd in the + 1.0 subdirectory of the directory that + held catalog. + + Examine the contents of + /usr/local/share/xml/dtd/xhtml/catalog.xml. + This is the catalog file for the XHTML + DTDs that were installed as part of the + textproc/docproj port. + + + + + Alternatives to <acronym>FPI</acronym>s + + Instead of using an FPI to indicate the + DTD to which the document conforms (and + therefore, which file on the system contains the + DTD), the filename can be explicitly + specified. + + The syntax is slightly different: + + !DOCTYPE html SYSTEM "/path/to/file.dtd" + + The SYSTEM keyword indicates that the + XML processor should locate the + DTD in a system specific fashion. This + typically (but not always) means the DTD + will be provided as a filename. + + Using FPIs is preferred for reasons of + portability. If the SYSTEM identifier is + used, then the DTD must be provided and + kept in the same location for everyone. + + + + + Escaping Back to <acronym>XML</acronym> + + Some of the underlying XML syntax can be + useful within documents. For example, comments can be included + in the document, and will be ignored by the parser. Comments + are entered using XML syntax. Other uses for + XML syntax will be shown later. + + XML sections begin with a + <! tag and end with a + >. These sections contain instructions + for the parser rather than elements of the document. Everything + between these tags is XML syntax. The + DOCTYPE + declaration shown earlier is an example of + XML syntax included in the document. + + + + + Comments + + An XML document may contain comments. + They may appear anywhere as long as they are not inside tags. + They are even allowed in some locations inside the + DTD (e.g., between entity + declarations). + + XML comments start with the string + <!-- and end with the + string -->. + + Here are some examples of valid XML + comments: + + + <acronym>XML</acronym> Generic Comments + + <!-- This is inside the comment --> + +<!--This is another comment--> + +<!-- This is how you + write multiline comments --> + +<p>A simple <!-- Comment inside an element's content --> paragraph.</p> + + + XML comments may contain any strings + except --: + + + Erroneous <acronym>XML</acronym> Comment + + <!-- This comment--is wrong --> + + + + To Do… + + + + Add some comments to + example.xml, and check that the file + still validates using xmllint. + + + + Add some invalid comments to + example.xml, and see the error + messages that xmllint gives when it + encounters an invalid comment. + + + + + + + Entities + + Entities are a mechanism for assigning names to chunks of + content. As an XML parser processes a + document, any entities it finds are replaced by the content of + the entity. + + This is a good way to have re-usable, easily changeable + chunks of content in XML documents. It is + also the only way to include one marked up file inside another + using XML. + + There are two types of entities for two different + situations: general entities and + parameter entities. + + + General Entities + + General entities are used to assign names to reusable + chunks of text. These entities can only be used in the + document. They cannot be used in an + XML context. + + To include the text of a general entity in the document, + include + &entity-name; + in the text. For example, consider a general entity called + current.version which expands to the + current version number of a product. To use it in the + document, write: + + paraThe current version of our product is + &current.version;.para + + When the version number changes, edit the definition of + the general entity, replacing the value. Then reprocess the + document. + + General entities can also be used to enter characters that + could not otherwise be included in an XML + document. For example, < and + & cannot normally appear in an + XML document. The XML + parser sees the < symbol as the start of + a tag. Likewise, when the & symbol is + seen, the next text is expected to be an entity name. + + These symbols can be included by using two predefined + general entities: &lt; and + &amp;. + + General entities can only be defined within an + XML context. Such definitions are usually + done immediately after the DOCTYPE declaration. + + + Defining General Entities + + <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" +"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd" [ +<!ENTITY current.version "3.0-RELEASE"> +<!ENTITY last.version "2.2.7-RELEASE"> +]> + + The DOCTYPE declaration has been extended by adding a + square bracket at the end of the first line. The two + entities are then defined over the next two lines, the + square bracket is closed, and then the DOCTYPE declaration + is closed. + + The square brackets are necessary to indicate that the + DTD indicated by the DOCTYPE declaration is being + extended. + + + + + Parameter Entities + + Parameter entities, like + general + entities, are used to assign names to reusable chunks + of text. But parameter entities can only be used within an + XML + context. + + Parameter entity definitions are similar to those for + general entities. However, parameter entities are included + with + %entity-name;. + The definition also includes the % between + the ENTITY keyword and the name of the + entity. + + For a mnemonic, think + Parameter entities use the + Percent symbol. + + + Defining Parameter Entities + + <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" +"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd" [ +<!ENTITY % entity "<!ENTITY version '1.0'>"> +<!-- use the parameter entity --> +%entity; +]> + + + At first sight, parameter entities do not look very + useful, but they make it possible to include other files into + an XML document. + + + + To Do… + + + + Add a general entity to + example.xml. + + <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" +"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd" [ +<!ENTITY version "1.1"> +]> + +html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + head + titleAn Example XHTML Filetitle + head + + <!-- There may be some comments in here as well --> + + body + pThis is a paragraph containing some text.p + + pThis paragraph contains some more text.p + + p align="right"This paragraph might be right-justified.p + + pThe current version of this document is: &version;p + body +html + + + + Validate the document using + xmllint. + + + + Load example.xml into a web + browser. It may have to be copied to + example.html before the browser + recognizes it as an XHTML + document. + + Older browsers with simple parsers may not render this + file as expected. The entity reference + &version; may not be replaced by + the version number, or the XML context + closing ]> may not be recognized and + instead shown in the output. + + + + The solution is to normalize the + document with an XML normalizer. The + normalizer reads valid XML and writes + equally valid XML which has been + transformed in some way. One way the normalizer + transforms the input is by expanding all the entity + references in the document, replacing the entities with + the text that they represent. + + xmllint can be used for this. It + also has an option to drop the initial + DTD section so that the closing + ]> does not confuse browsers: + + &prompt.user; xmllint --noent --dropdtd example.xml > example.html + + A normalized copy of the document with entities + expanded is produced in example.html, + ready to load into a web browser. + + + + + + + Using Entities to Include Files + + Both + general and + parameter + entities are particularly useful for including one file inside + another. + + + Using General Entities to Include Files + + Consider some content for an XML book + organized into files, one file per chapter, called + chapter1.xml, + chapter2.xml, and so forth, with a + book.xml that will contain these + chapters. + + In order to use the contents of these files as the values + for entities, they are declared with the + SYSTEM keyword. This directs the + XML parser to include the contents of the + named file as the value of the entity. + + + Using General Entities to Include Files + + <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" +"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd" [ +<!ENTITY chapter.1 SYSTEM "chapter1.xml"> +<!ENTITY chapter.2 SYSTEM "chapter2.xml"> +<!ENTITY chapter.3 SYSTEM "chapter3.xml"> +<!-- And so forth --> +]> + +html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + <!-- Use the entities to load in the chapters --> + + &chapter.1; + &chapter.2; + &chapter.3; +html + + + + When using general entities to include other files + within a document, the files being included + (chapter1.xml, + chapter2.xml, and so on) + must not start with a DOCTYPE + declaration. This is a syntax error because entities are + low-level constructs and they are resolved before any + parsing happens. + + + + + Using Parameter Entities to Include Files + + Parameter entities can only be used inside an + XML context. Including a file in an + XML context can be used + to ensure that general entities are reusable. + + Suppose that there are many chapters in the document, and + these chapters were reused in two different books, each book + organizing the chapters in a different fashion. + + The entities could be listed at the top of each book, but + that quickly becomes cumbersome to manage. + + Instead, place the general entity definitions inside one + file, and use a parameter entity to include that file within + the document. + + + Using Parameter Entities to Include Files + + Place the entity definitions in a separate file + called chapters.ent and + containing this text: + + <!ENTITY chapter.1 SYSTEM "chapter1.xml"> +<!ENTITY chapter.2 SYSTEM "chapter2.xml"> +<!ENTITY chapter.3 SYSTEM "chapter3.xml"> + + Create a parameter entity to refer to the contents + of the file. Then use the parameter entity to load the file + into the document, which will then make all the general + entities available for use. Then use the general entities + as before: + + <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" +"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd" [ +<!-- Define a parameter entity to load in the chapter general entities --> +<!ENTITY % chapters SYSTEM "chapters.ent"> + +<!-- Now use the parameter entity to load in this file --> +%chapters; +]> + +html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + &chapter.1; + &chapter.2; + &chapter.3; +html + + + + + To Do… + + + Use General Entities to Include Files + + + + Create three files, para1.xml, + para2.xml, and + para3.xml. + + Put content like this in each file: + + pThis is the first paragraph.p + + + + Edit example.xml so that it + looks like this: + + <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" +"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd" [ +<!ENTITY version "1.1"> +<!ENTITY para1 SYSTEM "para1.xml"> +<!ENTITY para2 SYSTEM "para2.xml"> +<!ENTITY para3 SYSTEM "para3.xml"> +]> + +html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + head + titleAn Example XHTML Filetitle + head + + body + pThe current version of this document is: &version;p + + &para1; + &para2; + &para3; + body +html + + + + Produce example.html by + normalizing example.xml. + + &prompt.user; xmllint --dropdtd --noent example.xml > example.html + + + + Load example.html into the web + browser and confirm that the + paran.xml + files have been included in + example.html. + + + + + + Use Parameter Entities to Include Files + + + The previous steps must have completed before this + step. + + + + + Edit example.xml so that it + looks like this: + + <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" +"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd" [ +<!ENTITY % entities SYSTEM "entities.ent"> %entities; +]> + +html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + head + titleAn Example XHTML Filetitle + head + + body + pThe current version of this document is: &version;p + + &para1; + &para2; + &para3; + body +html + + + + Create a new file called + entities.ent with this + content: + + <!ENTITY version "1.1"> +<!ENTITY para1 SYSTEM "para1.xml"> +<!ENTITY para2 SYSTEM "para2.xml"> +<!ENTITY para3 SYSTEM "para3.xml"> + + + + Produce example.html by + normalizing example.xml. + + &prompt.user; xmllint --dropdtd --noent example.xml > example.html + + + + Load example.html into the web + browser and confirm that the + paran.xml + files have been included in + example.html. + + + + + + + + Marked Sections + + XML provides a mechanism to indicate that + particular pieces of the document should be processed in a + special way. These are called + marked sections. + + + Structure of a Marked Section + + <![KEYWORD[ + Contents of marked section +]]> + + + As expected of an XML construct, a marked + section starts with <!. + + The first square bracket begins the marked section. + + KEYWORD describes how this marked + section is to be processed by the parser. + + The second square bracket indicates the start of the + marked section's content. + + The marked section is finished by closing the two square + brackets, and then returning to the document context from the + XML context with + >. + + + Marked Section Keywords + + + <literal>CDATA</literal> + + These keywords denote the marked sections + content model, and allow you to change + it from the default. + + When an XML parser is processing a + document, it keeps track of the + content model. + + The content model describes the + content the parser is expecting to see and what it will do + with that content. + + The CDATA content model is one of the + most useful. + + CDATA is for + Character Data. When the parser is in this + content model, it expects to see only characters. In this + model the < and + & symbols lose their special status, + and will be treated as ordinary characters. + + + When using CDATA in examples of + text marked up in XML, remember that + the content of CDATA is not validated. + The included text must be check with other means. For + example, the content could be written in another document, + validated, and then pasted into the + CDATA section. + + + + Using a <literal>CDATA</literal> Marked + Section + + paraHere is an example of how to include some text that contains + many literal&lt;literal and literal&amp;literal + symbols. The sample text is a fragment of + acronymXHTMLacronym. The surrounding text (para and + programlisting) are from DocBook.para + +programlisting<![CDATA[pThis is a sample that shows some of the + elements within acronymXHTMLacronym. Since the angle + brackets are used so many times, it is simpler to say the whole + example is a CDATA marked section than to use the entity names for + the left and right angle brackets throughout.p + + ul + liThis is a listitemli + liThis is a second listitemli + liThis is a third listitemli + ul + + pThis is the end of the example.p]]>programlisting + + + + + <literal>INCLUDE</literal> and + <literal>IGNORE</literal> + + When the keyword is INCLUDE, then the + contents of the marked section will be processed. When the + keyword is IGNORE, the marked section + is ignored and will not be processed. It will not appear in + the output. + + + Using <literal>INCLUDE</literal> and + <literal>IGNORE</literal> in Marked Sections + + <![INCLUDE[ + This text will be processed and included. +]]> + +<![IGNORE[ + This text will not be processed or included. +]]> + + + By itself, this is not too useful. Text to be + removed from the document could be cut out, or wrapped + in comments. + + It becomes more useful when controlled by + parameter + entities, yet this usage is limited + to entity files. + + For example, suppose that documentation was produced in + a hard-copy version and an electronic version. Some extra + text is desired in the electronic version content that was + not to appear in the hard-copy. + + Create an entity file that defines general entities to + include each chapter and guard these definitions with a + parameter entity that can be set to either + INCLUDE or IGNORE to + control whether the entity is defined. After these + conditional general entity definitions, place one more + definition for each general entity to set them to an empty + value. This technique makes use of the fact that entity + definitions cannot be overridden but the first definition + always takes effect. So the inclusion of the chapter is + controlled with the corresponding parameter entity. Set to + INCLUDE, the first general entity + definition will be read and the second one will be ignored. + Set to IGNORE, the first definition will + be ignored and the second one will take effect. + + + Using a Parameter Entity to Control a Marked + Section + + <!ENTITY % electronic.copy "INCLUDE"> + +<![%electronic.copy;[ +<!ENTITY chap.preface SYSTEM "preface.xml"> +]]> + +<!ENTITY chap.preface ""> + + When producing the hard-copy version, change the + parameter entity's definition to: + + <!ENTITY % electronic.copy "IGNORE"> + + + + + + To Do… + + + + Modify entities.ent to + contain the following: + + <!ENTITY version "1.1"> +<!ENTITY % conditional.text "IGNORE"> + +<![%conditional.text;[ +<!ENTITY para1 SYSTEM "para1.xml"> +]]> + +<!ENTITY para1 ""> + +<!ENTITY para2 SYSTEM "para2.xml"> +<!ENTITY para3 SYSTEM "para3.xml"> + + + + Normalize example.xml + and notice that the conditional text is not present in the + output document. Set the parameter entity + guard to INCLUDE and regenerate the + normalized document and the text will appear again. + This method makes sense if there are more + conditional chunks depending on the same condition. For + example, to control generating printed or online + text. + + + + + + + Conclusion + + That is the conclusion of this XML + primer. For reasons of space and complexity, several things + have not been covered in depth (or at all). However, the + previous sections cover enough XML to + introduce the organization of the FDP + documentation. + +